Home

Lucent (TNT-SL-S50) Expansion Module

1. Screen System Changes the status window display size for the current session Set System Sets a parameter s value Show System Shows shelves slots or items Slot Diagnostic Administers a slot card Status System Displays system status or hide status window Tlchannels System Displays T1 channel information Telnet Diagnostic Opens a Telnet session to another host Terminal Server Termserv Enters terminal server mode Traceroute Diagnostic Traces the route an IP packet follows by launching UDP probe packets UDS3lines System Displays unchannelized DS3 line information Uptime Diagnostic Displays how long the TAOS unit has been up since its last reset Userstat System Displays user session status Version System Displays software version information View System Changes content of a status window Whoami User Displays current User profile name Write Update Writes a profile APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 2 7 TAOS System Administration Displaying system and slot card uptime Displaying system and slot card uptime The Uptime command reports how long the system and its individual cards have been up The slotLastChange MIB object in the Lucent Enterprise MIB also enables network management stations to obtain uptime information The Uptime command uses the following syntax super gt help uptime uptime usage uptime uptime uptime slot uptime shelf
2. 6 44 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide SNMP Administration Ascend MIB hierarchy mibanswerProfile 3 The mibAnswerProfile has the value 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 23 3 The mibanswerProfile inthe configuration group contains the following objects mibanswerProfile Table 1 mibanswerProfileEntry 1 answerProfile answerProfile index 1 use_answer_for_all_defaults 2 answerProfile__ answerProfile answerProfile answerProfile answerProfile force_56kbps 3 profiles_required 4 clid_auth_mode 5 ppp_answer__ enabled 6 answerProfile ppp_answer ppp_answer__bridging_group 9 answerProfile ppp_answer answerProfile answerProfile answerProfile ppp_answer__mru 11 ppp_answer_Iqm 12 ppp_answer answerProfile ppp_answer answerProfile__mp_answer__enabled 15 answerProfile mp_answer answerProfile mp_answer__bacp_enable 18 answerProfile__mpp_answer__enabled 19 answerProfile mpp_answer answerProfile mpp_answer answerProfile answerProfile answerProfile mpp_answer answerProfile__fr_answer__enabled 28 answerProfile tcp_clear_answer__enabled 29 answerProfile__ara_answer__enabled 30 answerProfile__v120_answer__enabled 31 answerProfile v120_answer__frame_length 32 receive_auth_mode 7 answerProfile__ppp_answer__disconnect_on_auth_timeout 8 link_compression 10 Iqgm_
3. Line 1 CRC Errors 0 Frame Slips 8 Framing Bit Errors 0 Out of Frame Events 0 Line Code Violations 0 Table 1 2 explains the T1 Stats fields Table 1 2 T1 Stats command fields Field Event that increments the field CRC Errors Indicates that a CRC 6 checksum shows data corruption in the signal Frame Slips The TAOS unit receives T1 data at a frequency higher or lower than the internal line clock In the process of realigning itself to the transmitter the TAOS unit can skip or repeat a frame Framing Bit Errors Framing bit errors occur when the TAOS unit receives T1 data at a frequency higher or lower than that of the internal line clock In the process of realigning itself to the transmitter the TAOS unit can skip or repeat a frame Out of Frame Events The TAOS unit no longer detects a framing pattern in the receiving signal or it detects a pattern at a different relative offset than expected 1 22 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Administering Slot Cards Administering T1 and T3 cards Table 1 2 T1 Stats command fields continued Field Event that increments the field Line Code Violations The TAOS unit detected either a Bipolar Violation or Excessive Zeros which means that one of the low level T1 rules for encoding data was violated in the received signal The following example shows how to view and reset the statistics to zero on line 2
4. sessionStatusGroup 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 12 It contains the following objects ssnStatusMaximumSessions 1 sessionStatus Table 2 sessionStatusEntry 1 ssnStatus ndex 1 ssnStatus ValidFlag 2 ssnStatusUserName 3 ssnStatusUserlPAddress 4 ssnStatusUserSubnetMask 5 ssnStatusCurrentService 6 ssnStatusCallReferenceNum 7 sessionActive Table 3 sessionActiveEntry 1 ssnActiveCallReferenceNum 1 ssnActivelndex 2 ssnActive ValidFlag 3 ssnActiveUserName 4 ssnActive UserlPAdaress 5 ssnActive UserSubnetMask 6 ssnActiveCurrentService 7 mppActive Stats Table 4 mppActiveStatsEntry 1 mppStatsMpID 1 mppStatsRemoteName 2 mppStatsQuality 3 mppStatsBandwiath 4 mppStats TotalChannels 5 mppStatsCLU 6 mppStatsAL U 7 mppStats Starting TimeStamp 8 nterprise ascend 12 with this value 6 36 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide SNMP Administration Ascend MIB hierarchy radiusGroup 13 The radiusGroup is defined as radiusGroup enterpris 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 13 It contains the following objects radiusNumAuthServers 1 radiusNumAcctServers 2 radiusAuthStats Table 3 radiusAuthStatsEntry 1 radAuthServerindex 1 radAuthLoginRastSent 2 radAuthOtherRgstSent 3 radAuthRqstTimedOut 4 radAuthOtherRqstTimedOut 5 radAuthRspRcevd 6 radAuthOtherRspRevd 7 radAuthUnexpRspRevd 8 radAuthBadRspRevd 9 radAuthAckRspRcvd 10 radAuthHostlPAddress 1
5. Trademarks 4ESS 5ESS A Network of Expertise AnyMedia AqueView AUDIX B STDX 8000 B STDX 9000 Beyond Compare CaseView Cajun CajunDocs CAJUNVIEW Callmaster CallVisor CBX 500 CellPipe ChoiceNet ClearReach ComOS cvMAX DACScan Dacsmate Datakit DEFINITY Definity One DSLMAX DSL Terminator DSLPipe DSLTNT Elemedia Elemedia Enhanced EMMI End to End Solutions EPAC ESS EVEREST Gigabit scaled campus networking Globalview GRF GX 250 GX 550 HyperPATH Inferno InfernoSpaces Intragy IntragyAccess IntragyCentral Intuity IP Navigator IPWorX LineReach LinkReach MAX MAXENT MAX TNT Multiband Multiband PLUS Multiband RPM MultiDSL Multi Voice MultiVPN Navis NavisAccess NavisConnect NavisCore NavisRadius NavisXtend NetCare NetLight NetPartner OneVision Open Systems Innovations OpenTrunk P550 PacketStar PathStar Pinnacle Pipeline PMVision PortMaster SecureConnect Selectools Series56 SmoothConnect Stinger SYSTIMAX True Access WaveLAN Wave MANAGER WaveMODEM WebXtend and Where Network Solutions Never End are trademarks of Lucent Technologies Advantage Pak Advantage Services AnyMedia Beyond Compare End to End Solutions Inter NetWorking MAXENT and NetWork Knowledge Solutions are service marks of Lucent Technologies Other trademarks service marks and trade names mentioned in this publication belong to their respective owners Copyrights for Third Party Software Included in Lucent Access
6. admin gt write SYSTEM written 5 8 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Creating User Profiles Creating and managing remote user profile filters Finding the current user To find out which User profile you are currently using enter the Whoami command For example admin gt whoami admin Creating and managing remote user profile filters You can create RADIUS pseudo user profiles that define data filters and then apply the filters to multiple local Connection or RADIUS profiles by referring to the pseudo user profile name When the TAOS receives a Filter ID in an Access Accept packet from RADIUS it searches for a matching local filter If it does not find one the TAOS unit requests the filter from the RADIUS server You can specify how the system should behave if the filter referred to in a profile is not found The system can either establish the session and log a message about the missing filter or terminate the call if a filter is not found Externally defined filters are cached locally for a configurable interval The FiltCache command displays statistics about each cached RADIUS filter profile and enables you to flush profiles from the cache Current limitations In this release the remote filter implementation is subject to the following limitations e Filters applied to dialout calls are not supported in this release e Call filters route filters and TOS filters are not supported in this re
7. e vil only causes the SNMP agent to use only the SNMPv1 protocol and discard any other type of messages e v3 only causes the SNMP agent to use only the SNMPv3 protocol and discard other types of messages APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 6 7 SNMP Administration Security Level Security Level Active Enabled Auth Protocol Example set snmp message type v3 only Location SNMP profile See Also Security Level Description Security level of the SNMP agent when SNMPVv3 is in use Usage Specify one of the following values e none the default means that no security level checking is required for incoming messages e auth nopriv means that the SNMPv3 USM User profile for the user sending a message must have the Auth Protocol set to a value other than no auth Example set security level auth nopriv Dependencies This parameter does not apply to SNMPv1 messages Location SNMP profile See Also SNMP Message Type Description Activates a SNMPv3 USM user profile and makes it available for use Usage Specify Yes or No No is the default Example set active enabled yes Location SNMPv3 USM User profile See Also Auth Protocol Name Password Priv Protocol Read Write Access Description Specifies whether or not the TAOS unit can authenticate SNMPv3 messages sent to and from the SNMP engine on behalf of the SNMPv3 USM user Also specifies the type of authentication protocol the unit uses
8. Displaying user session information You can obtain TAOS system user session information with the Userstat and Finger commands Using the Userstat command The Userstat command displays the active users on the TAOS unit To display the most complete information about active sessions use the 1 option as in the following example admin gt userstat 1 SessionID Line Chan Slot Item Tx Rx Rate Svc Address Username 228687860 1 01 02 01 1 03 01 01 56K 56K PPP 10 100 0 1 barney 228687861 1 02 03 02 1 04 02 00 28800 33600 PPP 10 168 6 24 jake lt end user list gt 2 active user s Following are the Userstat output fields with descriptions Field Description SessionID Unique ID assigned to the session Line Chan Physical address shelf slot line channel of the network port on which the connection was established for example a T1 line channel Slot Item Shelf slot item logical item of the host port to which the call was routed for example modem HDLC channel Tx Rx Rate Transmit and receive rate Note that for modem connections the transmit rate is set automatically to the receive rate because modem cards do not support asymmetric data rate connections 2 30 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide TAOS System Administration Displaying user session information Field Description Svc Type of service in use for the session Following are the possible values The service is being negotiated PPP Point to
9. Example of configuring SNMPv3 USM To configure the USM features for a user you must specify a name for the profile and set the Active Enabled parameter to yes You must also specify a password if the Auth Protocol parameter is set to anything but no auth The following commands specify that MD5 authentication must be used for messages sent on behalf of a user named test v3 to or from the SNMP engine The user is assigned read write access to the unit s MIBs admin gt new snmpv3 usm user testv3 SNMPv3 USM USER testv3 read admin gt set password 1rma x21w admin gt set active enabled yes admin gt set read write access yes admin gt write SNMP v3 USM USER testv3 written admin gt list in SNMPv3 USM USER testv3 name testv3 password xx active enabled yes read write access yes auth protocol md5 auth priv protocol no priv Example of restricting the agent to SNMPv3 The following commands cause the SNMP agent to use only SNMPv3 and to check a user s security level before allowing access admin gt read snmp SNMP read admin gt set snmp message type v3 only admin gt set security level auth nopriv admin gt write SNMP written Parameter reference entries SNMP Message Type Description SNMP protocol used by the SNMP agent in the unit Usage Specify one of the following values e vi and v3 the default causes the SNMP agent to use both SNMPv1 and SNMPv3 protocols
10. Usage Specify one of the following settings e no auth No authentication e md5 auth the default The TAOS unit uses the MDS protocol to authenticate incoming and outgoing messages e sha auth The TAOS unit uses the SHA protocol to authenticate incoming and outgoing messages Example set auth protocol md5 auth Location SNMPv3 USM User profile See Also Active Enabled Name Password Priv Protocol Read Write Access 6 8 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide SNMP Administration Name Name Description Specifies the user for whom the TAOS unit exchanges an SNMPv3 USM message Usage Specify a name that contains up to 23 characters The name can include special characters by using the xNN format with the ASCII code for the character For example the value test x20 x21 represents the string test Example set name testv3 Location SNMPv3 USM User profile See Also Active Enabled Auth Protocol Password Priv Protocol Read Write Access Password Description Specifies the user s password which maps to a 16 or 20 octet key in compliance with RFC 2574 Passwords are case sensitive Usage Specify up to 20 characters The password can include special characters by using the xNN format with the ASCII code for the character For example the value test x20 x21 represents the string test Example set password 1rma x21w Dependencies In the SNMPv3 USM User profile you must sp
11. APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Index access and security overview 6 16 address security 6 17 Ascend enterprise MIB 6 10 Ascend MIB 6 10 Ascend MIB hierarchy 6 30 Ascend MIB support 6 10 classes of traps generated 6 26 community string for SNMP PDU 6 26 community strings 6 17 DS1 MIB 6 2 DS3 MIB 6 2 enabling access to the unit 6 17 Frame Relay MIB 6 2 host to receive traps 6 26 If Admin command 6 28 individual trap support on APX 8000 6 20 initiating interface changes 6 29 interacting with manager utilities 6 1 interface numbers 7 2 interfaces allocated at startup 7 2 managing interfaces 6 28 managing SNMP interfaces 7 2 Modem MIB 6 2 resetting interface table 6 29 sample profile 6 18 setting up traps 6 18 TAOS unit support 6 1 trap configuration overview 6 26 trap example 6 27 trap support on APX 8000 6 19 traps defined 6 18 SNMP interface table how built 6 29 SNMP profile configuration overview 6 17 displaying contents 6 16 example configuration 6 18 SNTP command using 4 43 software loading for new cards 2 19 loading for specific card 2 18 slot card stored on flash card 2 16 upgrading system 2 18 StackLimit command using 4 43 state changing device 1 5 changing slot card 1 4 static routes adding to routing table 3 7 IPX 3 32 statistics getting DS1 1 22 status 7 10 channel status codes 1 9 checking T1 7 10 checking T1 channels 1 21 checking U
12. APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 1 7 Administering Slot Cards Displaying line status Displaying line status To display the activity of the TAOS unit s WAN lines enter the Line command admin gt line all enabled top bottom where e all displays all lines e enabled displays enabled lines e top displays the status window at the top of the screen e bottom displays the status window at the bottom of the screen Figure 1 1 shows an example of a line status window for the T3 card Figure 1 1 Example of a T3 card line status window 1 Connections 0065 FRM2 SLC MPP 09 02 1 56000 1 15 01 LA 1 Sessions my T3 1 15 00 LA la la la la la la la 1 15 02 LA 1 15 03 LA 1 15 04 LA 1 15 05 LA 1 15 06 LA 1 15 07 LA HAHAHAHAHAHA M 520 UL notice Srce shelf 1 slot 15 Line 28 up Next Last Line lt up dn arw gt Next Last Page lt pg up dn gt Exit lt esc gt The first entry in the right hand area of the screen shows the overall status of the DS3 line and each of its seven component DS2 channels One DS2 includes 4 DS1s The other entries represent each of the component DS1s The Line commands put the window in line status mode in which the following message appears below the status window Next Last Conn lt dn up arw gt Next Last Page lt pg dn up gt Exit lt esc gt The message indicates the key sequences you can use for displaying addit
13. Description Shelf Slot Line number of the line This information was displayed in the Line window in previous releases and is documented in the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference Status of the line This information was displayed in the Line window in previous releases and is documented in the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference In addition the LB line state indicator has been added to indicate that an E1 line is looped back via the fe loop command on the E1 card Carrier If the system detects a loss of carrier on a line LOC is displayed If the line sees carrier it displays dashes Loopback status If the line is locally looped LOOP is displayed Otherwise the column contains dashes State of the individual DSO lines This information was displayed in the Line window in previous releases and is documented in the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference The type of signaling in use on the line This information was displayed in the Line window in previous releases and is documented in the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference Administering DS3 ATM cards The DS3ATM lines Framer and ATMDumpCall commands allow you to perform diagnostics on the DS3 ATM card APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 1 11 Administering Slot Cards Administering DS3 ATM cards Using the DS3ATMlines command This command uses the following syntax admin gt ds3atmlines option where option may be one of the following
14. If you opened the session on a slot card press Ctrl to end the session You can then quit the terminal server and the slot card session to return to the shelf controller Either end of the connection can terminate an MP connection by hanging up all channels of the connection Note A remote management session can time out because the traffic it generates does not reset the idle timer Therefore the Idle parameter in the Connection profile at both the calling and answering ends of the connection must be disabled during a remote management session and restored just before exiting Remote management works best at higher terminal speeds Error messages The TAOS generates an error message for any condition that causes the session to terminate before sending the full number of packets The following error messages can appear Message Explanation not authorized Permissions are insufficient for beginning a remote management session You must authenticate a User profile that enables the System permission cannot find profile for lt station gt No profile was found for the specified station name profile for lt station gt does not A profile was located for the specified station specify MPP name but it did not specify the MP encapsulation protocol cannot establish connection for The MP connection to the remote station lt station gt could not be established lt station gt did not negotiate MPP The remote station did not neg
15. Option Effect a Displays all available DS3 ATM lines d Displays disabled DS3 ATM lines at Displays free DS3 ATM lines u Displays in use DS3 ATM lines In the following example the DS3 ATMlines command displays all DS3 ATM lines admin gt ds3atmlines a All DS3 ATM lines dvOp dvUpSt dvRq sAdm nailg Line 1 4 1 Up Idle UP UP 00000 Regardless of which option you enter the DS3 ATMlines command displays the following information Column Name Description dvOp The operational state of the DS3 line Values can be e Down e Up dvUpst The up status of the DS3 line Values can be e Idle e Reserved e Assigned dvRq The required state of the DS3 line Values can be e Down e Up SAdm The desired state of the device Values can be e Down e Up nailg The nailed group that this line is assigned to Using the Framer command The Framer command is a low level management tool for use during diagnostic sessions with the DS3 ATM card For example to use the Framer command on a DS3 card on shelf 1 in slot 3 first enter the Open command as follows APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Administering Slot Cards Administering DS3 ATM cards admin gt open 1 3 Then enter the Framer command ds3 atm 1 3 gt framer option where option is one of the following Optio SE d n Effect Toggles debug output Dump ATM framer chip status information The information this command displays is also ava
16. The mobile node sends a request to foreign agent asking for connection to the home agent ATMP sendRegReq HA 200 67 1 254 5150 RcvUdp 5150 ATMP Id 162 FA 130 67 40 254 ATMP MC 141 111 40 82 HomeNetName The home agent sets up a tunnel ATMP received cmd lt RegisterRequest gt from 130 67 40 254 5150 ATMP procRegReq from 130 67 40 254 5150 4 8 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands AuthenDebug AuthenDebug BrouterDebug BrouterLoad ATMP FA 130 67 40 254 MC 141 111 40 82 HomeNet ATMP sendChallReq to 130 67 40 254 5150 Id 162 EC Good completion ATMP received cmd lt ChallengeReply gt from 130 67 40 254 5150 ATMP procChallReply from 130 67 40 254 5150 Id 162 ATMP sendRegisterReply to udp 5150 Id 162 Tunnel 156 EC Good completion Description Displays messages related to Link Control Protocol LCP authentication on the TAOS unit The command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display This command is available on host cards such as the HDLC card and the modem card Usage authendebug Example The following display indicates a successful PAP authentication AUTH lcp_pap_req remote 0 AUTH 3 verify_pap given lt len id 13 140 57 40 135 pwdLen 6 gt AUTH 3 verify_pap No authData getting one AUTH 3 verify_pap authDispatcher OK AUTH 3 verify_pap_callback AUTHCOMMAND_SUCCESS Description Displays messages
17. i T Il MDIALOUT 2 4 lt lt NEW state Await_lst_Digit MDIALOUT 2 4 gt gt CURR state Await_lst_Digit NEW event Event_On_Hook MDIALOUT 2 4 stopping decode timer MDIALOUT 2 4 rqst tone 15 via channelIndex 0 MDIALOUT 2 4 disabling tone search channel index 0 MDIALOUT 2 4 disconnected from DSP MDIALOUT 2 4 lt lt NEW state Await_Off_Hook MDIALOUT 2 4 gt gt CURR state Await_Off_Hook NEW event Event_Close_Rqst MDIALOUT lt lt NEW state lt DELETED gt MDialSess Description Displays all the active modem dialout sessions Usage Enter mdialsess at the command prompt Example admin gt mdialsess entry slot mdm route port hookDetect DSP tone timr decode state 1 6 4 145 16 pollForOff nin n on Await_Off_Hook ModemD1Stats ModemD2Stats ModemD3Stats Description Displays modem statistics ModemD1Stats displays statistics for the first 16 modems ModemD2Stats displays statistics for the second 16 modems and ModemD3Stats displays statistics for the last 16 modems Usage modemdlstats To use this command first open a session with a modem card then enter the command Example modem 1 2 gt modemdlstats modem ansFail ansOK 1 2400 2 4 14 4 14 4 up 21 6 tup 28 8 up Lift OQ 3 TAL 0 0 171 171 TA Lif Ls 3 171 0 0 171 171 171 Lf 23 2 172 0 0 172 172 172 a r3g 2 172 0 0 172 172 171 1 4 4 170 0 0 170 170 170 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administrat
18. routing_metric 53 answerProfile__ijpx_answer__enabled 54 jpx_answer__peer_mode 55 answerProfile answerProfile session info call_filter 56 answerProfile session info data_filter 57 answerProfile session info filter_persistence 58 answerProfile session info idle_timer 59 answerProfile session info ts_idle_mode 60 answerProfile session info ts_idle_timer 61 answerProfile session info max_call_duration 62 answerProfile__x75_answer answerProfile__x75_answer enabled 63 k_frames_outstanding 64 answerProfile__x75_answer n2_retransmissions 65 answerProfile__x75_answer t1_retran_timer 66 answerProfile__x75_answer frame_length 67 answerProfile__framed_only 68 answerProfile__ action 69 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 6 45 SNMP Administration Ascend MIB hierarchy mibuds3NetworkProfile 5 The mibuds3Profile has the value 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 23 5 The mibuds3NetworkProfile inthe configuration group contains the following objects mibuds3NetworkProfile Table 1 mibuds3NetworkProfileEntry 1 uds3NetworkProfile__shelf 1 uds3NetworkProfile__slot 2 uds3NetworkProfile__item 3 uds3NetworkProfile__name 4 uds3NetworkProfile__physical_address__shelf 5 uds3NetworkProfile__physical_address__slot 6 uds3NetworkProfile__physical_address__item_n
19. see UDP port numbers on page A 4 A 6 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Getting TAOS Unit Core Dumps Troubleshooting core dumps Proceed to testing more cards by opening CLI channels to them and using the coredump now command Finish by testing Coredump from the master shelf controller Once you have established that core dump works reinstate your inetd conf entry if present or add one if necessary Be sure that the entry points to the same Ascendump binary that you just tested Here is a sample inetd conf entry ascendump dgram udp nowait root usr local bin ascendump ascendump n dump notify The n dump notify argument tells Ascendump to send email to the email alias dump notify whenever a core dump is captured APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide A 7 Log Messages on the TAOS Unit B Fatal and warning error Messages 0 cece eee ee ees B 1 Definitions of fatal errors cis cic i ease Sette pepsi eee AAS ee ea RS ees B 2 Definitions of warning messages 1 6 0 cece ee eee eens B 4 Fatal crash information on console 0 0 eee B 6 Syslog MESSAGES enschede bad eee Te ey SER eon cee E B 7 Flash Card rror Messages oiea e EEEE nae knees Raa anda OREN S B 11 The TAOS unit logs fatal and warning error messages to the fatal error log If the system crashes before creating a log entry it prints a stack trace to the console serial port System status messages how
20. 140 145 150 151 152 153 154 160 161 165 170 171 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 Definition Error next buffer magic in memory copy PPP async buffer in use Indicates a PPP error Error no timers LCD memory allocation failure Indicates that a memory copy routine was called but the source buffer was much larger than expected Error memory copy too large Error memory copy magic missing Error memory copy wrong magic Error memory copy bad start address WAN buffer leak Indicates an error in the WAN drivers Error in terminal server state Indicates an error in the WAN drivers Error in terminal server semaphore Error in telnet free driver STAC timeout Indicates a hardware error in the STAC compression chip STAC data not owned Error in the STAC compression chip EXEC failure Indicates that there is insufficient memory to start a new task EXEC restricted EXEC no mailbox EXEC no resources Unexpected error Channel map stuck Caused by a missing channel on a T1 PRI line Channel display stuck New call without disconnect request Indicates that a Disconnect message to the Central Office CO was not sent The problem can be caused by conditions on the TAOS unit or at the CO When the TAOS unit encounters the condition it assumes the CO is correct and answers the call APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide B 5 Log Messages on the TAOS Unit Fatal crash information on cons
21. 4 50 using 4 50 WANdsess command using 4 50 WanEventsStats command 4 51 WANopening command using 4 53 WANtoggle command using 4 54 warning messages definition of B 4 format of B 1 Write command f forces change 2 29 n Index 14 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide
22. D61EC 0000 f 03 00 3d cO 00 00 00 80 31 01 01 00 Oa 03 03 0010 01 07 03 O00 BCP Configure Request XMIT 31 20 octets D803C 0000 03 00 3d cO 00 00 00 80 31 01 01 00 Oa 03 03 0010 01 07 03 O00 BCP Configure Acknowledgment XMIT 31 20 octets D864C 0000 03 00 3d cO 00 O00 O01 80 31 02 01 00 Oa 03 03 0010 O01 07 03 OO BCP Configure Acknowledgment RECV 31 20 octets D67FC 0000 ff 03 00 3d cO 00 O00 O01 80 31 02 01 00 Oa 03 03 0010 01 07 03 00 BCP is up and the session begins sending bridged traffic No routed protocols were negotiated The following packets are sent as part of the MP protocol They are sent at one second intervals These packets are used by each unit to validate the existence of the link It gives the devices a secure way to determine whether the link is still up even if there is no data traffic passing between the devices RECV 31 8 octets D5SBDC 0000 ff 03 00 3d cO 00 00 05 XMIT 31 8 octets D803C 0000 ff 03 00 3d c0 00 00 04 RECV 31 8 octets D61EC 0000 ff 03 00 3d c0 00 00 06 XMIT 31 8 octets D803C 0000 ff 03 00 3d c0 00 00 05 C 6 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide PPP Decoding Primer Example of MP call negotiation The following RFCs provide more detail about the subjects listed in their titles Identifier RFC1378 RFC1552 RFC1638 RFC1661 RFC1934 RFC1962 RFC1974 RFC1989 RFC1
23. LS length 48 Router type 0x2 ASBR router ifcs 2 Link ID 1 0 10570228 Link Data 10 4105 0 7 Interface type 2 TrnsNetwork No of metrics 0 TOS 0 metric 10 0 Link ID 10 123 0 6 Link Data 10 123 0 7 Interface type 2 TrnsNetwork No of metrics 0 TOS 0 metric 10 0 The next example is for a network LSA admin gt ospf lsa 0 0 0 0 net 100 103 100 204 10 103 0 204 LS age 814 LS options 0x2 E LS type 2 LS ID destination 100 103 100 204 LS originator 10 103 0 204 LS sequence no 0x80000027 LS checksum Ox8f 32 LS length 36 Network mask 255299400 Attached Router 10 103 0 204 1 Attached Router 10 103 0 254 1 Attached Router 10 123 0 254 1 For information about the fields in the output of these commands see the APX 8O00 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference or RFC 1583 Displaying the OSPF routing table To display the OSPF routing table include the rt ab option with the OSPF command For example admin gt ospf rtab DTyp RType Destination Area TfNum RTE FIX 50 151 0 2 32 6 RTE FIX 130 57 40 243 32 6 RTE FIX 130 57 0 0 16 7 Cost Flags Next hop s 1 0x81 0 0 0 6 10 0x1 0 0 0 6 10 0x2 0 0 0 6 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 3 25 Network Administration Diagnostic tools for OSPF routers RTE FIX 140 RTE FIX 140 RTE FIX 150 RTE FIX 150 RTE FIX 160 RTE FIX 160 57 D 57 57 57 57 40 244 32 10 0x1
24. OSPF routing Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP routing multiprotocol routers Virtual Routers VRouters and tunneling protocols MultiVoice for MAX TNT DSLTNT Configuration Guide Shows how to configure the MultiVoice application to run on a MAX TNT unit in both Signaling System 7 SS7 and H 323 Voice over IP VoIP configurations APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Xix About This Guide Documentation set RADIUS TAOS RADIUS Guide and Reference Describes how to set up a TAOS unit to use the Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RADIUS server and contains a complete reference to RADIUS attributes Administration and troubleshooting APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide this guide Describes how to administer a TAOS unit including how to monitor the system and cards troubleshoot the unit and configure the unit to use the Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP Reference APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference An alphabetic reference to all commands profiles and parameters supported on TAOS units TAOS Glossary Defines terms used in documentation for TAOS units XX APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Administering Slot Cards 1 Viewing installed slot ctd S ierti sE EEEE EA ENERE LENAN EAEN UTE EA 1 1 Viewing information about a particular slot card 0 0 00 0 ee ee eee 1 3 Opening a session with a slot card 2 0 cece 1 3 Changing a
25. TAOS unit must find the pool to which the address belonged then free the address so it is available for another user ADDRPOOL found entry by base 208 147 145 141 entry 208 147 145 129 ADDRPOOL free local pool address 208 147 145 141 In the IP Global profile the Pool Base Address 1 is set to 192 168 8 8 and Assign Count 1 is set to 4 ADDRPOOL Deleting addrPool ADDRPOOL New Addr pool rc 0 addrPool index 1 ip 192 168 8 8 count 4 The Assign Address parameter of an existing pool is changed from 4 to 3 ADDRPOOL Deleting addrPool ADDRPOOL New Addr pool rec 0 addrPool index 1 ip 192 168 8 8 count 3 A second pool is created In the IP Global profile the Pool Base Address 2 is set to 192 168 8 8 and Assign Count 2 is set to 10 ADDRPOOL Deleting addrPool ADDRPOOL New Addr pool rec 0 addrPool index 1 ip 192 168 8 8 count 4 ADDRPOOL New Addr pool re 0 addrPool index 1 ip 192 168 8 8 count 4 addrPool index 2 ip 192 168 10 1 count 10 The second pool is deleted ADDRPOOL Deleting addrPool ADDRPOOL New Addr pool rec 0 addrPool index 1 ip 192 168 8 8 count 4 ATMPdebug Description Displays messages related to Lucent s Ascend Tunnel Management Protocol ATMP sessions ATMP is described in RFC 2107 The command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display You would normally use this command with the Tunneldebug command Usage Enter atmpdebug at the command prompt Example
26. a m network lt host gt lt filename gt p x profilel profile2 lt target gt network lt host gt lt filename gt console flash lt device filename gt fr Ss ts explicitly save all fields even those with default values m J use mib tags instead of field and value names ites oe se save specified list of profiles x save all profiles except the specified list Using the status window The status windows provide information about what is currently happening in the TAOS unit For example one status window displays up to 31 of the most recent system events that have occurred since the TAOS unit was powered up and another displays statistics about the currently active session An 80 column by 24 row VT 100 window is required for use of the status screens This section describes the default configuration of the Status windows For information about customizing the status window display for User logins see Customizing the environment for a User profile on page 5 6 Status window command summary By default the status window is not displayed upon login but only when you explicitly request it with one of the following commands e Status Opens or closes the status window e Connection Opens the status window with the connection information displayed APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 2 21 TAOS System Administration Using the status window e Line O
27. example admin gt dir admin state phys 17 08 06 1998 17 03 57 17 08 06 1998 17 03 57 17 08 06 1998 17 03 57 17 08 06 1998 17 03 57 17 08 06 1998 17 03 57 17 08 06 1998 17 03 57 shelf 1 slot 13 shelf 1 slot 13 shelf 1 slot 13 shelf 1 slot 13 shelf 1 slot 13 shelf 1 slot 13 aA AN HHS NOB WN EF we eH YH WD APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 7 5 Using Administrative Profiles Using the Device State profile The system creates a profile for each of its physical interfaces The Admin State Phys If profile contains the following parameters shown here with sample values in ADMIN STATE PHYS IF shelf 1 slot 13 1 device address shelf 1 slot 13 1 slot type hdlc2 card snmp interface 0 modem table index 0 desired state admin state up desired trap state trap state enabled Parameter Specifies Device Address Physical slot address within the system Slot Type Type of card at that address SNMP Interface Interface table index assigned to the device whose state is stored in this profile The system assigns a numeric value which does not change as long as the interface is present in the system If the card is removed and its profiles deleted for example by using a Slot r command the index number is freed for future use Modem Table Index Modem table index assigned to the device whose state is stored in this profile The system assigns a numeric value The value is 0
28. in the flash card files use the Fsck command to check the code directory The Fsck command checks inconsistent conditions in the code directory as well as file contents on a PCMCIA flash card For each file found the command displays the type name type number decimal and hex byte counts and date written to flash If errors are detected they are reported but not fixed If the Fsck command reports errors you should reformat the card and then load the code again If necessary download the code file again from the Lucent Ascend FTP server To check the file system on the flash card in PCMCIA slot 1 use the Fsck command as shown in the following example super gt fsck 1 Card version info Card Volume Stats Block Size 5 Blocks Per Cl to 16 Reserved Bloc Number of FAT Number of Root Directory Entries and 224 Total Blocks Media Descrip Volume Info cal Blocks Per Fa Fat Start Blo Root Dir Star Data Start Block Number of Roo Number of Clusters FAT Type Fat Cluster Usage SiliconTech 12 typical 512 uster 16 typical 1 ks 1 typical 1 s 2 must be 2 512 125952 tor 0 ignored ti od ek 1 t Block 63 95 t Dir Blocks 32 7866 16 culated from values above 64MB FLASH may be powers of 2 up but may be 0 hundreds typically between 32 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 2 17 TAOS System Administration Updati
29. iso org dod internet mgmt mib 2 ospf ospfTrap ospfTrapCon trol ospfSetTrap This object defaults initially to the octet string 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 or the hex value 0x0 which disables all trap events The value of this object is stored in NVRAM APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 6 25 SNMP Administration Setting up SNMP traps SNMP support for the Idle Time variable In addition to displaying the idle time for an active session by using the userstat o t command the same information is made available to SNMP management stations through the ssnActivelIdleTime object in the sessionActiveTable The object uses Object ID sessionActiveEntry 8 It shows the time the session has been idle in 0 01 second increments Following is the object definition ssnActivelIdleTime OBJECT TYPE SYNTAX TimeTicks ACCESS read only STATUS mandatory DESCRIPTION The time current session has been idle For non TNT and non Max platforms 0 is always reported sessionActiveEntry 8 SNMP trap configuration overview Table 6 3 provides some background information on tasks you may need to perform to configure the TAOS unit to send SNMP traps For complete details on each parameter see the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference Table 6 3 SNMP trap configuration tasks Task Description Associated parameters Specifying the host The Host Name field is the index for the Trap pr
30. lt or gt indicating the direction in which the packet was traveling receive and send respectively remote For non IP protocols remote has the same format that local has non IP packets but remote shows the destination Ethernet MAC address of transmitted packets and the source Ethernet MAC address of received packets For IP protocols remote has the same format as local but shows the IP destination address of transmitted packets and the IP source address of received packets length The length of the packet in octets 8 bit bytes frag Indicates that the packet has a nonzero IP offset or that the IP More Fragments bit is set in the IP header APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide B 9 Log Messages on the TAOS Unit Syslog messages Table B 1 Syslog message fields for Secure Access Firewalls continued Field Description log Reports one or more messages based upon the packet status or packet header flags The packet status messages include e corrupt the packet is internally inconsistent e unreach the packet was generated by an unreach rule in the firewall e pass the packet was blocked by the data firewall e bringup the packet matches the call firewall e bringup the packet did not match the call firewall e TCP flag bits that will be displayed include syn fin rst e syn is will only be displayed for the initial packet which has the SYN flag and no
31. lt end user list gt ext ext ext lt filters present gt ext lt filters present gt loc datfilt2 callfilt4 tostestfilt ext loc route pvc gen_callfilt loc gen_callfilt loc 9 active user s The output displays a session ID number username and an indication of where the session was authenticated local or external Sessions authenticated by local profiles display the filter names specified in the Connection profile Externally authenticated sessions such as RADIUS sessions have no associated filter names so they appear witha lt filters present gt notation The columns in the command output provide the following information Output field ID Username Src Route Filter Data Filter Call Filter TOS Filter Specifies Identification number for the session Name of the authenticated profile Source of the profile whether it is downloaded through RADIUS ext or is a local profile loc If a route filter has been applied to the session For sessions authenticated locally the name of the filter is supplied For externally authenticated sessions lt filters present gt indicates that a route filter has been applied If blank no route filter applies If a data filter has been applied to the session For sessions authenticated locally the name of the filter is supplied For externally authenticated sessions lt filters present gt indicates that a data filter has been applied If blank no data filter a
32. system resets Line System Displays the line status window List System Lists fields in working profile Load Update Uploads code or saved configuration to flash Log System Invokes controls the event log window Modem System Displays modem information Netstat System Displays routing or interface tables New System Creates a new profile NSlookup Diagnostic Resolves the IP address of a specified host name by performing a DNS lookup Nvram Update Clears configuration and reboot system Open Diagnostic Starts session with slot card OSPF System Displays information related to OSPF routing including Link State Advertisements LSAs border routers routing tables and the OSPF areas interfaces statistics and routing table Ping Diagnostic Sends ICMP echo_request packets to the specified host as a way to verify that the host is up and the transmission path to the host is open Power System Displays power supply statistics Quiesce System Temporarily disables a modem or DSO channel Read System Makes the specified profile the working profile Refresh System Refreshes the remote configuration Reset Update Reboots the system Save Update Saves profile for future restore 2 6 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide TAOS System Administration Overview of TAOS commands Table 2 2 TAOS system administration commands continued Command Name Permission Level Effect
33. t1 1 13 gt tl stats c 2 Line 2 CRC Errors Frame Slips Framing Bit Errors Out of Frame Events Line Code Violations Statistics cleared WOO WN The Statistics cleared message at the end of the display indicates that the statistics have been reset to 0 zero because the command included the c option The FE Loop command When a T1 line is looped back to the network either as a result of the FE Loop diagnostic command issued from the T1 card command line interface or as a result of loopback requests received from the network the T1 line status display on the shelf controller shows the LB loopback status for the line The following examples demonstrate the use of the FE Loop command To verify that the hardware is functioning properly perform a local loopback by using the FE Loop command with the in option For example to internally loop back the first DS1 in slot 1 admin gt open 1 1 t1 1 1 gt t1l 1 1 gt fe loop 1 in on You can use this command when the line is in RA state After looping back the line internally state should change to LA Note that the T3 card does not support the FE Loop in option To turn the internal loopback off t1l 1 1 gt fe loop 1 in off To cause the unit to transmit the received signal back towards the network enter the following command t1l 1 1 gt fe loop 1 out on The receive side of the T1 is not bridged to the APX 8000 This command can be useful in testing the path
34. 0 128 0 0 1 12 3 1802 0 128 0 0 tcp Socket Local Remote State 1 c 0 192 168 7 135 79 kok LISTEN l c L 192168 7 31351723 aes LISTEN l c x T92 T684 74135523 Ek LISTEN l c 4 192 168 7 6135 23 172 20 32 137 42863 ESTABLISHED 1G 9 G2 P68 sti 3528 206 65 212 10 1991 ESTABLISHED The output shows the queue depth of various UDP ports as well as the total packets received and total packets dropped on each port The total packets received count includes the total packets dropped For this sample output the SNMP queue depth was set to 32 For information about queue depths see the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT WAN Routing and Tunneling Configuration Guide The Netstat command supports the s option which displays protocol statistics The s option uses the following syntax netstat s identifiers If no identifiers follow the s option all protocol statistics are shown If specified the identifiers determine the type of protocol statistics to display Valid identifiers include udp tcp icmp ip igmp or mcast Following is an example that displays all statistics admin gt netstat s udp 15636 packets received 0 packets received with no ports 0 packets received with errors 0 packets dropped 68 packets transmitted Loos active opens passive opens connect attempts failed connections were reset 2 connections currently established 1457 segments received 0 segments received out of order 1728 segments transmitted 18 seg
35. 0 network and all of its subnets through the IP router located at 10 0 0 3 24 The metric to the route is 1 one hop away If you try to add a route to a destination that is already in the routing table the TAOS unit does not replace the existing route unless it has a higher metric than the route you attempt to add If you get the message Warning a better route appears to exist the TAOS unit has rejected your attempt to add a route APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 3 7 Network Administration Diagnostic tools for TCP IP networks Deleting a static IP route from the routing table To remove a static IP route from the TAOS unit s routing table enter the IProute Delete command iproute delete dest_IPaddr subnet_mask gateway_IPaddr subnet_mask The arguments are the same as for IP Route Add For example the following command removes the route to the 10 1 2 0 network admin gt iproute delete 10 1 2 0 10 0 0 3 24 You can also change the metric or preference value of an existing route by using the IProute command For example if the routing table contains the following route Destination Gateway IF Flg Pref Met Use Age 10 122 99 0 24 10 2122 9 9 01 wan4 SG 100 7 0 48630 You could change the metric as follows admin gt iproute add 10 122 99 0 24 10 122 99 1 50 3 Using the TraceRoute command to trace routes The TraceRoute command is useful for locating slow routers or diagnosing IP routing proble
36. 1 3Ap8 Shelf 1 tntsr Date 09 12 1997 Time 15 52 43 Reset from unknown user profile coredump APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide A 5 Getting TAOS Unit Core Dumps Troubleshooting core dumps Troubleshooting core dumps Take the following steps if you have difficulty setting up the TAOS unit core dumps 1 If you have previously installed Ascendump in inetd conf temporarily disable it now by commenting out the Ascendump line then logged in as root send the SIGHUP command to inetd Change to a writable directory and enter ascendump p v d v is verbose mode which prints progress reports as the core dump proceeds keeps the daemon in the foreground and handles dumps serially all of which make debugging easier p prints diagnostics to stderr instead of through Syslog whose output on most systems goes to var adm messages d puts the dump files in the current directory Performing initial tests in this manner saves time by making failures immediately diagnosable On the TAOS enable core dumps to the server machine that is running Ascendump Look for old debug profiles by entering dir debug from the master shelf controller The only reason to have a debug profile on a card other than the master shelf controller is to override the settings for the master shelf controller Unless you want to do that you should define a single debug profile for the master shelf contr
37. 100 204 24 ASBR OSPF 10 104 0 1 0 0 0 0 12 10 105 0 4 21 10 105 0 61 21 ASBR OSPF 10 104 0 2 0 0 0 0 11 10 105 0 4 21 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 3 27 Network Administration Diagnostic tools for OSPF routers 10 105 0 61 21 BR OSPF 10 105 0 2 0 0 0 0 1 10 105 0 2 21 ASBR OSPF 10 105 0 2 0 0 0 0 ab 10 105 0 2 21 ASBR OSPF 10 105 0 3 0 0 0 0 1 10 105 0 3 21 ASBR OSPF 10 105 0 4 0 0 0 0 1 10 105 0 4 21 ASBR OSPF 10 105 0 61 0 0 0 0 1 10 105 0 61 21 ASBR OSPF 10 105 0 200 0 0 0 0 1 10 105 0 200 21 ASBR OSPF 10 123 0 8 0 0 0 0 1 10 105 0 8 21 ASBR OSPF 10 123 0 254 0 0 0 0 1 100 103 100 123 24 BR OSPF 12 151 0 2 0 0 0 0 1 10 105 0 6 21 ASBR OSPF 192 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 10 105 0 7 21 The fields in the output contain the following information Field Specifies DType Internal route type DType displays one of the following values RTE generic route ASBR AS border route or BR area border route RType Internal router type Destination Router s IP address Area Area in which the router resides Cost Cost of the router Next hop s Next hop in the route to the destination TfNum Number of the interface used to reach the destination Displaying OSPF interfaces To display summarized information about all OSPF interfaces or specific information about a single interface include the int f option with the OSPF command Displaying summarized information To display summarized information on OSPF interfaces enter the foll
38. 107E1350 00 cO 80 89 03 d7 00 cO 7b 6b 9F d6 0 ea kus ETHER XMIT 12 of 161 octets 107E1350 00 cO 80 89 03 d7 00 cO 7b 6b 9F dE O A e Rua ETHER RECV 12 of 60 octets To stop displaying the Ethernet statistics specify 0 zero octets admin gt ether display 0 0 Alternatively you can stop the display by disabling debug output admin gt debug off Diagnostic output disabled For complete information about the Ether Display command see the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference 3 36 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands 4 Enabling debug permissions 2 0 cee eect eee e teens 4 1 Enabling debug output 0 0 0 asuaan aaaea naana 4 2 Debug levels mpera ea Raed Oa Se PA Ee as he eee eee 4 2 Getting online help for debug commands 0 0 00 cece eee eee eee 4 2 Using combinations of commands 0 00 0 4 3 Using the debug commands 0 0 0 e cece eee eens 4 4 Alphabetical list of debug commands 0 c cece eee eee eee 4 7 Special administrative debug commands 0 0 0 c eee eee 4 55 Note Every attempt has been made to confirm that this chapter correctly describes the functionality and output of the TAOS unit s debug commands However while debug mode can be a very valuable troubleshooting tool for anyone its primary focus is on the requirements of Lucent s development engineers For this reason Lucent doe
39. 160 internetProfile X25_options__pad_banner 161 internetProfile x25_options__pad_prompt 162 internetProfile x25_options__pad_nui_prompt 163 internetProfile X25_options__pad_nui_pw_prompt 164 internetProfile x25_options__pad_alias1 165 internetProfile x25_options__pad_alias2 166 internetProfile x25_options__pad_alias3 167 internetProfile x25_options__pad_diag_disp 168 internetProfile x25_options__pad_default_listen 169 internetProfile x25_options__pad_default_pw 170 internetProfile eu_options__dce_addr 171 internetProfile eu_options__dte_addr 172 internetProfile__eu_options__mru 173 internetProfile__framed_only 217 internetProfile__altdial_number1 218 internetProfile__altdial_number2 219 internetProfile__altdial_number3 220 internetProfile__x32_options__x32_profile 221 internetProfile__x32_options__call_mode 222 internetProfile__tunnel_options__profile_type 223 internetProfile__tunnel_options__tunneling_protocol 224 internetProfile__tunnel_options__max_tunnels 225 internetProfile__tunnel_options__atmp_ha_rip 226 internetProfile__tunnel_options__primary_tunnel_server 227 internetProfile__tunnel_options__secondary_tunnel_server 228 internetProfile__tunnel_options__udp_port 229 internetProfile__tunnel_options__password 230 internetProfile__tunnel_options__home_network_name 231 internetProfile__tunnel_option
40. 19 Using the status window 0 0 cece cece eee eee ae 2 21 Reviewing the fatal error log 2 1 cee eee 2 25 Configuring message logging 0 0 eee eens 2 25 Checking the power supplies 0 0 2 28 Using a script to configure the TAOS unit 0 00 0000 2 28 Displaying user session information 0 0 0 eee cee eee 2 30 Remote management of other units 0 00 cee eee ee 2 34 Reloading profiles from RADIUS 0 0 0 0 0 cece eee 2 36 Configuring the dialout timer 0 0 00 eee eee eee 2 37 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 2 1 TAOS System Administration Logging into the TAOS unit This chapter explains how to perform common system administration tasks on your TAOS unit It focuses on tasks you can perform on the system as a whole such as resetting the unit setting the time and date configuring logging and backing up and restoring a configuration For information about managing the TAOS slot cards see Chapter 1 Administering Slot Cards Logging into the TAOS unit To administer the system you can log in from a PC connected to the TAOS unit s serial port or from a workstation that has Telnet access to the system When you log in you are prompted for a user name User To log in with administrative superuser privileges enter the default password Lucent assigned to the TAOS unit Admin login at the factory User admin Password As
41. 200 1 22 22 0 0 1 0 ie1 5 3 1500 200 2 1 0 24 200 2 1 2 75837 0 75838 0 ie1l 5 4 1500 200 2 2 0 24 200 2 2 2 0 0 1 0 ie1 5 5 1500 3 0 0 0 0 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 3 3 Network Administration Diagnostic tools for TCP IP networks The interface table contains the following information Column name Name MTU Net Dest Address Ipkts Terr Opkts Oerr Description Name of the interface e 1e0 n tThe shelf controller Ethernet interfaces ie shelf slot item The Ethernet interfaces for Ethernet cards e 100 The loopback interface e 1 3j0 The reject interface used in network summarization e bh0 The blackhole interface used in network summarization e wanN A WAN connection entered as it becomes active e wanabe An inactive RADIUS dialout profile e local fThe local machine e mcast The multicast interface which represents the multicast forwarder for the entire class D address space e tunnelN A pseudo interface that is used only when the TAOS unit is configured as an ATMP Router Home Agent In that configuration the TAOS unit creates a route for each registered Mobile Client Regardless of how many tunnels the Home Agent may terminate there is always a single tunnel interface The number appended to the tunnel interface name is an internal number used by the system Maximum Transmission Unit The maximum packet size allowed on the interface Ne
42. 224 0 0 9 32 local CP 0 0 0 154417 255 255 255 255 32 ie0 CP 0 0 0 154417 The columns in the routing table contain the following information Column Description Destination The route s target address To send a packet to this address the TAOS unit uses this route If the target address appears more than once in the routing table the TAOS unit uses the most specific route having the largest subnet mask that matches that address Gateway The next hop router that can forward packets to the given destination Direct routes without a gateway show a hyphen in this column APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 3 5 Network Administration Diagnostic tools for TCP IP networks Column TE Flg Pref Metric Use Age Modifying the routing table Description The name of the interface through which to send packets over this route ie0 or ie shelf slot item is an Ethernet interface e 100 is the loopback interface e rjo is the reject interface used in network summarization e bhO is the blackhole interface used in network summarization e wanN is a WAN connection entered as it becomes active e wanabe indicates an inactive RADIUS dialout profile e local indicates a single route targeted at the local machine e mcast indicates a route to a virtual device The route encapsulates the multicast forwarder for the entire class D address space One or more of the following
43. 27 Ascend MIB advancedAgent group 6 32 atmpGroup 6 47 callStatusGroup 6 35 configuration group 6 41 console group 6 33 described 6 10 doGroup 6 33 eventGroup 6 34 firewallGroup 6 38 flashGroup 6 40 hostStatus group 6 33 hostTypes group 6 31 lanModemgroup 6 38 lanTypes group 6 32 mCastGroup 6 37 mibanswerProfile 6 45 mibframeRelayProfile 6 44 mibinternetProfile 6 42 mibuds3NetworkProfile 6 46 miscGroup 6 40 multiShelf group 6 39 powerSupply group 6 39 products group 6 30 radiusGroup 6 37 sessionStatusGroup 6 36 slots group 6 31 systemStatusGroup 6 34 wanDialoutPkt group 6 39 Ascendump described A 2 example of enabling A 4 in local mode A 3 obtaining A 2 preliminary steps for A 2 remote mode A 3 specifying host installed on A 3 AT command strings modifying 4 22 ATM diagnostics with Framer command 1 12 displaying call blocks 1 14 displaying lines 1 12 looping back lines 1 15 status of lines 7 9 ATM looping back 1 15 ATMDumpCall command using 1 14 ATMP using ATMPdebug command 4 8 using DTunnel command to get information about 4 11 ATMP MIB APX 8000 support 6 11 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Index 1 Index ATMPdebug command using 4 8 Auth command logging in using 5 8 using 2 2 AuthenDebug command using 4 9 authentication Auth command 2 2 debugging 4 21 displaying LCP messages 4 9 logging in
44. 38 _internetProfile__ppp_options__ substitute_send_name 104 internetProfile__ip_options__client_dns_primary_addr 39 internetProfile__ppp_options__recv_password 105 internetProfile__ip_options__client_dns_secondary_addr 40 internetProfile__ppp_options__link_compression 106 internetProfile__ip_options__client_dns_addr_assign 41 internetProfile__ppp_options__ mru 107 internetProfile__ip_options__client_default_gateway 42 internetProfile__ppp_options__Iqm 108 internetProfile__ip_options__tos_options__active 43 internetProfile__ppp_options__ qm_minimum_period 109 internetProfile__ip_options__tos_options__precedence 44 internetProfile__ppp_options__Iqm_maximum_period 110 internetProfile__ip_options__tos_options__type_of_service 45 _internetProfile__ppp_options__cbcp_enabled 111 internetProfile__ip_options__tos_options__apply_to 46 internetProfile__ppp_options__mode_callback_control 112 internetProfile__ip_options__tos_filter 47 internetProfile__ppp_options__delay_callback_control 113 internetProfile__ipx_options__ipx_routing_enabled 48 internetProfile__ppp_options_trunk_group_callback_control 114 internetProfile__ipx_options__peer_mode 49 internetProfile__ppp_options__ split_code_dot_user_enabled 115 internetProfile__ipx_options__rip 50 internetProtile__ppp_options__ ppp_interface_type 116 internetProfile__ipx_options__sap 51 internetProfile__mp_options__base_channel_count 117 internetProfile__ipx_options__dial_query 52 internetProfile__mp_
45. 4 33 SNMP traps 6 27 PPPFSM 4 33 User profile 5 5 PPPinfo 4 34 via SNMP 6 10 PPPstate 4 35 Connection profile PRIdisplay 4 35 Frame Relay Direct 5 10 A Connection status 2 23 RADif 4 37 connections RADservdump 4 38 displaying information about MP 4 26 RADsessdump 4 38 displaying information about MP and MPP 4 26 RADstats 4 39 displaying information about MPP 4 27 Reset 4 40 displaying information about MPP and MP 4 27 Revision 4 41 displaying information about setup 4 53 Rlogin 3 13 information about 2 23 RoutMegr 4 41 terminating user 2 31 SAR 4 42 console fatal crash information on B 6 Show 1 1 core dump Show Netware Networks 3 32 disabling A 3 Show Netware Servers 3 32 enabling A 3 Slot 1 4 enabling on MAX TNT A 4 SNTP 4 43 examples of A 4 StackLimit 4 43 in multishelf system A 2 T1Channels 1 21 initiating immediate A 3 T1 Stats 1 22 MAX TNT in local mode A 3 TDM 4 44 naming conventions for files A 3 TDMtst 4 45 overview of A 1 Telnet 3 13 preliminary steps for A 2 TelnetDebug 4 46 pulling from TNT A 5 TNTMP 4 47 remote mode A 3 TraceRoute 3 8 specifying server A 3 TSshow 4 48 trigger events A 4 TunnelDebug 4 48 troubleshooting A 6 TunnelSlot 4 49 UDP port numbers for A 4 UDS3Dump 1 28 Coredump command described A 1 A 3 UDS3Lines 1 27 core dump server restrictions on A 1 Update 4 49 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Index 3 Index D Ctdebug command u
46. 5 1 2 32 92 168 7 133 32 012 005 p wanl2 apx el t32 200 5 2 2 32 92 168 7 133 32 013 006 p wanl3 apx tl t22 200 1 lt 1 2 32 925168 11383732 014 5 001 p wanl4 apx tl sl 100 1 100 2 32 00 6 100 2 32 015 OO7 p wanl5 apx el t22 200 3 1 2 32 92168 4133 32 016 008 p wanl6 cisco t221 200 4 103 2 32 92 168 7 133 32 017 009 p wanl7 m el t2211 200 4 4 2 32 92 168 hil 33 32 018 010 p wanls m el t2212 200 4 4 3 32 92 168 7 133 32 019 T 000s p wan19 m2t81 200 8 1 2 32 92 168 75 133 32 020 7 000 p wan20 m41 200 4 1 2 32 200 6 1 2 32 021 1 16 001 p wan21 p1321n lt gt p1 0 0 0 0 32 0 0 0 0 32 4 18 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands IFMgr More lt ret gt next entry lt sp gt next page lt C gt abort The IFMer output on cards other than the Ethernet card includes the following fields Field bin slot sif u m ifname host name remote addr local addr Description Bundle interface number There is one interface number per bundle including MPP connections It is the global interface table number Shelf and slot the interface is assigned to Slot interface Flag indicating whether the interface is up or down Indicates that the interface is part of an MP bundle Flag indicating whether the interface is permanent A P indicates a permanent interface A hyphen or a blank indicates that it is not A permanent interface is an interface that is
47. 7898 Incoming Call 1 3 1 0 BID 1 9995551212 gt 7898 Assigned to port Lf 2 172 BID 1 9995551212 gt 7898 Call Connected 1 3 1 0 BID 1 johnc pc LAN session up lt johnc pc gt 1 3 1 0 BID 1 johnc pc LAN session down lt johnc pc gt 1 3 1 0 BID 1 9995551212 gt 7898 Call Terminated ase TL 3 710 BID 1 johnc pc STOP johnc pc cause 45 progress 60 host 10 1 26 2 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide B 7 Log Messages on the TAOS Unit Syslog messages End of call information If the Call Info parameter is set to End of Call the TAOS unit reports the following information to Syslog at the end of each authenticated call e Station name e Calling phone number e Called phone number e Encapsulation protocol e Data rate in bits per second e Progress code and disconnect reason e Number of seconds before authentication e Number of bytes or packets received during authentication e Number of bytes or packets sent during authentication e Length of session in seconds e Number of bytes or packets received during the session e Number of bytes or packets sent during the session The following example of a Syslog message shows the information it provides about the terminated call Conn cjones p50 5106785291 gt PPP 56000 60 185 Auth 3 347 12 332 13 Sess 1 643 18 644 19 Terminated The information also appears in the connection status window and is logged as a
48. 9 network connectivity testing with Ping 3 1 NFAS signaling 1 9 Nslookup command using 3 9 NVRAM displaying amount used 2 13 managing 2 12 not cleared when you remove slot card 1 5 using to recover from slot card upgrade 1 6 O OAMLoop command using 1 15 Open command cannot use on slave shelf 1 4 using 1 3 1 22 OSPF diagnostic tools for 3 18 displaying the routing table 3 25 external AS advertisements displaying 3 22 general information about 3 18 information about areas 3 27 information about AS border routers 3 27 information about link state database 3 20 interfaces 3 28 interfaces displaying information about 3 29 internal AS advertisements displaying 3 22 link state advertisements 3 24 link state database 3 23 neighbors 3 25 3 30 routing table 3 25 OSPF command using 3 18 outbound modem calls displaying information about 4 22 P packet bus traffic on 4 42 packets displaying for particular user 4 50 displaying packets received from or sent to WAN 4 50 formats in PPP sessions C 2 viewing Ethernet 3 35 parameters Idle 2 35 passwords assigning to Admin login 2 2 default Admin 2 2 permissions needed to view 5 5 required for logging into system 5 2 requiring for serial port 2 2 PBecho command using 4 30 PCMCIA flash cards see flash cards permanent interface defined 4 17 permission levels Code explained 2 4 Debug explained 2 4 Diagnostic explained 2 4 Sys
49. Max platforms 0 is always reported sessionActiveEntry 8 TCP Clear login host IP address reported The IP address of login hosts for TCP Clear sessions is reported in the Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP event Management Information Base MIB Syslog messages and the output of the Userstat command SNMP event MIB changes When a TCP Clear connection is successfully established the login host s IP address is specified in the eventUserIPAddress object in the SNMP callCleared event The definition of the eventUserIPAddress object in the event MIB has been modified as follows eventUserIPAddress OBJECT TYPE SYNTAX IpAddress 6 12 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide SNMP Administration Read Write Access ACCESS read only STATUS mandatory DESCRIPTION IP address of the remote user or login host Applicable only if eventType is serviceChanged 4 nameChanged 5 or callCleared Value of a TCP Clear login host IP address is returned once a TCP Clear connection was successfully connected earlier in a serviceChanged event The value 0 0 0 0 is returned if address is unknown or if not applicable eventEntry 13 Syslog messages When a TCP Clear session is terminated the login host s IP address is displayed instead of the zero address 0 0 0 0 in the Syslog message For example 3 7 2 0 STOP johnfan cause 11 progress 43 host 10 1 1 1 MB
50. Networks Software Products C Standard Template Library software copyright 1994 Hewlett Packard Company and copyright 1997 Silicon Graphics Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Neither Hewlett Packard nor Silicon Graphics makes any representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or implied warranty Berkeley Software Distribution BSD UNIX software copyright 1982 1986 1988 1993 The Regents of California All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copy right notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgement This product includes software developed by the Univer sity of California Berkeley and its contributors 4 Neither
51. Point Protocol SLP Serial Line IP MPP Multilink Protocol Plus MP Multilink Protocol X25 X 25 FRY Frame Relay EUR EU RAW EUI EU UI TLN Telnet BTN Binary Telnet TCP raw TCP TRM Terminal Server VCN Virtual Connect D25 D channel X 25 DTP DTPT Dialed The number dialed to initiate this session displays only with 1 option ConnTime The amount of time in hours minutes seconds format displays only with 1 option since the session was established IdleTime The amount of time in hours minutes seconds format displays only with 1 option since data was last transmitted across the connection To terminate a user use the k option as in the following example admin gt userstat SessionID Line Chan Slot Item Rate Svc Address Username 246986325 1 01 02 01 1 13 01 000 33600 PPP 100 100 8 2 100 100 8 2 lt end user list gt 1 active user s admin gt userstat k 246986325 Session 246986325 cleared The Userstat command can terminate PPP SLIP MP Telnet Telnet binary Raw TCP or terminal server user sessions You cannot use the k option to terminate Frame Relay or DTPT service types You can configure the Userstat command output with the Userstat Format parameter For information see the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference Userstat options to display address and username The Userstat command supports the following new options e a to take the IP address of a session as input and display
52. Stats 1 26 Ether Display 3 35 Ether Stats 4 11 FE Loop 1 23 Finger 2 33 for status window 2 21 Framer 1 12 1 13 FRDLstate 4 12 FRdump 4 13 FRinARP 4 14 FRLinkState 4 14 FRLMI 4 14 FRMgrDump 4 15 FRPriorityErrors 4 15 FRScert 4 15 FRstate 4 16 GRE 4 16 If Admin 6 28 IFMgr 4 16 IGMP 3 16 IProute 3 6 3 7 IPXRIPdebug 4 20 Lanval 4 21 LifDebug 4 21 Line 1 8 list of debug 4 4 MadbStr 4 22 MDialout 4 22 MDialSess 4 23 Modem 1 30 ModemD1 Stats ModemD2Stats ModemD3Stats 4 23 ModemDrvDump 4 24 Index 2 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Index C ModemDrvState 4 24 Userstat 2 30 MPCMtoggle 4 26 using combinations of debug 4 3 MPentry 4 26 WANdisplay 4 50 MPPCM 4 27 WANdsess 4 50 4 51 MPtoggle 4 27 WanEventsStats 4 51 MSstat 4 28 WANopening 4 53 NetIF 4 29 WANtoggle 4 54 Netstat 3 2 configuration NSlookup 3 9 backing up profiles 2 19 OAMLoop 1 15 clearing 2 12 Open 1 3 1 22 displaying system options 4 49 Open on slave shelf 1 4 Log profile 2 27 OSPF 3 18 refreshing from RADIUS 2 36 overview of 2 3 removing slot card 1 5 overview of shelf controller 2 4 restoring 2 20 PBecho 4 30 restoring from a local file 2 20 permission levels 2 4 restoring from a network 2 20 permissions described 5 3 saving to a local file 2 19 Ping 3 1 saving to a network host 2 20 Pool 4 30 scripts using 2 28 PortInfo 4 32 SNMP profile 6 18 PPPdump
53. The IPX network number next router The address of the next router or 0 zero for a direct or WAN connection hops The hop count from the shelf controller to the network ticks The tick count to the network origin The name of the profile used to reach the network If the origin is a network connected to a TAOS unit s Ethernet interface the Origin field displays Ethernet Note An S or an H flag can appear next to the origin S indicates a static route H indicates a hidden static route Hidden static routes occur when the router learns of a better route Diagnostic tools for displaying filter information The Filterdisp command enables you to display information about filters in use for active sessions The command uses the following syntax filterdisp usage filterdisp lt sessNum gt without lt sessNum gt display all active sessions and their filter names with lt sessNum gt display filter details of the session 3 32 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Network Administration Diagnostic tools for displaying filter information Displaying filter information for all active sessions With no arguments the command output lists all active sessions with associated filter information For example admin gt filterdisp ID Username Src Route Filter Data Filter Call Filter TOS Filter 010 dialin 23 016 dialin 4 017 edleung 018 4jwebster 019 pyan 020 guest 021 pvc2 022 pvc4 023 pvcd
54. The Remote command is available in the terminal server interface on host cards that accept digital calls and as a command on the TAOS shelf controller As on other TAOS platforms the Remote command is used to remotely manage another unit Opening a remote management session During a remote management session the user interface of the remote device is displayed as if you had opened a Telnet connection to the device For example admin gt remote allwynp50 allwynp50 Edit Main Edit Menu Configure gt 00 000 System 20 000 Ethernet 30 000 Serial WAN 00 200 11 23 55 M31 Line Ch Outgoing Call 20 100 Sessions 20 500 DYN Stat Qual Good 01 23 44 gt 1 Active OK 1 channel CLU 100 ALU 100 20 400 Ether Stat gt Rx Pkt 667435 gt Rx Pkt 99871435 Tx Pkt 3276757 Tx Pkt 76876757 CRC 323v Col 73298 ys Option ontig gt Security Prof 1 gt BRI Interface Software 8 0 Adrs 00c05b45390 S N 4293801 v Enet I F AUI Press Ctrl n to move cursor to the next menu item Press return to select it Press Tab to move to another window thick border indicates active window The Remote command argument is the station name which must match the value of a Station parameter in a Connection profile or the user ID at the start of a RADIUS profile The connection must use the MP protocol and the connection must already be established when you use the Remote command When you use the Remote command on the shelf cont
55. UNIX host will not support option 24 TELNET 4 recv DONT 24 The TAOS unit will not support option 24 TELNET 4 repl WONT 24 The UNIX host will support options 1 and 3 4 46 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands TNTMP TNTMP TELNET 4 recv WILL 1 TELNET 4 recv WILL 3 Description Displays information about MP and MP bundles and their channels You can execute the TNTMP command on a shelf controller or on an HDLC card You must first execute the Open command to open a session with the card Permission level Debug Usage tntmp i Example To display information about MP and MP bundles and their channels admin gt tntmp i mpBundleID 13 masterSlot 1 15 masterMpID 2 ifCount 2 rtIf 1 17 6 routelID slot ifNum locallfNum localMpID 32 1 15 1 1 2 33 9 2 T93 1 2 This command works on HDLC cards as well First open a session with HDLC card and then execute the TNTMP command For example admin gt open 1 15 hdlc 1 15 gt tntmp i mpBundleID 13 masterSlot 1 15 masterMpID 2 ifCount 2 rtIf 1 17 6 routelID slot ifNum locallfNum localMpID 32 1 15 1 1 2 33 9 2 193 1 2 In this example the output shows a two channel MP or MP bundle with the first channel in slot 1 15 and the second slave channel in slot 9 2 The command displays the following information Field Description mpBundleID The globally known bundle ID for the whole system If the connection
56. as different user 2 2 session statistics 4 39 SNMP 6 17 User profiles 2 2 using RADservdump to verify setup 4 38 See Also RADIUS backing up APX 8000 configuration 2 19 Backoff Q full message explained B 10 Base profile described 2 9 information stored across resets 2 10 BrouterDebug command using 4 9 BrouterLoad command using 4 9 C call blocks ATM displaying 1 14 Call MIB APX 8000 support 6 11 calls dialout timer 2 37 displaying state of 4 54 end of call information reported by Syslog B 8 example of incoming modem 4 24 example of MPP negotiation C 5 forwarding info to Syslog when terminates 2 27 information about incoming call routing 4 41 cards See slot cards channels bringing modem up or down 1 30 checking status of T1 1 21 displaying status of 1 9 overall state of 7 11 quiescing a channel 1 20 removing from service 1 19 CIDR displaying messages about 4 10 CLID information in Syslog B 8 clients displaying IGMP 3 17 clock source preferred 1 6 viewing 2 13 viewing for slot card 1 6 clocking viewing source 2 13 viewing source for slot card 1 6 Code permission level explained 2 4 Code level command permissions needed to use 5 4 commands Addrpool 4 7 ARPtable 3 9 ATMDumpCall 1 14 ATMPdebug 4 8 AuthenDebug 4 9 BrouterDebug 4 9 BrouterLoad 4 9 Ctdebug 4 10 Cubit 4 10 Debug overview 4 1 Device 1 5 1 30 DS3ATMlines 1 12 DS3Link 1 24 DTunnel 4 11 E1
57. command The UDS3dump card level command displays the information about the DS3 interface To use this command first open a session to the UDS3 card then issue the UDS3dump command using the following syntax uds3 1 11 gt uds3dump interval where interval may be one of the following Option Effect 0 Displays the DS3 MIB RFC 1407 dsx3CurrentTable 1 96 Displays the DS3 MIB RFC 1407 dsx3IntervalTable 97 Displays the DS3 MIB RFC 1407 dsx3TotalTable In the following example the UDS3dump command displays the current interval table uds3 1 13 gt uds3dump 0 Index PESs PSESs SEFSs UASs LCVs PCVs LESs CCVs CESs CSESs 1 28 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Administering Slot Cards Administering UDS3 cards The output contains the following fields refer to RFC 1407 for complete description of these errors Field PESS PSESs SEFSs UASs LCVs PCVs LESS CCVs Description A P bit errored second is a second during which one of the following error conditions occurs e lt A P Bit error e An out of frame error e An incoming AIS signal Note that the count is not incremented by the number of unavailable seconds A P bit severely errored second is a second during which one of the following error conditions occurs e There are 44 or more P Bit errors e An out of frame error e An incoming A1S signal Note that the count is not incr
58. command without specifying an option admin gt nvram To clear NVRAM and enter debug mode use the t option admin gt nvram t Resetting the unit When you reset the TAOS unit it restarts and terminates all active connections All users are logged out and the default security level configured in the User Profile parameter is reactivated In addition a system reset can cause a WAN line to temporarily be shut down due to momentary loss of signaling or framing information To reset the unit enter the Reset command admin gt reset During a reset the TAOS unit runs its Power On Self Test POST just as it would if the unit were power cycled Viewing clock source information If a line is specified as the clock source it can be used as the source of timing information for synchronous connections so both the sending device and the receiving device can determine where one block of data ends and the next begins If multiple T1 lines specify that they are the clock source the default configuration you can assign clock source priority among multiple T1 lines To view the clock source statistics enter the Clock Source command admin gt clock source Master slot 1 1 line 3 Source List Source slot 1 1 Available priority 1 Sources with layer 2 up which are preferred are marked with an asterisk For information about configuring the clock source see the hardware installation guide APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administ
59. configured in the command line interface and stored in the TAOS unit s NVRAM All the Ethernet interfaces and the interfaces based on Connection profiles are permanent Transient interfaces are those the TAOS unit builds from RADIUS TACACS or an Answer profile These interfaces have no interface entry when the connection is down Interface name Host name of remote device Remote address of device as configured in a Connection profile Local address of device as configured in a Connection profile Following is an example of displaying information about a particular interface admin gt ifmgr d 009 Use hostName dialoutName ternalAuth ternFilters ternRoutes ternIpxRoutes isciInfo reDirectDest DLCI routeld MP P id Logical iff virtual id At S08 m x x x K 0 inor device device status tu ip_addr dstip_addr m m Yes apx t1 t3212 s4 No No virtual next 0 virtual main 0 9 0x303 1528 192 168 9 133 100 2 1 2 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 19 Using Debug Commands IPXRIPdebug netmask 29920 92959 0 net 192 168 9 0 subnet 192 168 9 133 beast 192 168 9255 nbcast 192 168 9 133 directed bcast no macaddr 000000000000 inp_qent 0 out gent 0 nexthop 0 0 0 0 Num pkts queued for brouter 0 proxy_arp_mode 0 proxy_arp_head 0 No associated connection profile The ICMP Reply Directed Bcast parameter in the IP Globa
60. counting process and define four token patterns admin gt tokencount e admin gt tokencount u 1 xB0 x35 xFF x10 x01 admin gt tokencount u 2 LC n admin gt tokencount u 3 A1 12 15 admin gt tokencount u 4 a b f n r t v admin gt tokencount i Tokencount is enabled Number of xBO x35 xFF x10 x01 token received 0 Number of LC n token received 0 Number of A1 12 15 token received 0 Number of a b f n r t v token received 0 The next commands open a session with a modem card in shelf 5 slot 6 and display the token information gathered on that card admin gt open 5 6 csm3 5 6 gt tokencount Tokencount is enabled Oxb00x350xff 0x100x1 token received 0 0Ox4c0x430xa token received 0 0x410x310xa0xd token received 0 0Ox70x80xc0xa0xd0x90xb0x5c0x270x22 received 0 Tokencount error messages When Tokencount is enabled it can generate the following error messages error token type index must be in the range of 1 to 4 The number specified in the Tokencount u command is out of the valid range from to 4 error max token size is 20 More than 20 characters were specified as a pattern in the Tokencount u command error wrong token type index The character immediately following Tokencount u was not numeric APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 3 15 Network Administration Diagnostic tools for IGMP multicast interfaces Diagnostic tools for IGMP multicast interfaces The IGMP
61. dd dd dd dd dd dd 0030 dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd Annotated traces Use the following traces as guides to help you decode other traces LCP Configure Request MP MRU of 1524 MRRU of 1524 and End Point Discriminator using the device s MAC address XMIT 3 29 octets 2C2E94 0000 03 cO 21 01 01 00 19 00 04 00 00 01 04 05 4 0010 11 04 05 4 13 09 03 00 c0 7b 4c e0 4c This is a second LCP Configure Request from the same device Everything in the packet is identical to the previous packet except the ID number has incremented from 01 to 02 XMIT 3 29 octets 2C2E94 0000 f 03 cO 21 01 02 00 19 00 04 00 00 01 04 05 4 0010 11 04 05 4 13 09 03 00 c0 7b 4c e0 4c C 2 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide PPP Decoding Primer Annotated traces LCP Configure Request CHAP authentication Magic number RECV 3 19 octets 2BEB8C 0000 f 03 cO 21 01 60 00 Of 03 05 c2 23 05 05 06 4e 0010 36 c9 05 LCP Configure Acknowledgment This device will authenticate using CHAP The Magic number is also acknowledged XMIT 3 19 octets 2C2E94 0000 EE 03 cO 21 02 60 00 Of 03 05 c2 23 05 05 06 4e 0010 36 c9 05 LCP Configure Reject MP MRU of 1524 MRRU of 1524 and End Point Discriminator This rejection shows two things It shows that the remote side does not support MP or MP since MP and the MRRU were rejected This will have to be a P
62. display the message data lost which just means that not all the output can be displayed on the screen You might prefer to use this command during a period of low throughput The command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display Usage Enter wantoggle at the command prompt Example Following is a typical example of output produced by a modem call into the TAOS unit After the incoming call is determined to be an analog call a modem is directed to answer it WAN 389 wanOpenAnswer WAN 389 modem redirected back to wan WAN 389 Startup frame received WAN 389 Detected unknown message WAN 389 Detected ASYNC PPP message WAN 389 wanRegisterData I F 58 The next two messages appear when the call is cleared WAN 389 wanCloseSession I F 58 The last message is not an indication of a problem The modem clears the call a split second before the software releases its resources The software does a check on the modem which has already been released This message is not an indication of a problem WAN no modem assoc w WanInfo 4 54 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands Special administrative debug commands Special administrative debug commands Generating warning messages from a Coredump server When coredumps are set up and enabled you can specify an additional range of warning messages that will cause a coredump The following new parameters
63. eee ene eens 5 5 Customizing the environment for a User profile 0 00 00008 5 6 Creating and managing remote user profile filters 00008 5 9 User profiles are for TAOS unit system administration Do not confuse them with Connection profiles User profiles are used by administrators who need access to the TAOS unit s command line interface to monitor or configure the unit Connection profiles contain authentication and configuration information for a remote device or user and allow the remote user to connect to the TAOS unit for WAN or LAN access You can create any number of User profiles and fine tune the privileges they allow In addition to authentication and permission information User profiles also contain parameters that affect how the user s environment appears at login The TAOS unit ships with two predefined User profiles named Admin and Default The Admin account is the super user with full read write permissions Default is set to the other extreme It authorizes the minimal use of commands Many sites choose to create some administrative accounts in a read only mode to allow those users to check status windows read log buffers and execute diagnostic commands You need at least one administrative account in read write mode but you may choose to create several such accounts APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 5 1 Creating User Profiles Understanding the User profil
64. example admin gt ospf intf 194 194 194 2 194 194 194 2 DR Priority Dead interval Max pkt size Neighbors Mcast floods Interface address Attached area 0 0 0 0 Physical interface phani wanl Interface mask 29 9 255 2550259 Interface type P P State 0x8 P P Designated Router 0 0 0 0 Backup DR 0 0 0 0 Remote Address 194 194 194 3 5 Hello interval 30 Rxmt interval 5 120 TX delay 1 Poll interval 0 1500 TOS 0 cost 10 1 Adjacencies 1 Full adjs al 1856 Mcast acks 1855 The fields in the output contain the following information Field Specifies Interface Address Attached Area Physical interface links IP address specified for the TAOS unit s Ethernet interface Area in which the interface resides Name of the interface or the Connection profile for WAN APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 3 29 Network Administration Diagnostic tools for OSPF routers Field Interface type State Designated Router Backup DR Remote Address DR Priority Hello interval Rxmt interval Dead interval TX delay Poll interval Max pkt size TOS 0 Count neighbors adjacencies Full adjs Mcast floods Mcast acks Displaying OSPF neighbors Specifies Point to Point P P or Broadcast Bcast WAN links are P P links State of the link according to RFC 1583 There are many possible states and not all states apply to all interfaces
65. flashGroup 2 1 8 9 flashFileAccess flashGroup 2 1 9 10 flashFileDateTimeStamp flashGroup 2 1 10 Ne 3 flashOperation flashGroup 3 1 flashOperationStatus flashGroup 3 1 7 2 flashOperationCommand flashGroup 3 2 3 flashOperationHost flashGroup 3 3 4 flashOperationDestFileName flashGroup 3 4 5 flashOperationSrcFileName flashGroup 3 5 7 flashOperationSocket flashGroup 3 7 8 flashOperationTftpPort flashGroup 3 8 Ascend Frame Relay Profile MIB mibfrmrl mib Part of the Ascend MIB Configuration group group 23 this MIB corresponds to the Frame Relay profile in the command line interface Ascend Internet Profile MIB mibinet mib Part of the Ascend MIB Configuration group group 23 this MIB corresponds to the Connection profile in the command line interface 6 14 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide SNMP Administration Read Write Access Ascend Lan Modem MIB Imodem mib Enables you to monitor the status of the TAOS unit s digital modems including the number available number of bad or suspect modems and usage statistics It also allows you to disable individual modems Ascend Multicast MIB mcast mib This read only MIB enables you to view the status of the multicast heartbeat monitor Ascend Multishelf MIB ms mib This MIB manages multishelf configuration including whether the shelf is a master or a slave its shelf number and multishelf statistics Ascend Power Supply MIB p
66. for SessionID and Line Channel information the command shows only the following details admin gt userstat o i 1 SessionID lLine Chan 288532030 1 01 01 012 lt end user list gt 1 active user s Using the a and u options Use the a option to display information related to a known IP address It requires an IP address argument on the command line For example admin gt userstat a 1 1 1 238 SessionID Line Chan Slot Item Tx Rx Rate 288532030 1 01 01 012 1 03 01 002 56000 56000 lt end user list gt 1 active user s To display only the relevant username include the o option as follows admin gt userstat a 1 1 1 238 o Su Svc Address PPP 1 1 1 238 Username netl 2 32 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide TAOS System Administration Displaying user session information Username netl lt end user list gt 1 active user s Use the u option to display information related to a known username It requires a user name argument on the command line For example admin gt userstat u netl SessionID lLine Chan Slot Item Tx Rx Rate Svc Address Username 288532030 1 01 01 012 1 03 01 002 56000 56000 PPP 1 1 1 238 netl lt end user list gt 1 active user s To display only the user s IP address include the o option as follows admin gt userstat u netl o a Address L311 238 lt end user list gt 1 active user s Using the Finger command Finger is described in RFC 1288 To enable it
67. from the TAOS unit Remotely initiated core dumps can be a security risk so they are disabled by default If you enable remote core dumps they remain enabled only until the TAOS unit resets That is a reset restores the default setting The host that has the Ascendump daemon installed Disables Coredump Forces an immediate core dump to the machine running the Ascendump daemon This is useful for testing the core dump process Toggles serial debug traces which can be useful to a Lucent representative if a customer is having difficulties Core dump naming conventions and file characteristics The core dump files use the following naming convention hostname shelf slot loadname swversion YYMMDD HH MM gz where e hostname is the hostname or IP address of the Ascend unit e shelf slot is the shelf and slot number of the card that has dumped its core This applies only to the TAOS unit e loadname is the name of the software load running on the TAOS unit e swversion is the version of the software load running on the TAOS unit e yymmdd hh mm is a date and time stamp Each dump file can be four to eight megabytes in size APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide A 3 Getting TAOS Unit Core Dumps Examples For example tnt10 abc com 1 3 tntmdm56k 1 3Ap22 980101 13 42 gz When transferring the core dump files via FTP use binary mode Trigger events The events that normally trigger a core dump are sy
68. hdlc 2 1 gt debug on Diagnostic output enabled To disable debug hdlc 2 1 gt debug off Diagnostic output disabled When you enable debug output the TAOS unit displays the debug messages on the terminal screen Debug levels Debug levels vary depending on the command But generally the lower you set the debug level the fewer messages the TAOS unit displays Setting the debug level to 0 zero disables the debug output for the command Set the debug level with the t option as in the following examples admin gt ifmgr t 0 ifmgr debug level is now 0 disabled admin gt ifmgr t 4 ifmgr debug level is now 4 enabled Getting online help for debug commands To see a list of all commands including the debug commands enter at the command prompt as in the following example admin gt user fatalTest debug acctevnt debug addrpool debug ARA debug aracbmgr debug arptable system atmpdebug debug 4 2 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands Using combinations of commands auth user briChannels system brouterDebug debug brouterLoad debug brouterMessage debug brouterSave debug brouterstats debug cadslLines system callback debug callblocks debug callroute diagnostic chacctevnt debug cbcardif debug cbhcifping debug More lt ret gt next ntry lt sp gt next page lt C gt a
69. in the TAOS unit set the Finger parameter to Yes as follows 1 Read the IP Global profile admin gt read ip global 2 Set Finger to Yes admin gt set finger yes 3 Write the profile admin gt write The default value for this parameter is No which causes the TAOS unit to reject queries from Finger clients with the following message Finger online user list denied Setting the Finger parameter to Yes enables the TAOS unit to accept Finger queries and return the requested active session details to a remote client The client can ask for a short or wide format For example a UNIX client can request the wide 140 character format by using the 1 option as in the following command which displays in wide format session information for the system named apx1 finger 1l apxl The following command displays the same information in narrow 80 character format finger apxl1 The client can also request the details of all sessions or of a single session For example to request information about a single user named Tupshin finger tupshin apx1 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 2 33 TAOS System Administration Remote management of other units The Finger forwarding service which uses the hostname format host1 host2 is not supported If the remote client uses the forwarding request format the client sees the following message Finger forwarding service denied Remote management of other units
70. length which maps to a 16 or 20 octet key in compliance with RFC 2574 Passwords are case sensitive and can include special characters by using the KNN format with the ASCII code for the character For example the value test x20 x21 represents the string test This setting is required if Auth Protocol is set to a value other than no auth Enable disable SNMPv3 user based security model USM features for this user The default value is no Enable disable read write access to the unit s MIBs for this user With the default no value the user has read access only which enables viewing but not modification of the MIBs Enable disable authentication of messages sent on behalf of this user to or from the SNMP engine and if enabled the type of authentication protocol to be used If this parameter is set to a value other than no auth the Password parameter must specify the password to be used Following are the valid values no auth disables authentication for this user md5 auth the default value enables authentication and specifies that the MD5 protocol must be used sha auth enables authentication and specifies that SHA protocol must be used Enable disable encryption of messages sent on behalf of this user to or from the SNMP engine and if enabled the type of privacy protocol to be used Not currently supported 6 6 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide SNMP Administration SNMP Message Type
71. lt slot gt d d isplay AFS info for all relevant slots t t oggle module debug level display this summary To display information about the calls on any slot which are candidates for proxy accounting admin gt acct failsafe d Slot 1 8 HashTable 10542160 bucketCount 192 callCount 23 hashName lt afs 1 8 gt Slot 2 5 HashTable 10585730 bucketCount 48 callCount 7 hashName lt afs 2 5 gt To display the same information for a single slot card in shelf 1 slot 8 admin gt acct failsafe d 1 8 Slot 1 8 HashTable 10542160 bucketCount 192 callCount 23 hashName lt afs 1 8 gt To specify which level of debug to use for the command use the t option A debug level of zero indicates none no messages A level of 7 is fairly verbose Description Displays messages related to dynamic address pooling The command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display Usage Enter addrpool at the command prompt Example Following are several examples of output produced when Addrpool is active With 18 addresses currently allocated from a pool ADDRPOOL lanAllocate index 0 inuse 18 The address 208 147 145 155 was just allocated ADDRPOOL allocate local pool address 208 147 145 155 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 7 Using Debug Commands ATMPdebug The address 208 147 145 141 is to be freed because the user of that address has hung up The
72. means of Rlogin or Telnet For complete information about the commands described in this chapter see the APX S000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference Diagnostic tools for TCP IP networks The TAOS unit maintains an internal IP routing table You can configure the system to use RIP or OSPF to propagate the information in that table to other routers receive information from other routers or both on any LAN or WAN interface For information about configuring the router see the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT WAN Routing and Tunneling Configuration Guide Using the Ping command to test connectivity The Ping command is useful for verifying that the transmission path between the TAOS unit and another station is open Ping sends an ICMP echo_request packet to the specified station It APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 3 1 Network Administration Diagnostic tools for TCP IP networks the station receives the packet it returns an ICMP echo_response packet For example to Ping the host techpubs admin gt ping techpubs PING techpubs 10 65 212 19 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 10 65 212 19 icmp_seq 0 tt1 255 time 0 ms 64 bytes from 10 65 212 19 icmp_seq 3 tt1 255 time 0 ms SE techpubs ping statistics 2 packets transmitted 2 packets received 0 packet loss round trip min avg max 0 0 0 ms You can terminate the Ping exchange at any time by pressing Ctrl C When you press Ctrl C the command reports the number of packet
73. message at level Info If some of the information is not available that field displays either a question mark for strings or a zero for numerals DNIS and CLID information Syslog messages pertaining to a call display DNIS and CLID information provided that the information is known Following is an example that shows the DNIS 7895 in Syslog messages LOG info Shelf 1 Controller Time 17 48 56 t shelf 1 slot 1 line 1 channel 6 dnis 7895 Incoming Call MBID 001 LOG info Shelf 1 Controller Time 17 48 56 t shelf 1 slot 2 dnis 7895 Assigned to port MBID 001 LOG info Shelf 1 Controller Time 17 48 57 t shelf 1 slot 1 line 1 channel 6 dnis 7895 Call Connected MBID 001 LOG warning Shelf 1 Controller Time 17 49 20 t shelf 1 slot 1 line 1 channel 6 dnis 7895 Call Disconnected LOG info Shelf 1 Controller Time 17 49 20 t shelf 1 slot 2 Call Terminated B 8 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Log Messages on the TAOS Unit Syslog messages Syslog messages initiated by a Secure Access Firewall Depending on the settings specified in Secure Access Manager SAM the TAOS unit might generate Syslog packets about packets detected by Secure Access Firewall By default SAM specifies generation of a Syslog message about every packet blocked by the firewall All messages initiated by a firewall are in the following format date tim router name LUCENT interfac
74. on the open channel Send packets across the TDM bus on the open channel APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 45 Using Debug Commands TelnetDebug Option Description x channel string Send the specified string over the TDM channel S Display the TDM test statistics Toggle debug level TelnetDebug Description Displays messages as Telnet connections are attempted or established The Telnet protocol negotiates several options as sessions are established and TelnetDebug displays the Telnet option negotiations The command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display Usage Enter telnetdebug at the command prompt Example The following session shows a successful Telnet connection from the TAOS unit s terminal server to another UNIX host admin gt telnetdebug TELNET debug is now ON The far end UNIX host has been contacted TELNET 4 TCP connect For this Telnet session the TAOS unit will support options 24 and 1 The UNIX host should respond with either DO or WONT TELNET 4 send WILL 24 TELNET 4 recv WILL 1 The UNIX host will support option 1 TELNET 4 repl DO 1 The TAOS unit receives a request to support option 3 TELNET 4 recv WILL 3 The TAOS unit will support option 3 TELNET 4 repl DO 3 The UNIX host will support option 3 TELNET 4 recv DO 3 The
75. packets from the master shelf controller to the slave shelf controller in shelf 3 admin gt pbecho 3 17 1000 1500 pbus Echo packets sent 1000 rcvd 1000 error 0 The output of the command indicates that the slave controller received 1000 packets and echoed them back to the master shelf controller To further test the packet bus traffic across the multishelf system the administrator could repeat the command a few times with different packet sizes then use the same command to send packets from the slave shelf controller to the master Description Displays a list of all permanent connection profiles in the TAOS unit Usage Enter permconn 1list at the command prompt Description Displays a snapshot of a large selection of memory pools the size of each pool and the status of each pool At the end of the list is a summary of the total memory allocation in the TAOS unit Memory is dynamically allocated to support various tasks and should be freed when a particular task has been completed Taking pools snapshots over an extended period of time can help troubleshoot a problem with a memory leak in which memory is allocated for a task but never freed Snapshots should never show the entire quantity of allocated memory or even any single pool increasing over an extended period of time Usage Enter pools at the command prompt 4 30 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands Poo
76. point This option and the e option are mutually exclusive and one of them must be specified on the command line Transmit the specified number of cells If this argument is not specified the count defaults to 0 which means that the cells are transmitted continuously until the administrator sends an interrupt by pressing Ctrl C Transmit the cells at the specified interval in seconds If this argument is not specified the interval defaults to one second Specifies the shelf in which the DS3 ATM card is located Specifies the slot in which the DS3 ATM card is located Specifies the Virtual Path Identifier on which to transmit the looped back cells APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration G uide 1 15 Administering Slot Cards Administering Ethernet cards Option Description vci Specifies the Virtual Channel Identifier on which to send the looped back cells Following is an example OAMloop command line and output admin gt oamloop c 10 e 1 2 1 32 Received our End2End OAM loopback cell Id 9 Received our End2End OAM loopback cell Id 10 Received our End2End OAM loopback cell Id 11 Received our End2End OAM loopback cell Id 12 Received our End2End OAM loopback cell Id 13 Received our End2End OAM loopback cell Id 14 Received our End2End OAM loopback cell Id 15 Received our End2End OAM loopback cell Id 16 Received our End2
77. profile admin gt write Now users connecting to the serial port must supply a valid username and password for access to the TAOS unit Specifying a management only Ethernet interface You can specify that one of the TAOS unit s Ethernet interfaces is for management only The management only interface can be the shelf controller port or a port on an installed Ethernet card Following is the relevant parameter which is shown with its default setting in IP INTERFACE any shelf any slot 0 0 management only interface no Setting Management Only Interface to Yes means that incoming traffic on the interface terminates in the system itself It is not forwarded on any other interface In addition only traffic generated by the system is forwarded on the management only interface Traffic generated externally is dropped on the interface To configure a management interface proceed as in the following example admin gt read ip int 1121 0 IP INTERFACE shelf 1 slot 12 1 0 read admin gt set management only yes admin gt write IP INTERFACE shelf 1 slot 12 1 O written The IfMgr d command displays a Management Only field to reflect the port s status Overview of TAOS commands Each card in the TAOS unit has its own set of commands The commands on the shelf controller typically affect the operation of the entire system The commands on particular cards such as t
78. profile for every route lookup in the table This setting is usually not desirable If this attribute is not specified the IP Global setting is used To use these attributes the RADIUS server must support vendor specific attributes VSAs and the TAOS must be configured in VSA compatibility mode Following are the relevant settings in EXTERNAL AUTH auth type radius in EXTERNAL AUTH rad auth client auth radius compat vendor specific For details about these settings see the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference For details about defining data filters in RADIUS see the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT WAN Routing and Tunneling Configuration Guide APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 5 11 Creating User Profiles Creating and managing remote user profile filters Examples of configuring a filter profile in RADIUS Following is a sample RADIUS filter profile filter c Password ascend Service Type Outbound Ascend Cache Time 20 Ascend Cache Refresh Refresh Yes Ascend Data Filter ip out forward tcp dstip 10 1 1 3 16 Ascend Data Filter ip out drop The cache timer has been set to 20 minutes and the timer is reset each time the filter is applied to a session The following commands configure a default cache time for RADIUS filter profiles admin gt read ip global IP GLOBAL read admin gt set default filter cache time 180 admin gt write IP GLOBAL written Following is
79. restricted no apx sdsl restricted no apx idsl restricted no xcom ss7 disabled ss7asg disabled atmp enabled enabled 12tp enabled disabled petp enabled disabled ipinip enabled disabled The Base profile displays system information that is not modified across resets These values are read from the system ROM security PAL and from the hardware assembly itself For information about the parameters see the APX SOO0 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference Note The shelf number is always 1 in a single shelf system In a multi shelf system it must be unique for each shelf Adjusting screen width The TAOS unit allows command line input and terminal server banners up to 255 characters rather than the previous limit of 80 characters Horizontal scrolling of the command line allows viewing of commands and banners that are wider than the terminal display To set the width of the terminal display window for the current session use the Screen command To specify the width to use for every login to the command line interface use the Screen Width parameter in a User profile Setting screen width for the current session The Screen command enables you to specify the width of the screen The command uses the following syntax screen w lt width gt The Width argument is a value from 80 to 256 and default is 80 For example admin gt screen w 256 The specified screen width is the number of characters that are visibl
80. second is named ie1 12 1 1 admin gt ifmgr d bif slot sif u m p ifname host name remote addr local addr 000 1 17 000 ie0 0 0 0 0 32 200 168 6 188 32 001 1 17 001 100 2 0 0 0 0 32 28 0 0 1 32 002 0 00 000 rjo 0 0 0 0 32 28 0 0 2 32 003 0 00 000 bho 0 0 0 20 32 28 0 0 3 32 004 0 00 000 local 0 0 0 0 32 28 0 0 1 32 005 0 00 000 mcast 0 0 0 0 32 225 0 0 0 32 O06 Lel2 O01 iel 12 1 0 0 0 0 32 0 5 6 7 32 COP rT 002 iel 12 2 0000 32 0 0 0 0 32 008 1 12 003 iel 12 3 0 0 0 0 32 0 0 0 0 32 009 1 12 004 iel 12 4 es 0 0 0 0 32 0 0 0 0 32 O10 Lele 005 iel 12 1 1 0 0 0 0 32 10 9 1 212 24 1 18 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Administering Slot Cards Administering T1 and T3 cards Administering T1 and T3 cards TAOS unit Tland T3 cards are all administered in much the same way In most cases administration of the individual T1 lines on the three cards is identical Table 1 1 briefly describes the different methods you can use to manage the T1 and T3 cards and show where each method is discussed in this manual Table 1 1 T1 line maintenance tasks Task section of this manual Description Associated parameter or command Quiescing a PRI line or T1 channels on page 1 19 Quiescing a PRI line allows you to gradually take a line or channels out of service Maintenance State parameter Quiesce command Specifying FDL on page 1 20
81. shown with default values enable you to specify an additional range of Warning message index values to cause a coredump in DEBUG any shelf any slot 0 min warning core dump 0 max warning core dump 0 Parameter Specifies Min Warning Core Dump Minimum Warning message index value to cause a coredump This value must be less than or equal to the Max Warning Core Dump value The default zero means that only Warnings from 101 to 121 cause a coredump The valid range is from 1 to 9999 Max Warning Core Dump Maximum Warning message index value to cause a coredump This value must be greater than or equal to the Min Warning Core Dump value The default zero means that only Warnings from 101 to 121 cause a coredump The valid range is from 1 to 9999 For example the following command specify that in addition to Warnings 101 through 121 Warnings 500 through 600 will generate a coredump admin gt read debug 1 1 1 DEBUG shelf 1 slot 1 1 read admin gt set min warning core dump 500 admin gt set max warning core dump 600 admin gt write DEBUG shelf 1 slot 1 1 written Changes to the Debug profile are effective immediately APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 55 Creating User Profiles 5 Understanding the User profile parameters 0 0 0 eee eee eee ee 5 2 Understanding command permissions 0 0 e cece eee eee 5 3 Sample User profiles aeree e ec tee ee eee e
82. specifies the lowest level of message to be saved for status display The lowest possible level is None this is the default The highest level is Debug For a list of the log message levels see the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference The Save Number parameter specifies the number of messages to be saved in the status display The default is 100 To configure the system log on the TAOS unit proceed as in the following example 1 Read in the Log profile admin gt read log LOG read 2 Specify the type of message you want logged admin gt set save level emergency 3 Specify the number of messages to save in the event log admin gt set save number 200 4 Write the profile to save the changes admin gt write LOG written Specifying a session ID base The SessionID Base parameter specifies the base number to use for generating a unique ID for each session If SessionID Base is zero the TAOS unit sets the initial base for session IDs to the absolute clock For details see the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference 2 26 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide TAOS System Administration Configuring message logging Configuring Syslog on the TAOS unit To maintain a permanent log of a TAOS unit s system events and send Call Detail Reporting CDR reports to a host that can record and process them configure the TAOS unit to report events to a Syslog host on the local IP network The host running a Syslog daemon is
83. the associated session details e u to take a username and display the associated session details e o to restrict the Userstat command output to specified fields Following is the new command usage statement APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 2 31 TAOS System Administration Displaying user session information admin gt help userstat userstat usage command options userstat options params o s show users default k lt sessionID gt kill a user session a lt ipAddress gt show the session with matching u lt username gt show the session with matching l wide format gt 80 characters d dump do not pass output through more format values One or More of the following format characters Si SessionID 1 Line Chan ss Slot Item x Tx Rx Rate sd Type of Service sa Address su Username Sc ConnTime St IdleTime n Dialed default Si 1 s Sr Sd Sa SU SC St Sn Using the o format specifier option format lt ipAddress gt lt username gt Use the o option with one or more format specifiers to display only the fields of interest For example for an active session the Userstat command shows the following details admin gt userstat SessionID lLine Chan Slot Item Tx Rx Rate 288532030 lt end user list gt 1 active user s Svc Address 1 01 01 012 1 03 01 002 56000 56000 PPP 1 1 1 238 Username netl If you use the o option and indicate the codes
84. the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Ordering Information You can order the most up to date product information and computer based training online at http www lucent com ins bookstore Feedback Lucent Technologies appreciates your comments either positive or negative about this manual Please send them to techpubs ascend com Lucent Technologies Customer Service Customer Service provides a variety of options for obtaining information about Lucent products and services software upgrades and technical assistance Finding information and software on the Internet Visit
85. the previous call and it is reinitialized so it is available for the next call APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 25 Using Debug Commands MPCMtoggle MODEMDRV 7 5 modemClose modemHandle BO4E6F38 MODEMDRV 7 5 _closeConnection ONLINE event 3 MODEMDRV 7 5 _processTimeout INIT MPCMtoggle Description Displays information about related channel addition with Multilink Point to Point connections This information is not related to MP or BACP connections This command displays only information from connections established as MP RFC1717 connections The command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display Usage Enter mpcmtoggle at the command prompt Example admin gt mpcmtoggle MPCM debug is now ON MPCM 432 adding 1 channels MPentry Description Displays information for a specified active MP or MP connection including the options negotiated in the connection This command can be extremely helpful when researching MP or MP compatibility issues Note The MpID number that must be entered is an internally generated number To get a list of all currently assigned MpID numbers on your TAOS unit enter the IF mgr d command and specify an interface name or number Usage Enter mpentry at the command prompt Example The following example shows an MP call noted as MPP The End Point Discriminator used to bundle the channels together is shown under bundle id In th
86. the slot card images stored in the flash card code directory use the Dircode command as shown in the following example admin gt dircode Flash card code directory Card 1 directory size 16 shelf controller reg good 1237961 Nov 24 12 19 8tl card reg good 203393 Nov 24 12 19 t3 card reg good 224951 Nov 24 12 19 4ether card reg good 177007 Nov 24 12 19 hdlc2 card reg good 640052 Nov 24 12 19 4swan card reg good 425375 Nov 24 12 19 10 unchan tl card reg good 510029 Nov 24 12 19 ds3 atm card reg good 444831 Nov 24 12 19 oOo co O oOo oOo ao oOo oo D OM GO O Or Osc 8 Oe OS csmx card reg good 806361 Nov 24 12 20 The information displayed by this command includes the card number 1 or 2 and the size of the code directory It also shows the following information about each code module e Type of card supported e Subtype of the code which can be regular or diagnostic e Status which can be good present and complete write being copied or bad incomplete or corrupt 2 16 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide TAOS System Administration Using PCMCIA flash cards e Size of the code e Date the code was loaded to the flash card e Code version For a list of error messages that might appear when using the Dircode command see Appendix B Log Messages on the TAOS Unit Checking the file system If the Dircode command shows a code status other than Good or if you suspect inconsistencies
87. the slot fully operational Oper State Post The slot is running a self test Oper State None The slot is empty The Reqd State parameter indicates the required operational state of the slot which can be up or down Changing this value initiates a state change for the device To use the Slot State profile to change slot states proceed as in the following example To bring a slot down admin gt read slot state 1 3 6 SLOT STATE shelf 1 slot 3 6 read admin gt set reqd state reqd state down admin gt write SLOT STATE shelf 1 slot 3 6 written To bring the slot back up admin gt set reqd state reqd state up admin gt write SLOT STATE shelf 1 slot 3 6 written Using DS3 ATM Stat profiles To display the status of the DS3 ATM line read and list the DS3 ATM Stat profile as in the following example admin gt read ds3 atm stat 1 7 1 DS3 ATM STAT shelf 1 slot 7 1 read admin gt list physical address shelf 1 slot 7 1 line state active f bit error count 0 p bit error count 0 cp bit error count 0 feb error count 0 bpv error count 0 loss of signal False loss of frame False yellow receive False ais receive False APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 7 9 Using Administrative Profiles Using T1 Stat profiles The Line State parameter shows the overall state of the line which can be any of the following State Doe
88. this address the TAOS unit uses this route If the target address appears more than once in the routing table the TAOS unit uses the most specific route having the largest subnet mask that matches that address Mask Subnet mask of the route Cost Cost of the router Displaying the OSPF link state database To display the link state database for the first configured area or for the only defined area include the 1sdb option with the OSPF command The TAOS unit does not currently operate as an ABR so each TAOS unit s OSPF interface belongs to the same area That area number does not have to be the default backbone area 0 0 0 0 For example admin gt ospf lsdb Area 0 0 0 0 Type LS ID LS originator Seqno Age Xsum RTR 10 101 0 1 10 101 0 1 0x8000029f 720 0x8fd6 RIR 10 101 0 2 10 101 0 2 0x800002d1 126 0x189c RTR 10 102 0 1 10 102 0 1 0x800002a2 767 Ox9dc0 RTR 10 102 0 2 10 102 0 2 Ox800002cc 124 O0x862c RTR 10 103 0 204 10 103 0 204 0x800001b8 1147 0x765d RTR 10 103 0 254 10 103 0 254 O0x800002fb 167 Ox8cc9 RTR 10 104 0 1 10 104 0 1 0x800002ab 751 Oxbd8c RTR 10 104 0 2 10 104 0 2 0x80000191 1232 0x2a58 RIR 10 105 0 2 10 105 0 2 0x80000297 843 0x4693 RIR 10 105 0 3 10 105 0 3 0x800002e3 1032 0x4847 RTR 10 105 0 4 10 105 0 4 0x8000030e 1560 0x5b73 RTR 10 105 0 61 10 105 0 61 0x800002ac 1178 Oxd32c RTR 10 105 0 200 10 105 0 200 0x80000261 194 0x4f23 RTR 10 123 0 8 TOs T2308 0x800003ff 1045 Oxflef RTR 10 123 0 254 10 12
89. those that are inactive 1 Display DS3 ATM line configuration information u Display in use ATM call blocks For example to view all ATM call blocks enter the ATMDumpCall command with the a option APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Administering Slot Cards Administering DS3 ATM cards ds3 atm 1 3 gt atmdumpcall a atmdumpcall a ATM Call Block Table Addr Index Active EOOC47FO 0 1 E00C4834 1 1 E00C4878 2 1 E00C48BC 3 0 E00C4900 4 0 E00C5868 62 0 EOOC58AC 63 0 ATM Free Blocks 360 ATM Used Blocks 0 Using the OAMLoop command callID routeID State Vpi Vci Prof_Name Sess_Up 1 1 CONNECTED 1 43 atm 30 sw Yes 2 2 CONNECTED 15 1023 Yossi TNT Yes 3 3 CONNECTED 1 56 Yoss P220 Yes 65535 0 INACTIVE 0 0 No 65535 0 INACTIVE 0 0 No 65535 0 INACTIVE 0 0 No 65535 0 INACTIVE 0 0 No The OAMLoop command sends ATM Operation And Maintenance OAM loop back cells on an ATM interface to obtain information about the results of the looped cells It uses the following syntax admin gt oamloop option where option is one of the following Option e 0 count i sec shelf slot vpi Description End to End Transmit an end to end OAM loop cell to be looped by the user connection point This option and the s option are mutually exclusive and one of them must be specified on the command line Segment Transmit a segment OAM loop cell to be looped by the first network connection
90. to the TAOS unit by e Verifying that the switch can synchronize to its own returned signal APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 1 23 Administering Slot Cards Administering T1 and T3 cards e Supporting test equipment that sends out a test pattern such as a Quasi Random Signal QRS and verifying that the pattern is received unmodified To turn the remote loopback off t1l 1 1 gt fe loop 1 out off Using DS3 diagnostics The DS3Link command is a low level management tool for use during diagnostic sessions with the T3 card To open a session with the installed DS3 card use the Open command For example to manage a DS3 card on shelf 1 in slot 15 first enter the Open command as follows admin gt open 1 1 5 Then enter the DS3Link command t3 1 15 gt ds3link option where option is one o Option b on b off i on i off 1 on 1 off f the following Effect Displays current DS3 line alarms Transmits a DS3 Alarm Indication Signal Blue Alarm Stops transmitting a DS3 Alarm Indication Signal Blue Alarm Displays and clears line error statistics Displays current DS2 line state Internally loops back the DS3 payload Halt internal loop back Externally loops back the DS3 payload Halt external loop back Displays line error statistics without clearing Toggles debug output Displays this summary To display alarms on the line t3 15 gt ds3link Loss of Si
91. typically a UNIX host but it may also be a Windows system If the log host is not on the same subnet as the TAOS unit it must have a route to that host either via RIP or a static route For information about Syslog messages see Syslog messages on page B 7 Note Do not configure the TAOS unit to send reports to a Syslog host that can only be reached by a dial up connection That would cause the TAOS unit to dial the log host for every logged action including hang ups To configure Syslog you might need to set some or all of the following parameters Parameter Description Sylsog Enabled Enables Syslog Call Info Specifies whether the TAOS unit sends a one line Syslog message to the Syslog host when an authenticated call terminates This message includes information such as the called and calling number and the encapsulation data rate and length of session Host The IP address of the Syslog host Port Specifies the port number on which the remote Syslog daemon is listening It is set to port 514 by default Facility Identifies the messages as being from a particular TAOS unit Syslog Format Specifies whether the messages the TAOS unit sends to Syslog are in TAOS format the default or in another format as other Lucent products To configure Syslog reporting on the TAOS unit proceed as in the following example 1 Read in the Log profile admin gt read log LOG read 2 Enable Syslog admin gt set syslog enabled
92. which the first two lines have the following format profile name Password ascend Service Type Outbound The profile name value is any name you assign to the profile Duplicate filter names are not allowed If a local Filter profile is already stored the TAOS does not retrieve a filter profile of the same name from the RADIUS server Filter profile definitions can include the following attribute value pairs RADIUS attribute Value Ascend Data Filter 242 An abinary format filter specification using one of the following formats generic dir action offset mask value compare more ip dir action dstip n n n n nn srcip n n n n nn proto destport cmp value srcport cmp value est Ascend Cache Refresh Whether the timer for cached routes in this profile is reset each 56 time a new session becomes active that refers to the pseudo user profile Refresh No 0 does not reset the timer Refresh Yes 1 resets the cache timer when a session referring to the profile becomes active Ascend Cache Time 57 Number of minutes to cache the profile Once the cache timer expires fora RADIUS profile the profile is deleted from system memory The next time it is needed the system retrieves it from RADIUS and stores it in cache again Keeping a profile in cache increases the performance of route lookups at the cost of some system memory The minimum possible cache time is 0 minutes which causes the system to retrieve the
93. yes 3 Specify that you want end of call information sent admin gt set call info end of call 4 Specify the IP address of the host running Syslog admin gt set host 10 2 3 4 5 Specify the port the Syslog daemon is listening on admin gt set port 588 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 2 27 TAOS System Administration Checking the power supplies The TAOS unit will send all messages out on this port as soon as you write the Log profile 6 Specify the Syslog facility admin gt set facility local0 After setting a log facility number you need to configure the Syslog daemon to write all messages containing that facility number to a particular log file This file will be the TAOS unit log file 7 Specify the format of Syslog messages admin gt set syslog format max 8 Write the profile to save the changes admin gt write LOG written Note that Call Info is intended for diagnostic support It uses UDP which provides no guaranteed delivery so it should not be used for billing purposes Configuring the Syslog daemon To configure the Syslog daemon to interact with the TAOS unit you need to modify the etc syslog conf file on the log host This file specifies which action the daemon will perform when it receives messages from a particular log facility number which represents the TAOS unit For example if you set Log Facility to Local5 in the TAOS unit and you want to log its messages in var log tnt01
94. 0 internetProfile__dhcp_options__pool_number 191 internetProfile__dhcp_options__maximum_leases 192 internetProfile__sharedprof_options 193 t3pos_options__x25_profile 194 t3pos_options__max_calls 195 t3pos_options__auto_call_x121_address 196 internetProfile__t3pos_options__reverse_charge 197 internetProfile__t3pos_options__answer 198 internetProfile__t3pos_options__t3PosHostInitMode 199 internetProfile__t3pos_options__t3PosDtelnitMode 200 internetProfile__t3pos_options__t3PosEnqHandling 201 internetProfile__t3pos_options__t3PosMaxBlockSize 202 internetProfile__t3pos_options__t3PosT1 203 internetProfile__t3pos_options__t3PosT2 204 internetProfile__t3pos_options__t3PosT3 205 internetProfile__t3pos_options__t3PosT4 206 internetProfile__t3pos_options__t3PosT5 207 internetProfile__t3pos_options__t3PosT6 208 internetProfile__t3pos_options__t3PosMethodOfHostNotif 209 internetProfile__t3pos_options__t3PosPidSelection 210 internetProfile__t3pos_options__t3PosAckSuppression 211 internetProfile internetProfile t3pos_options__x25_rpoa 212 internetProfile t3pos_options__x25_cug_index 213 internetProfile t3pos_options__x25_nui 214 internetProfile t3pos_options__data_format 215 internetProfile t3pos_options link_access_type 216 internetProfile x25_options__x25_rpoa 158 internetProfile x25_options__x25_cug_index 159 internetProfile x25_options__x25_nui
95. 0 zero on line 2 e1 1 13 gt el stats c 2 Line 2 CRC Errors 0 Frame Slips 9872 Framing Bit Errors 0 Far End Block Errors oo Line Code Violations Statistics cleared The Statistics cleared message at the end of the display indicates that the statistics have been reset to 0 zero because the command included the c option Table 1 3 explains the E1 Stats fields Table 1 3 El Stats command fields Field Event that increments the field CRC Errors A CRC 6 checksum shows data corruption in the signal 1 26 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Administering Slot Cards Administering UDS3 cards Table 1 3 El Stats command fields continued Field Event that increments the field Frame Slips The TAOS unit receives E1 data at a frequency higher or lower than the internal line clock In the process of realigning itself to the transmitter the TAOS unit can skip or repeat a frame Framing Bit Errors Framing bit errors occur when the TAOS unit receives E1 data at a frequency higher or lower than that of the internal line clock In the process of realigning itself to the transmitter the TAOS unit can skip or repeat a frame Out of Frame Events The TAOS unit no longer detects a framing pattern in the receiving signal or it detects a pattern at a different relative offset than expected Line Code Violations The TAOS unit detected either a Bipol
96. 0 0 0 0 0 In the following example the administrator displays SAR statistics for shelf 1 slot 17 the master shelf controller admin gt sar s i 117 SH SL TX TxDone TxNoBuf Rx RxErr RxUnFlow RxOvRun a 1 17 160 160 0 160 0 0 0 0 Description Displays messages related to the Simple Network Time Protocol SNTP functionality of the TAOS unit The command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display Usage Enter sntp at the command prompt Example Following are three examples of messages displayed with SNTP enabled The TAOS unit accepts time from a configured NTP server The following message appears if the TAOS unit does not accept a supplied time Reject li x stratum y tx z The following message indicates that the TAOS unit accepts the time from a specified NTP server Server 0 Time is b6 dd82ed d94128e Because the stored time is off by more than one second it is adjusted SNTP x Diffl y Diff2 z Description If any TAOS unit function uses all but 128 or fewer of the bytes available for the stack this command enables a checking routine that logs a warning to the Fatal History log The command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display Description This command will enable a checking routine that will log a warning to the Fatal History log whenever any TAOS unit s function usage gets within 128 bytes from the end of the stack The command is a toggle that alter
97. 0 0 0 6 0 0 16 10 0x2 0 0 0 6 40 245 32 10 0x1 0 0 0 6 0 0 16 10 0x2 0 0 0 6 40 246 32 10 0x1 0 0 0 6 0 0 16 10 0x2 0 0 0 6 The fields in the output contain the following information Field DType RType Destination Area Cost Flags Next hop s Specifies Internal route type DType displays one of the following values RTE generic route ASBR AS border route or BR area border route Internal router type RType displays one of the following values FIX static route NONE DEL deleted or bogus state OSPF OSPF computed OSE1 type 1 external or OSE2 type 2 external Destination address and subnet mask of the route Area ID of the route Cost of the route Hexadecimal number representing an internal flag Next hop in the route to the destination Number of the interface used to reach the destination The fields in the output contain the following information Field LSA type ls id adv rtr age seq cksum Specifies Type of Link State Advertisement Target address of the router Address of the advertising router Age of the route in seconds Number that begins with 80000000 and increments by one for each LSA received Checksum for the LSA 3 26 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Network Administration Diagnostic tools for OSPF routers Field Specifies Net mask Subnet mask of the LSA Tos Type of Service for the LSA metric Cost of t
98. 01400 got link report want 144 got 144 144 4 14 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands FRMgrDump FRMgrDump Description Displays the Frame Relay link and DLCI information including states and counters Usage Enter rmgrdump at the command prompt Example admin gt frmgrdump Data Link Info Status BO4FBD40 ACTIVE BO04C0480 1532 19759603 19530429 Status enq sent 66710 rsp rcevd 66763 upd rcvd 53 timeouts 1 Errors UI field 0 PD field 0 CR field 0 msg type 0 stat rsp 0 lock shf 0 inv info 0 rpt type 0 Last Error type 5 time 6100 Fr Type 0 value 20 octets BO4FBE26 0000 04 91 03 CC 45 00 00 3A 4B OE 00 00 7F 11 54 D7 0010 CD 93 08 O07 LMI type AnnexD DTE Monitor n391 6 t391 10 n392 3 n393 4 Event recv seq 155 send Seq 155 Index 0 cycles left 4 OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK DCE Monitor t392 15 n392 3 n393 4 Event dce send seq 0 index 0 OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK DLCI info addr dlci state userHndl n201 check pkt xmit pkt recv BO4C09A0 0 ACTIVE 0 1532 NO CHECK 66710 66763 DE FECN BECN crTime chgTime pending 0 0 0 100 100 FALSE FRPriorityErrors Description Reports statistics about Frame Relay priority errors on a host card All values in its output should be zero A non zero value indicates an extreme shortage of memory For example hdlc 1 5 gt frPriorityErrs Output _sendStatusEnqui
99. 1 Using Debug Commands Portinfo 3 buffers in range 4096 8191 7 buffers in range 8192 16383 6 buffers in range 32768 65535 2 buffers in range 131072 262143 1 buffers in range 262144 524287 Total memory in use 1295104 bytes in 3364 buffers Histogram of free memory block sizes 12 buffers in range 128 255 1 buffers in range 256 511 2 buffers in range 1024 2047 1 buffers in range 1048576 2097151 Total free memory 1503680 bytes in 16 buffers Following are descriptions of some of the more important fields in this display Field Description total pools Total number of pools in use total buffers in use Number of buffers in use total memalloc Total number of times the TAOS unit allocated a block of memory for use total memfree Total number of times the TAOS unit freed a block of memory This should be fairly close to total memalloc memalloc in use Total number of memory pools in use This is the difference between total allocated and total freed memalloc failures Total number of times the TAOS unit failed to allocate a block of memory for use memfree failures Total number of times the TAOS unit failed to free a block of memory memalloc high water The highest number of memory pools in use at any one time Portinfo Description Displays information about the TAOS unit s ports Usage portinfo port number Example admin gt portinfo 1 Printing fixed allocated ports for slot 1 Linear Po
100. 1 radAuthCurrentServerFlag 12 radiusAcctStats Table 4 radiusAcctStatsEntry 1 radAcctServer ndex 1 radAcctRqstSent 2 radAcctRastTimedOut 3 radAcctRspRcvd 4 radAcctUnexpRspRevd 5 radAcctHostlPAddress 6 radAcctCurrentServerFlag 7 radiusNewNASPortIDFormat 5 mCastGroup 14 The mCast Group is defined as mCastGroup enterpris 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 14 It contains the following objects eartBeatMulticastGroupAddress 1 eartBeatSourceAdadress 2 eartBeatSlotTimeinterval 3 eartBeatSlotCount 4 eartBeatPacketCount 5 ascend 13 with this value ascend 14 with this value APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 6 37 SNMP Administration Ascend MIB hierarchy lanModemGroup 15 The lanModemGroup is defined as lanModemGroup ascend 15 with this value 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 15 It contains the following objects availlanModem 1 availLanModem Table 2 availlanModemEntry 1 availLanModemSlotindex 1 availLanModemPortIndex 2 availLanModemUsedCount 3 availLanModemBadCount 4 availLanModemLast32 5 suspectLanModem 3 suspectLanModem Table 4 suspectLanModemEntry 1 suspectLanModemSlotindex 1 suspectLanModemPortIndex 2 suspectLanModemUsedCount 3 suspectLanModemBadCount 4 suspectLanModemLast32 5 disabledLanModem 5 disabledLanModemTable 6 disabledLanModemEntry 1 disabledLanModemSlotindex 1 disabledLanModemPortindex 2 disabledLanMode
101. 1 1 300 33600A Usage mdbstr 0 1 2 AT command string Example The following examples show you how to modify each portion of the AT command string To override the existing first string with a new string mdbstr 1 AT amp FO amp C1V1IW1 This will override the second portion of the AT command string mdbstr 2 AT C3 N3S2 255S95 44S91 10 MS 11 1 300 14400A This will return both strings to their factory default settings mdbstr 0 Description Displays messages related to modem dial out This command can be used in conjunction with the ModemDrvState command to get detailed information about outbound modem calls The command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display Usage Enter mdialout at the command prompt Example In the following example a modem on the TAOS unit prepares to make an outbound modem call but never receives a dialtone admin gt mdialout MDIALOUT 2 4 gt gt CURR state Await_Off_Hook NEW 4 22 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands MDialSess event Event_Off_Hook DIALOUT 2 4 connected to DSP DIALOUT 2 4 rqst tone 14 via channelIndex 0 DIALOUT 2 4 tone generation started T 2 4 gt gt CURR state Await_Dial_Tone NEW vent_Dialtone_On DIALOUT 2 4 decode timer started DIALOUT 2 4 lt lt NEW state Await_lst_Digit DIALOUT 2 4 enabling tone search channel index 0 imeslot 0 CE zZz lt fo
102. 10 Up Idle UP UP 00000 Channel 1 1 3 11 Up Idle UP UP 00000 Channel 1 1 3 12 Up Idle UP UP 00000 To display information about which T1 channels are in use admin gt tlichannels i Tl channels allocated in use dvOp dvUpSt dvRq sAdm nailg Channel 1 1 1 1 Up Assign UP UP 00000 I Channel 1 1 1 9 Up Assign UP UP 00006 I Channel 1 1 1 10 Up Assign UP UP 00006 I Channel 1 1 1 11 Up Assign UP UP 00006 I APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 1 21 Administering Slot Cards Administering T1 and T3 cards Channel 1 1 1 12 Up Assign UP UP 00006 I Channel 1 1 1 13 Up Assign UP UP 00006 I Channel 1 1 1 14 Up Assign UP UP 00006 I Channel 1 1 1 15 Up Assign UP UP 00006 I Channel 1 1 1 16 Up Assign UP UP 00006 I Channel 11010 1 Up Assign UP UP 00005 I Displaying DS1 level diagnostics for T1 cards The T1 Stats command reports DS1 level line errors Before entering the command use the Open command to open a session with the installed card For example to open a session with a card in shelf 1 slot 13 admin gt open 1 13 Then enter the T1 Stats command The following example shows the command s syntax t1 1 13 gt tl stats tl stats c lt line gt get error statistics for the line c reset statistics to zero To view DS1 level statistics on the first line on the card t1 1 13 gt tl stats 1
103. 102 0 1 10 102 0 1 0x80000235 2592 0x1f40 3 20 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Network Administration Diagnostic tools for OSPF routers 22224 ET ET ET ET Type AS AS AS AS AS AS AS AS AS AS AS AS AS AS AS AS E5 E5 ES E5 E5 ES ES E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 ES ES 10 104 0 2 10 105 0 8 10 123 0 6 100 103 100 LS 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 ID 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 107 113 10 200 10 222 FEO 11 103 14 240 50 151 101 103 0 0 DO Sr Oo OO Ov Or Ov OO OCOOOOCO OOOO WON TD BP WN HP Ooo 10 104 0 2 0x80000179 830 0x67a8 10 123 0 8 0x80000304 1071 Ox0ccd 12 151 0 2 0x8000023d 825 0x59ed 204 10 103 0 204 0x80000029 252 0x8b34 advertisements 6 Checksum total 0x1961b External ASE5 Link States LS originator Seqno Age xsum 10 103 0 204 Ox8000004f 1726 Oxd23f 10 103 0 204 Ox8000004f 1716 Oxc749 10 103 0 204 0x8000004f 1704 Oxbc53 10 103 0 204 Ox8000004f 1692 Oxbl5d 10 103 0 204 Ox8000004f 1672 O0x9b71 10 103 0 204 Ox8000004f 1666 0x907b 10 103 0 204 Ox8000004f 1641 0x8585 10 103 0 254 0x80000104 250 0x1413 10 103 0 254 0x80000121 250 0x0e76 10 103 0 254 0x80000001 231 0xa823 10 103 0 254 0x80000001 202 0x9f16 10 103 0 254 0x80000027 250 0x49a6 10 103 0 254 0x80000121 250 Oxfcl10 10 103 0 204 0x800001a4 199 0x0926 10 103 0 254 0x80000121 250 Oxa90a 10 103 0 254 0x80000121 250 0x664c a
104. 13 MIB II Enables you to monitor and configure basic components of the TAOS unit s system interfaces and protocols Note that the interface table in MIB II is superseded by RFC 2233 Interface MIB RFC 1253 OSPF MIB Enables you to monitor and configure OSPF version 2 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 6 1 SNMP Administration SNMP support RFC 1315 Frame Relay MIB The Frame Relay MIB specifies SNMP MIB variables for Frame Relay DTEs The TAOS unit s HDLC cards support this MIB RFC 1317 RS232 MIB Enables you to monitor and configure asynchronous or synchronous serial links with RS 232 like control signals RFC 1398 Ethernet MIB Enables you to monitor the TAOS unit s Ethernet interfaces RFC 1406 DS1 MIB Enables you to query the state and configuration of T1 or E1 lines The TAOS unit supports all tables in this MIB except the dsx1FracTable In addition TAOS unit s also support loopback modes using the Get and Set requests on the dsxlLoopBackConfig object of the DS1 MIB RFC 1406 The dsx1NoLoop and dsx1LineLoop loopback modes are supported on both T1 and E1 lines The dsx1PayloadLoop loopback mode is not supported RFC 1407 DS3 MIB Enables you to query the state and configuration of T3 or E3 lines RFC 1695 ATM MIB Enables you to manage the ATM interface on the TAOS unit s DS3 ATM card The TAOS unit supports the following groups in the ATM MIB related to network
105. 132 internetProfile fr_options__fr_direct_enabled 133 internetProfile fr_options__fr_direct_profile 134 internetProfile fr_options__fr_direct_dlci 135 internetProfile tcp_clear_options__detect_end_of_packet 136 internetProfile tcp_clear_options__end_of_packet_pattern 137 internetProfile internetProfile tcp_clear_options__flush_length 138 internetProfile tcp_clear_options__flush_time 139 internetProfile ara_options__recv_password 140 internetProfile ara_options__maximum_connect_time 141 internetProfile internetProfile__comb_options__password_required 142 internetProfile__comb_options__interval 143 internetProfile__comb_options__base_channel_count 144 internetProfile__comb_options__compression 145 internetProfile__x25_options__x25_profile 146 internetProfile__x25_options__Icn 147 internetProfile__x25_options__x3_profile 148 internetProfile__x25_options__max_calls 149 internetProfile__x25_options__vc_timer_enable 150 internetProfile__x25_options__x25EncapsType 151 internetProfile__x25_options__auto_call_x121_address 152 internetProfile__x25_options__reverse_charge 153 internetProfile__x25_options__call_mode 154 internetProfile__x25_options__answer 155 internetProfile__x25_options__inactivity_timer 156 internetProfile__x25_options__if_mtu 157 internetProfile__calledNumber 189 internetProfile__dhcp_options__reply_enabled 19
106. 173015 x iel 4 3 00cO7b6d23f2 11 1 3 1 32 004 1 17 017 iel 4 4 00cO07b6d23f3 11 1 4 1 32 005 1 17 019 iel 4 5 00cO0O7b6d23f4 11 1 5 1 32 lt end gt Note The Netstat command also displays a hyphen to indicate a disabled Ethernet interface To mark an interface as up use the up option ether 1 4 gt ifmgr up iel 4 1 An interface can be administratively disabled by using the IFMgr command or by updating the Ethernet profile or it can be marked as down by the Ethernet driver when Link State Enabled is Yes and Link State is Down Therefore using the Up option to the IFMgr command does not necessarily enable the interface However it does mark the interface as up Following is an example of using the IFMgr command on the shelf controller admin gt ifmgr d bif slot sif u m p ifname host name remote addr local addr 000 1 17 000 ied 0 0 0 0 32 92 168 7 133 32 001 1 17 001 100 0 0 0 0 32 2750 05 17 3 2 002 0 00 000 rjo 0 0 0 0 32 27 0 0 2 32 003 0400 O00 bho 0 0 0 0 32 27 0 0 3 32 004 0 00 000 wanabe 0 0 0 0 32 27 0 0 3 32 005 0 00 000 local 0 0 0 0 32 2700 L732 006 0 00 000 mcast 0 0 0 0 32 224 0 0 0 32 OOF 0200 O00 tunnel 0 0 0 0 32 92 1 68 5133 32 008 1 001 p wang apx t1 t32 200 2 1 2 32 92 168 7 133 32 009 1 O02 p wang apx t1 t32 200 2 2 2 32 92168 1133 32 010 003 p wan10 apx e1l t22 200 3 2 2 32 92 168 7 133 32 011 004 p wanll apx el t32 200
107. 19 TAOS System Administration Backing up and restoring a configuration The entire configuration is written to the specified file You might want to print a copy of the configuration for later reference The a option saves all parameters even those that are set to their default values Saving the configuration to a network host To save the configuration on network host you must specify the hostname and the full path of a filename as in the following example admin gt save a network host1 config 981001 configuration being saved to 10 65 212 19 In the sample command line host 1 is the network host and config 981001 is the file name Restoring or updating the configuration You can restore a full configuration that you saved with the Save command or you can upload more specific configuration information such as single profile To restore configuration information use the Load command Restoring from a local file Before you start the restore procedure verify that your terminal emulation program has an autotype or ASCII file upload feature Autotype allows your emulator to transmit a text file over its serial port You should also verify that the data rate of your terminal emulation program is set to 9600 baud or lower and that the term rate parameter in the System profile is also set to 9600 or lower and that the Term Rate parameter in the System profile is set to the same rate Speeds higher than 9600 baud might
108. 2 16 Checking the file systemi seeiis iieri e eeen RE EEE EEA E Ea R E 2 17 Updatine system sottwate sc st ein a a tn ea helene 2 18 Loading specific slot card images ee ceeeeeesceseeeeeeseecseceeaecsaceaecseeseeeeseaeseeeeneseaeeaees 2 18 Loading an extracted code image oe eee ceeseecsecsseeeceseeecesceeeeeseeeseaeeaeeeaeeaees 2 19 Backing up and restoring a configuration 0 ee eee eeee cee ceeeeseceaeeaeceseeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaeeaee 2 19 Saving the configuration to a local file eee ee eee cee ceseeteceseeeecesceeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeaeeaees 2 19 Saving the configuration to a network host 0 eee eeeeseceeeeceeceseeeeceeeeaecaecsaeeaeens 2 20 Restoring or updating the configuration 00 00 eee cece eee cseeeeecaeeaeceeceseeeenseeeeneeeees 2 20 Restoring froma local ferentes n aa ees aos es steer EER 2 20 Restoring from a network host oe cece ceeceseeeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeaeeseecaecsaecseeaeneens 2 20 Updating the configuration 2 eee eee eseecseeseecseceseeseceseeseceseeseseeseaeseeeeaeeeaeeaees 2 20 Saving and Restoring to a PCMCIA flash card 0 ceseeeeceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeenees 2 21 Using the Status wind Ow ivs csisisscsshs e essen sein a sate atin eE iinet 2 21 Status window command SUMMALY eee eseeeee cee ceseesecseesecesceeeeeeeaeseeseneeeaeeaees 2 21 Opening and closing the status window 00 ce eee eee ecceeeeeeecaeeceecaeesaeceecaeeaeenseeeeneeeees 2 22 vi APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Contents Ch
109. 24 error screen length conflict adjusting status length from 22 to 18 2 24 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide TAOS System Administration Reviewing the fatal error log new screen length 24 new status length 18 Reviewing the fatal error log The TAOS unit s fatal error log contains messages related to the its operations To view the log of fatal errors enter the Fatal History For example admin gt fatal history OPERATOR RESET Index 99 Revision 2 0 Shelf 1 apxsr Date 01 30 2000 Time 16 55 38 Reset from unknown user profile admin SYSTEM IS UP Index 100 Revision 2 0 Shelf 1 apxsr Date 01 30 2000 Time 16 56 12 The command s output information includes the date and time at which the error occurred the system software version that was running at that time the slot number on which the error occurred and a stack trace record of the event For a list of fatal error messages see Appendix B Log Messages on the TAOS Unit To clear the fatal error log enter the Clr History command admin gt clr history Configuring message logging The TAOS unit generates error and event messages related to its operations You can display these messages with the following commands e Log Invoke or control the event log window e Fatal History List fatal error history log In the Log and User profiles you can configure the way in which the messages are handled
110. 3 0 254 Ox800003ff 1149 Oxb236 RIR 12 151 0 2 PALS 14 0 2 0x800006ec 799 0x092f RIR 192 1 1 1 POD Leda d 0x80000398 1791 Oxb648 RIR 210 210 210 1 210 210 210 1 0x800001a8 175 0x5736 NET 10 101 0 1 10 101 0 1 0x80000234 720 0x2143 NET 10 102 0 1 10 102 0 1 0x80000234 767 0x213f NET 10 104 0 2 10 104 0 2 0x80000177 804 Ox 6ba NET 10 105 0 8 10 123 0 8 0x80000302 1045 0x10cb NET 10 123 0 6 12 151 0 2 0x8000023b 799 OQx5deb NET 100 103 100 204 10 103 0 204 0x80000027 226 0x8f32 advertisements 24 Checksum total Oxa2ae6 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 3 23 Network Administration Diagnostic tools for OSPF routers The fields in the output contain the following information Field Specifies Area Area ID Type Indicates the type of link as defined in RFC 1583 e Type 1 RTR are router LSAs that describe the collected states of the router s interfaces e Type 2 NET are network LSAs that describe the set of routers attached to the network e Types 3 and 4 SUM describe routes to networks in remote areas or AS boundary routers e Type 7 are ASE 7 link advertisements that are only flooded within an NSSA LS ID Specifies the target address of the route LS originator Specifies the address of the advertising router Seqno Indicates a hexadecimal number that begins with 80000000 and increments by one for each LSA received Age Specifies the age of the route in seconds Xsum Indicates the checksum of t
111. 4 05 f4 0010 03 04 cO 23 11 04 05 f4 13 09 03 00 c0 7b 53 0 0020 7a At this point LCP is up Next is the authentication phase The local device agreed to authenticate using PAP so it should transmit its user name and password Note that it is not encrypted and user name and password can be decoded very easily PAP Authentication Request User name is shown in hexadecimal and must be converted to ascii User name is 0x6a 0x73 Ox6d 0x69 0x74 0x68 jsmith and password is 0x72 0x65 0x64 red XMIT 31 20 octets D803C 0000 f 03 cO 23 01 01 00 10 06 6a 73 6d 69 74 68 03 72 0010 65 64 PAP Authentication Acknowledgment RECV 31 9 octets D5BDC 0000 f 03 cO 23 02 01 00 05 OD Authentication is successful Final negotiation determines protocols to be supported over the link Note MP was negotiated and both devices begin sending MP packets from here The data portion of the packet is identical to PPP but there is an 8 byte MP header instead of the 2 byte PPP header In the following packet 00 3d is the designation for a Multilink packet The next byte designates whether this packet is fragmented The next three bytes are the sequence number You ll see them increment by one for each packet sent or received APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide C 5 PPP Decoding Primer Example of MP call negotiation Next the 80 31 01 designates this as a BCP Configure Request RECV 31 20 octets
112. 7 11 The TAOS unit provides a number of profiles that either monitor administration information or enable the administrator to change the state of a slot line or device For discussion of profiles not directly related to system administration for example profiles related to configuring lines connections or calls see the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT WAN Routing and Tunneling Configuration Guide or the hardware installation guide for your unit Following are the TAOS unit s administrative profiles Profile Admin State Perm If Admin State Phys If Base Call Info Device State DS3 ATM Stat Error LAN Modem Log Description SNMP Permanent Interface Admin State SNMP Physical Interface Admin State System version and enabled features Active call information Device Operational State DS3 ATM status Fatal Error Log LAN modem disable state System event logging configuration APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 7 1 Using Administrative Profiles How the TAOS unit creates administrative profiles Profile Slot Info Slot State Slot Type SNMP System T1 Stat T3 Stat Timedate Trap User Description Slot information Slot Operational State Slot Type profile SNMP profiles System level parameters T1 and El line status T3 line status Current system time and date SNMP trap destinations Administrative user accounts For information about the parameters contained within each of these pro
113. 7D 20 7D 20 7D 22 7 0 D Fl To get the data stream without escape characters the 0x7D bytes need to be stripped and the byte following each 0x7D byte needs to be decremented by 0x20 With PPP dump the data is automatically converted and displayed 7E FF 03 CO 21 01 01 00 17 02 06 00 OA 00 00 2D 03 06 3A AA 7E J FF 03 CO 21 01 01 00 23 00 24 00 00 02 7E See Also WANdisplay WANnext WANopen PPPFSM Description Displays changes to the PPP state machine as PPP users connect The command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display Usage First open a session with a host card then enter pppfsm at the command prompt Example The following display shows the complete establishment of a PPP session admin gt pppfsm PPPFSM state display is ON PPPFSM 97 Layer 0 State INITIAL Event OPEN PPPFSM 97 New State STARTING PPPFSM 97 Layer 0 State STARTING Event OP o gt PPPFSM 97 New State REQSENT PPPFSM 97 Layer 1 State INITIAL Event UP ss PPPFSM 97 New State CLOSED PPPFSM 97 Layer 2 State INITIAL Event UP APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 33 Using Debug Commands PP
114. 990 RFC1994 Title PPP AppleTalk Control Protocol ATCP PPP Internetwork Packet Exchange Control Protocol IPXCP PPP Bridging Control Protocol BCP Point to Point Protocol PPP Multilink Protocol Plus MP PPP Compression Control Protocol CCP PPP Stac LZS Compression Protocol PPP Link Quality Monitoring PPP Multilink Protocol MP PPP Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide C 7 Index A accounting displaying messages 4 36 displaying state of RADIUS session session statistics 4 39 See Also RADIUS address pools displaying information about 4 7 Addrpool command using 4 7 adjacencies displaying OSPF 3 30 Admin User profile default password for 2 2 logging in with 2 2 privileges with 5 1 Admin logging in as 2 2 administrative profiles how created 7 2 Admin State profiles how created 7 3 Admin State Perm If profile described 7 2 using 7 4 Admin State Phys If profile described 7 3 using 7 5 Advanced Agent MIB TAOS unit support 6 11 alarms displaying T3 1 24 Answer Profile MIB TAOS unit support for 6 11 areas displaying OSPF 3 27 ARP adding a table entry 3 10 cache described 3 9 clearing the ARP table 3 10 deleting a table entry 3 10 inverse for Frame Relay 4 14 viewing the ARP table 3 9 ARPtable command using 3 9 AS advertisements displaying external 3 22 displaying internal 3 22 AS border routers information about 3
115. AOS True Access Operating System Addendum Following are sample contents of the Load Select profile in LOAD SELECT unknown cards auto 8t1 auto 8el auto t3 auto utl auto uel auto uds3 auto ds3 atm auto enet auto enet2 auto mdm v34 auto mdm56k auto amdm auto 2 18 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide TAOS System Administration Backing up and restoring a configuration anmdm auto hdlc auto hdlc2 auto swan auto Each parameter in the profile represents a card type and can be set to Auto Load or Skip to specify the action to take when the code image is present in a Tar file The Load Select profile does not list the Shelf Controller code because that image is always loaded from the updated Tar file e The Auto setting the default causes the system to load images for cards that are installed in the TAOS unit and skip images for cards that are not installed A card is considered present in the system if a Slot Type profile exists for that card type The system creates a Slot Type profile when it first detects the presence of a card and does not delete the profile unless the administrator uses the Slot r command to permanently remove a card that is no longer installed in the system or clears NVRAM To ensure that the system does not load unnecessary images use Slot r to remove Slot Type profiles for cards that are no longer installed in the syste
116. AX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Index 11 Index saving configuration to a network host 2 20 setting date and time 2 12 updating with hash codes 4 49 version 2 9 viewing installed slot card 1 1 system administration allowing remote management 2 21 core dumps A 1 device state changes 1 30 devices managing 7 7 7 8 displaying the contents of flash 2 16 displaying the system version 2 9 file system checking a flash card 2 17 log messages 2 25 logging in as Admin 2 2 logging in with Admin User profile 2 2 network overview 3 1 overview 2 2 quiescing modems 1 31 quiescing T1 lines in T3 card or channels 1 19 quiescing T1 lines or channels 1 19 session IDs 2 26 setting a system name 2 11 slot cards managing 7 7 7 8 SNMP interfaces 6 28 7 2 system level commands 2 4 TCP IP 3 1 system options displaying 2 9 System permission level explained 2 4 System profile allowing remote management 2 21 setting a system name 2 11 setting session ID base 2 26 system software after upgrade if slot card does not come up 1 6 system software upgrading 2 18 system status 2 23 System level commands described 2 4 permissions needed to use 5 4 T T1 card opening session to 1 22 T1 channels checking status of 1 21 monitoring on T1 card 1 21 quiescing 1 19 1 20 T1 interface enabling loopbacks 1 23 T1 lines checking status of 7 10 configuring via SNMP 6 2 displaying clock source informatio
117. Access manages the TAOS unit s modem and HDLC resources APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 6 15 SNMP Administration Configuring SNMP access and security Ascend Session MIB session mib Contains a table of entries for the status of each session in the system including the IP address type of session PPP MPP Telnet and so on and MPP statistics Ascend UDS3 Profile MIB mibuds3net mib Part of the Ascend MIB Configuration group group 23 this MIB corresponds to the UDS3 profile in the command line interface Ascend WAN MIB wan mib Assigns the SNMP Object IDs OIDs for the WAN interfaces Ascend WAN Dialout MIB wandialout mib Enables you to monitor the packets the TAOS unit receives that causes it to dialout Modified method for adding SNMP object IDs Previously algorithms used to assign Object IDs to new MIB members could result in dictionary conflicts across TAOS platforms and software versions New methodologies make such conflicts much less likely The MIB files distributed with the TAOS unit s ensure that SNMP managers begin using the newer dictionaries that will be maintained across future upgrades Ascend Enterprise traps Defines Ascend specific traps that alert NMS when certain events have occurred on the TAOS unit such as when a Telnet session fails to authenticate the TAOS unit is reset or a Frame Relay DLCI is brought up or torn down Configuring SNMP access and security Th
118. At this point the negotiation moves from authentication to negotiation of Network Control Protocols NCPs The TAOS unit supports Bridging Control Protocol BCP IPCP IPXCP and ATCP IPCP Configure Request Van Jacobsen Header Compression IP address of 1 1 1 1 RECV 3 20 octets 2C0A04 0000 ff 03 80 21 01 e3 00 10 02 06 00 2d Of 00 03 06 0010 01 01 01 01 BCP Configure Request RECV 3 8 octets 2C101C 0000 ff 03 80 31 01 55 00 04 IPCP Configure Request IP address of 2 2 2 2 XMIT 3 14 octets 2C2E94 0000 f 03 80 21 01 01 00 Oa 03 06 02 02 02 02 IPCP Configure Reject Van Jacobsen Header Compression The remote device should send another IPCP Configure Request and remove the request to do VJ Header Compression XMIT 3 14 octets 2C2E94 0000 f 03 80 21 04 e3 00 Oa 02 06 00 2d Of 00 BCP Protocol Reject This local device is not configured to support bridging XMIT 3 8 octets 2C2E94 0000 f 03 80 31 08 55 00 04 IPCP Configure Acknowledgment RECV 3 14 octets 2C1634 0000 f 03 80 21 02 01 00 Oa 03 06 01 01 01 01 IPCP Configure Request Note VJ Header Compression is not requested this time RECV 3 14 octets 2C1C4C 0000 f 03 80 21 01 e4 00 Oa 03 06 02 02 02 02 IPCP Configure Acknowledgment XMIT 3 14 octets 2C2E94 0000 f 03 80 21 02 e4 00 Oa 03 06 01 01 01 01 At this point a PPP connection has been successfully negotiated T
119. B consists of the following groups products 1 slots 2 hostTypes 3 advancedAgent 4 lanTypes 5 doGroup 6 hostStatus 7 console 8 systemStatusGroup 9 eventGroup 10 callStatusGroup 11 sessionStatusGroup 12 radiusGroup 13 mCastGroup 14 lanModemGroup 15 firewallGroup 16 wanDialoutPkt 17 powerSupply 18 multiShelf 19 miscGroup 20 asgGroup 21 flashGroup 22 configuration 23 atmpGroup 24 srvcMgmtGroup 26 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide SNMP Administration Read Write Access Ascend Advanced Agent MIB advanced mib The TAOS unit supports the Ascend Advanced MIB previously called the WAN MIB The Advanced MIB defines objects related to WAN lines channels and ports MIB variables for summarizing B channel states The Advanced MIB includes wanLineChannelUsageTable 29 immediately following advancedAgent 4 The new table contains read only integer variables that reflect the total count of B channels in any particular state for any given line usage For example you can use the table to retrieve the sum of all signaling channels the number of connected calls on all trunk lines or to retrieve the sum of nailed idle or ringing channels or the sum of connected DTPT channels on network NT lines The new table is indexed by the line usage and B channel state as defined by the wanLineUsage and wanLineChannelState enumerations in advanced mib The MIB curren
120. DEMDRV 3 1 _hdlcBufRevdFnc data 2E13C038 len 2 parseState n v 0 0 status RCVD ODEMDRV 3 1 data 0 ODEMDRV 3 1 _processTimeout DIAL_STR3 ODEMDRV Answer String Part 3 AT SC3 N3S2 255S95 44S91 10 MS 11 1 300 33600 A Now result codes are processed to clarify the characteristics of the connection ODEMDRV 1 1 _hdlcBufRevdFnc data 9880C628 len 48 parseState n v 1 0 stD ODEMDRV 1 1 data CONNECT 115200 V34 LAPM V42BIS 28800 TX 33600 ODEMDRV 1 1 decodeSLC 15 lt CONNECT 115200 gt checking for error correction ODEMDRV 1 1 decodeSLC 4 lt V34 gt checking for error correction ODEMDRV 1 1 decodeSLC 5 lt LAPM gt checking for error correction 29 ODEMDRV 1 1 decodeSLC 7 lt V42BIS gt checking for compression 21 ODEMDRV 1 1 decodeSLC 9 lt 28800 TX gt checking for xmit 1 ODEMDRV 1 1 _hdlcBufRevdFnc data 9880C828 len 4 parseState n v 4 0 staD ODEMDRV 1 1 data RX gt checking for recv 0 C 9 lt 33600 RX decodeSLC complete At this point the modem call is up and the modem driver has completed its tasks The call will be passed to Ethernet resources MODEMDRV 3 1 _processRcodeEvent AWAITING RLSD mType 5 RLSD 0 MODEMDRV 3 1 _processRlsdChange AWAITING RLSD 1 Following is the normal sequence of steps for a modem call that is cleared by either modem Modem 5 on the modem card in slot 7 of the TAOS unit is freed from
121. DS3 7 11 connections 2 23 displaying modem 1 30 displaying serial WAN 1 8 displaying T3 1 8 displaying UDS3 1 27 displaying WAN 1 8 general information 2 23 line status 1 8 log messages 2 23 T1 card 1 9 T3 card 1 9 User profiles and 5 6 5 7 WAN lines 1 9 status window commands for 2 21 connection information 2 23 connections 2 23 default contents of 5 7 default size 5 7 defining contents 2 21 described 2 22 displaying 2 21 displaying upon login 5 2 general 2 23 information displayed in for User profile 5 6 length 2 24 line status 1 8 log 2 23 navigating 2 21 opening and closing 2 22 vt100 requirement 2 21 5 6 WAN line information in 2 24 Syslog configuring 2 25 configuring APX 8000 to interact with 2 27 configuring daemon 2 28 DNIS and CLID information in B 8 end of call information for B 8 forwarding call info to when call terminates 2 27 messages B 7 messages initiated by Secure Access Firewall B 9 specifying remote port 2 27 Syslog host see Log profile system checking power supplies 2 28 configuration stored in NVRAM 2 12 configuring with a script 2 28 displaying revision 4 48 displaying uptime 2 8 4 48 removing slot card 1 7 removing slot card from 1 5 resetting 2 13 4 40 restoring configuration from a local file 2 20 restoring configuration from a network host 2 20 saving configuration to a local file 2 19 APX 8000 M
122. Debug Commands Lanval Lanval LifDebug Description Displays messages related to external validation requests You can use this command in conjunction with radif to troubleshoot authentication issues Usage Enter Lanval at the command prompt Example admin gt lanval ANVAL state display is ON AANVAL radius auth id BO54AD60 AANVAL radius callback id BO54AD60 auth SUCCESS ANVAL _lanvFreeInfo freeing iprof B05A9360 Description Displays ISDN layer 2 and layer 3 information The command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display Usage Enter 1ifdebug at the command prompt Example Following are several examples of LifDebug output admin gt lifdebug LIF debug is now ON A packet is being sent over the WAN The packet is constructed LIF_SendPkt DSL 0 source 0x400 destination 0x300 event 0x340 SAPI 0 CES 1 Call_Id 77 Chan_Id 0 The following message displays the contents of the packet PACKET Header 4 a0 50 59 bO Info 9 08 02 00 00 84 08 02 80 90 01 L3_Go source 0x400 event 0x340 DSL 0 call_id 77 ces 1 L3_ProcessUserEvent State 0x9 Event 0x84 Index 6 DSL 0 CallID 77 Another packet is sent LIF_SendPkt DSL 0 source 0x300 destination 0x205 event 0x240 SAPI 0 CES 1 Call_Id 77 Chan_Id 0 PACKET Header 4 a0 50 59 bO Info 9 08 02 83 fe 45 08 02 80 90 00
123. E OER 7 10 Using UDS3 Stat profile sner i e ene ite E EES 7 11 Using the Call Logging Server profile sesseeeesseessesereesssreresreresreresresrrrrsrerrssenresreeses 7 13 Getting TAOS Unit Core DUMPS cccscceeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees A 1 Whatisac redimMp e e e ea E E e A a T A 1 Before you Decima enr inn EEE EA E E R A E A 2 The Ascend mp daemon seisot a cide a R ea eoi e N TATE A 2 Cored P COA e int Maa ee Nah a E RE A 3 Core dump naming conventions and file characteristics ss eesseeeeeseeeeseererrsrserrerere A 3 Trigger events aineena aE E AE AOE eee i che EONO TEREA A 4 UDP port numbers e e E eie A R R eee A 4 EX AMMPIOS EEEE A A RAE A conse soasesbantetasaes A 4 Enabling A scenduimip ea r e ar E EN E T a a e A 4 Enabling core dumps on the TAOS unit eseseeseseesessseerssesresrestsresreresrenrsrenresrnseresserese A 4 Pulling a core dump from the TAOS unit seseseeesesseressseeresreresresrerrsrenrsrenesrnreressenee A 5 Initiating an immediate core dump s ssssssessererseesessssressterstentsrenserssentesrsresreresrrereersre A 5 Getting core dumps from slot cards sssssesssseeeseseseesssterrsesrestererttsrertnrentsrentesrnreressenese A 5 Di abling core dumps renna a E E abe E A ae Geeks A 5 Fat l error log and core d mpsinsnnnnercrnp e ien e a a e Eae A 5 Troubleshooting core dumpsr issn e ae eana Ma Sraa RT E eee A 6 Log Messages on the TAOS Uniit ccccccssseseeeeeeeeeeeeeee
124. End OAM loopback cell Id 17 Received our End2End OAM loopback cell Id 18 OAM loop statistics 10 cells transmitted 10 cells received cell loss Looping back the DS3 ATM line For diagnostics you might want to loopback the DS3 interface by using the Loopback parameter in the DS3 ATM profile While the interface is looped back normal data traffic is interrupted The Loopback parameter in the DS3 ATM profile supports the following settings No Loopback The default specifies that the DS3 line is operating normally Facility Loopback During a facility loopback the DS3 card returns the signal it receives on the DS3 line Local Loopback During a local loopback the DS3 receive path is connected to the DS3 transmit path at the D3 multiplexer The transmitted DS3 signal is still sent to the network as well Line statistics are displayed in the DS3 ATM Stat profile For information about this profile see Using DS3 ATM Stat profiles on page 7 9 To configure a loopback proceed as in the following example 1 Read the DS3 ATM profile admin gt read ds3 atm 1 3 1 DS3 ATM shelf 1 slot 3 1 read Activate the loopback admin gt set line loopback facility loopback local loopback To end the loopback set the Loopback parameter to No Loopback admin gt set line loopback no loopback Administering Ethernet cards For all Ethernet interfaces except the shelf controller the TAOS unit detects and fla
125. External Type 5 LSA database Normal or Overload Number of LSAs Number of LSAs in the External Type 5 LSA database Number of overflows Number of ASE 5s that exceeded the limit of the database Displaying the OSPF database To display the entire OSPF database enter the OSPF command with the dat abase option For example admin gt ospf database Router Link States Area 0 0 0 0 Type LS ID LS originator Seqno Age Xsum RTR 10 101 0 1 10 101 0 1 0x800002al 746 O0x8bd8 RTR 10 101 0 2 TOs TOE 02 0x800002d6 539 0x0eal RTR 10 102 0 1 10 102 0 1 0x800002a3 2592 O0x9bcl RTR 10 103 0 204 10 103 0 204 0x800001ba 1173 0x725f RTR 10 103 0 254 10 103 0 254 0x80000301 534 0x7066 RTR 10 104 0 1 10 104 0 1 0x800002ad 777 Oxb98e RTR 10 104 0 2 10 104 0 2 0x80000193 1258 0x265a RTR 10 105 0 2 10 105 0 2 0x80000299 865 0x4295 RTR 10 105 0 3 10 105 0 3 0x800002e5 1057 0x4449 RTR 10 105 0 4 10 105 0 4 0x80000310 1585 0x5775 RTR 10 105 0 61 10 105 0 61 0x800002ae 1204 Oxcf2e RTR 10 105 0 200 10 105 0 200 0x80000263 213 0x4b25 RTR 10 123 0 8 10 123 0 8 0x80000401 1071 Oxecf2 RTR 10 123 0 254 10 123 0 254 0x80000401 1175 Oxad39 RTR 12 151 0 2 12 151 0 2 Ox800006e e 825 0x0531 RIR 192 1 1 1 TIZ Tle 0x8000039b 18 Oxb04b RTR 210 210 210 1 210 210 210 1 Ox80000laa 201 0x5338 advertisements a17 Checksum total 0x7946c Network Link States Area 0 0 0 0 Type LS ID LS originator Seqno Age Xsum NET 10 101 0 1 10 101 0 1 0x80000236 746 0x1d45 NET 10
126. HISCGTOUP ZO aae n a aa aana cocks Gish cwsak le a estan sua E cone EE EA SARA ARA ES 6 40 flashGroup 2 2 eaaa i a duds idee sista E E E a e ERa 6 40 CONMPULAMON 23 ssccssecdukcceseeciee cundessuedvaSeesnsnte Cinveuscvoiseevyecvudecvsdocvadetnedervedetetenivenst 6 41 AIMP Group QA sssdercsscsdasecassseess E tec cade A AE EEEE R sets 6 47 Chapter 7 Using Administrative Profiles csseeeeeeeseesseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 7 1 How the TAOS unit creates administrative profiles elie ceeee cee ceseeeeceseneceeeeseeeeeeaes 7 2 Using the Telnet Access Control List TACL profile oe ececeeecseceseesecereeseceeeeeeeeeeenes 7 3 Using the Admin State Perm If profile o oo ceseeeeceeceseeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeecaeesaecsaesaecseenaeees 7 4 Using the Admin State Phys If profile 0 0 ieee ec eeceeeeeeeceeseecseescecaecsaeeaecesenseceeeseeeeeeaes 7 5 Using the Device State profile sverre ni cece E E EKE EE ER E S 7 6 Using the Device Summary profile sseessesesseesesestseesrerseesssterssteestesertesrerisrertnsentesrneneset 7 7 Using the Slot Info profile secre eee e E EAEE REA iE E RE EREo R aE 7 8 Using Slot State proles herie r ere r er a ere T E a a i 7 8 x APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Contents Appendix A Appendix B Appendix C Using DS3 ATM Stat profiles 0 eee cece ceseeeeceeeeeeceeeeeeecnesseecaecsaecaecsaeaeceseeseceseneseeeeaes 7 9 Using T1 Stat profiles s ccc secs cecvctescavec shee A eE EE E E E EEE
127. ID 2 johnfan Userstat command output For an active TCP Clear session the login host s IP address is displayed instead of the zero address 0 0 0 0 in the Userstat Address field For example SessionID Line Chan Slot Item Tx Rx Rate Svc Address Username 286993415 3 01 08 012 3 07 03 000 26400 26400 TCP 10 1 1 1 johnfan lt end user list gt 1 active user s Note If the TCP Clear connection fails if the login attempt has not been successfully established between the TAOS unit and any of the specified login hosts the Userstat command shows the zero address in the Address field Ascend Firewall MIB firewall mib Enables you to dynamically configure Ascend Secure Access Firewalls that were created with Secure Access Manager SAM With this MIB you can create or disable the firewall s dynamic rules Ascend Flash MIB flash mib Enables you to monitor the status of the TAOS unit s flash cards store or retrieve configuration files or format the flash cards SNMP Configuration of TFTP port for network management The flashOperationTftpPort object has been added to the Ascend Flash MIB to configure the TFTP port setting for environments in which a network management station is running more than one management application with a TFTP server local to each application The flashOperationTftpPort object is defined in the Flash MIB and used in the load config save config and t ftp load Flash MIB operations The object
128. IP 141 111 40 55 Mask 255 255 255 255 IPX 00000000 000000000000 NEL createFAsession priHA 200 67 1 254 secHA udpPort 5150 ifNum 1 17 24 10052400 MajDev 7 password ascend mcIpAddr 141 111 40 55 32 EL 411 Alloc 1019F660 Id 411 TN 411 EL 411 resolving 200 67 1 254 port 5150 SN 411 EL START In progress ELTNT 1 7 DUMP Start Tunnel Rsp SN 411 MC 1 7 4 10059440 calSN 80 GlobalSN 411 Status In progress EL _dnsCallback name 200 67 1 254 ip 200 67 1 254 DNS 411 EL 411 tunnelSetStatus status Good completion ELTNT 1 7 DUMP Update Tunnel SN 411 TunnelNumber 405 mcRtIf 1 7 4 10059440 HomeRtIf 0 0 0 0 HomeAgent 200 67 1 254 5150 HomeNetwork Flags 10 AgentMode 2 IP 141 111 40 55 Mask 255 255 255 255 IPX 00000000 000000000000 NELTNT 1 7 DUMP Set Status SN 411 ErrorCode 0 NELTNT 1 7 DUMP Start Tunnel Rsp SN 411 MC 1 7 4 10059440 LocalSN 80 GlobalSN 411 Status In progress E 22 2 0 2 2 2 2 Description The command has little practical use other than as a tool for developmental engineering Description Modifies optional functionality of the TAOS unit To enable some options you must obtain a set of hash codes supplied by a Lucent Technical Support representative that will enable the functionality in your TAOS unit After each string is entered the word complete appears indicating that the TAOS unit accepted the hash code If you enter update without a
129. IP address of the designated router for the interface IP address of the backup designated router for the interface IP address of the remote end of a Point to Point WAN link Priority of the designated router Interval in seconds that the TAOS unit sends Hello packets as defined in RFC 1583 Retransmission interval as described in RFC 1583 Number of seconds that the TAOS unit waits for a router update before removing the router s entry from its table Interface transmission delay Poll interval of nonbroadcast multiaccess networks Maximum size of a packet that the TAOS unit can send to the interface Type of Service normal 0 cost Number of neighbors Number of adjacencies Number of fully formed adjacencies Number of multicast floods on the interface Number of multicast acknowledgments on the interface To display information about OSPF neighbors to the TAOS unit include the nbrs option with the OSPF command For example admin gt ospf nbrs Neighbor ID Neighbor addr State LSrxl DBsum LSreq Prio Ifc 0 105 0 4 0 105 0 4 2Way 0 0 0 5 iel 7 0 105 0 2 0 105 0 2 2Way 0 0 0 5 iel 7 2s T5102 0 T05 20 6 2Way 0 0 0 1 iel 7 0105 053 0105 053 2Way 0 0 0 5 iel 7 0 105 0 61 0 105 0562 2Way 0 0 0 5 iel 7 2107210721071 0 105 0 49 Exstar BDR 0 0 0 5 tel 7 nea eas O 105 6 0 7 2Way 0 0 0 5 iel 7 0 123 0 8 0 105 0 8 Full DR 0 0 0 5 iel 7 0 105 0 200 0 105 0 200 2Way 0 0 0 5 ie
130. IUS user profile octets Maximum number of octets to display per packet If you specify 0 zero the TAOS unit does not display any data Example To open a session with a modem card and activate the display of WAN data for Tim s sessions admin gt open 1 7 modem 1 7 gt wandsess tim RECV tim 300 1 octets 3E13403C 0000 7E 21 45 00 00 3E 15 00 00 00 20 7D 31 C2 D2 RECV tim 300 15 octets 3EH133A24 0000 DO 7D B3 7D B1 B3 DO 7D B3 90 02 04 03 00 35 XMIT tim 300 84 octets 3E12D28C 0000 7E 21 45 00 00 4E C4 63 00 00 1C 7D 31 17 5F DO 0010 93 90 02 DO 93 91 B3 00 w Note that the bytes are displayed in hexadecimal format See Also WANdisplay WANopening WanEventsStats Description Displays statistics about WAN events of interest on a host card Usage First open a session to a host card then enter waneventstats at the command prompt Example modem 1 2 gt wanEventStats Output _sendCachedData Counts NullWanInfo 0 BufLen 0 NullHandle 0 BadState 0 QueuingFails 0 ToMbufFails 0 Sendok 0 _loseCachedData Counts NoBuf 0 LoseOk 0 _cachePrioData Counts BadData 0 MallocFails 0 PrevCache 0 CacheOk 0 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 51 Using Debug Commands WanEventsStats WaniInfo Instance Error Counts _wanBufferSent 0 _wanBufferRcvd 0 _wanBreakRcvd 0 _modemEventHandlerInstanceMismatch 0 WanInfo
131. InternetProfile has the value 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 23 1 The mibInternetProfile inthe configuration group contains the following objects ibinternetProfile Table 1 internetProfile__session_options _call_filter 65 MibinternetProfileEntry 1 internetProfile__session_options__data_filter 66 internetProfile__station 1 internetProfile__session_options _filter_persistence 67 internetProfile__active 2 _ internetProfile__session_options___idle_timer 68 internetProfile__encapsulation_protocol 3 internetProfile__session_options _ts_idle_mode 69 internetProfile__called_number_type 4 internetProfile__session_options _ts_idle_timer 70 internetProfile__dial_number 5 internetProfile__session_options__backup 71 internetProfile__clid 6 gt internetProfile__session_options__secondary 72 internetProfile__ip_options__ip_routing_enabled 7 internetProfile__session_options__atmp_gateway 73 internetProfile__ip_options__vj_header_prediction 8 internetProfile__session_options__max_call_duration 74 internetProfile__ip_options__remote_address 9 internetProfile__session_options__vtp_gateway 75 internetProfile__ip_options__local_address 10 inter
132. It contains the following objects flashDevice 1 flashDevices 1 flashDevice Table 2 flashDeviceEntry 1 flashDevicelndex 1 flashDeviceController 2 flashDeviceSlot 3 flashDeviceSize 4 flashDeviceUsed 5 flashDeviceState 6 flashDeviceMaster 7 flashDeviceFormatStatus 8 flashDeviceDescription 9 flashFileTable 2 flashFileEntry 1 flashFileIndex 1 flashFileController 2 flashFileCard 3 flashFileSize 4 flashFileStatus 5 flashFileName 6 flashFileChecksum 7 flashFileVersion 8 flashFileAccess 9 flashFileDate TimeStamp 10 flashOperation 3 flashOperationStatus 1 flashOperationCommand 2 flashOperationHost 3 flashOperationDestFileName 4 flashOperationSrcFileName 5 flashOperationController 6 flashOperationCard 7 flashOperationLoadType 8 6 40 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide SNMP Administration Ascend MIB hierarchy configuration 23 The configuration group is defined as configuration enterprise ascend 23 with this value 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 23 It contains the following objects mibinternetProfile 1 mibframeRelayProfile 2 mibanswerProfile 3 mibud3NetworkProfile 4 mibuds3NetworkProfile 5 mibcadsINetworkProfile 6 mibdads NetworkProfile 7 mibsds NetworkProfile 8 mibvds NetworkProfile 9 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 6 41 SNMP Administration Ascend MIB hierarchy mibinternetProfile 1 The mib
133. L3_Go end of L3 task NLCB State 10 L2_Go DSL_Id 0 SAPI 0 CES 1 TEI 0 Event 240 L2_ProcessEvent DSL 0 index 13 state 7 L2_ProcessEvent DSL 0 index 19 state 7 L2_Go DSL_Id 0 SAPI 0 CES 1 TEI 0 Event 1 L2_ProcessEvent DSL 0 index 1 state 7 L2_Go end DLCB gt State 7 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 21 Using Debug Commands MdbStr MdbStr MDialout Description Modifies the default modem AT command strings used by the modems on the TAOS unit for both incoming and outgoing calls Previously you could not modify the AT command for modems on the TAOS unit You could only affect the string in minor ways by modifying the parameters in the Terminal Server gt Modem Configuration subprofile Note that when the modem card or the TAOS unit is reset the AT command strings revert to their defaults The MdbStr command also allows you to return the string to its factory default settings The modem chip in the TAOS unit supports AT commands up to 56 characters in length To fully support all possible functionality each command is sent as two separate strings You can modify one or both strings Caution The AT command string initializes the modems it supports When you change the AT command string you are changing the functionality of the modems Use this command with caution Here are the two default strings for the TAOS unit 1 AT amp FO amp C1VOW1X4 2 AT SC3 N3S2 255S95 44S91 10 MS 1
134. Lucent Technologies Bell Labs Innovations APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Part Number 7820 0804 002 For software version 8 0 May 2000 Copyright 2000 Lucent Technologies All rights reserved This material is protected by the copyright laws of the United States and other countries It may not be reproduced distributed or altered in any fashion by any entity either internal or external to Lucent Technologies except in accordance with applicable agreements contracts or licensing without the express written consent of Lucent Technologies For permission to reproduce or distribute please email your request to techpubs ascend com Notice Every effort was made to ensure that the information in this document was complete and accurate at the time of printing but information is subject to change Safety Compliance and Warranty Information Before handling any Lucent Access Networks hardware product read the Access Networks Safety and Compliance Guide included in your product package See that guide also to determine how products comply with the electromagnetic interference EMI and network compatibility requirements of your country See the warranty card included in your product package for the limited warranty that Lucent Technologies provides for its products Security Statement In rare instances unauthorized individuals make connections to the telecommunications network through the use of access features
135. New State ACKRECD PPPFSM 97 Layer 4 State REOSENT Event RCONFACK PPPFSM 97 New State ACKRECD PPPinfo Description Displays information about established PPP sessions The command has little practical use other than as a tool for developmental engineering Usage pppinfo index all Syntax element Description index Selects a particular PPP information table all Displays information about embedded structures 4 34 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands PPPstate Example admin gt pppinfo 1 cp LCP B02B396C cp AUTH BO2B39BC cp CHAP BO2B3A0C cp LOM BO2B3A5C Ncp IPNCP BO2B3AAC cp BNCP BO2B3AFC Ncp CCP BO2B3B4C cp IPXNCP BO2B3B9C cp ATNCP BO2B3BEC cp UNKNOWN BO2B3C3C ode async nOpen pending 0 LocalAsyncMap 0 RemoteAsyncMap 0 Peer Name N A Rmt Auth State RMT_NONE aibuf 0 ipcp BO3E502C vdinfo 0 localVjInfo 0 bncpInfo BO3E559C ipxInfo BO3E55DC remote no Bad FCS a PPPstate Description Displays the state of a PPP connection Different PPP calls can be routed call routing as opposed to IP or IPX routing through a TAOS unit differently The command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display The command has little practical use other than as a tool for developmental engineering Usage Enter pppstate at the command prompt Example The following message in
136. Oper State Dump or Oper State None states 6 22 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide SNMP Administration Setting up SNMP traps Parameter Meaning Power Supply Enabled The system generates a trap when a power supply module is added or removed Multishelf Enabled The system generates a trap when a master shelf detects up down state changes of the peer shelf in a multishelf configuration Authentication Enabled The system generates a trap when an authentication failure occurs Overview of RFC 1850 OSPF traps TAOS units support OSPF traps as defined in RFC 1850 OSPF Version 2 Management Information Base For an OSPF trap to be generated when the trap condition occurs OSPF traps must be enabled either in the Trap profile or by setting the corresponding bit in the new MIB object ospfSet Trap defined in RFC 1850 In addition the individual trap that represents the trap condition must be enabled Overview of trap definitions Following are the relevant parameters shown with default values in an ospfSet Trap profile in TRAP ospf enabled no ospf if config error enabled no ospf if auth failure enabled no ospf if state change enabled no ospf if rx bad packet no ospf tx retransmit enabled no ospf nbr state change enabled no ospf virt if config error enabled no ospf virt if auth failure enabled no ospf virt if state change enabled no ospf virt if rx bad packet no ospf virt if tx re
137. PP 5 new state is Idle A The following 12 messages indicate that a remote management session is brought up for the MP user with MpID 28 You can open a remote session to an MP user from the terminal server PP 28 Event StartRM CurrentState Idle A PP 28 start remote management PP 28 new state is Idle A PP 28 Event RxRmRsp CurrentState Idle A PP 28 remote management response 0 PP 28 new state is Idle A PP 28 Event RxRmTxReq CurrentState Idle A PP 28 new state is Idle A PP 28 Event RecvRMM CurrentState Idle A PP 28 new state is Idle A PP 28 Event StopRM CurrentState Idle A PP 28 stop remote management admin gt mppcm PPCM debug is now OFF Description Displays information about MP and MP connections You can use this command in conjunction with the MPPCM command since each command logs debug from a different place in code but both display information based on multichannel connections The command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display Usage Enter mptoggle at the command prompt Example APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 27 Using Debug Commands MSstat MSstat admin gt mptoggle MP debug is now ON MP 26 MP 5 sending control message 191 sending control message 76 admin gt mptoggle MP debug is now OFF Description The MSstat command displays information about communications with other s
138. PP connection Also since the MRU of 1524 was rejected the default of 1500 is assumed There needs to be an MRU so a rejection of a given value only means to use the default value At this point this device will need to retransmit another LCP Configure Request removing all the rejected options RECV 3 29 octets 2BF1A4 0000 ff 03 cO 21 04 02 00 19 00 04 00 00 01 04 05 4 0010 11 04 05 4 13 09 03 00 c0 7b 4c e0 4c LCP Configure Request Note all values that were previously rejected are no longer in the packet XMIT 3 8 octets 2C2E94 0000 ff 03 cO 21 01 04 00 04 LCP Configure Acknowledgment RECV 3 8 octets 2BF7BC 0000 f 03 cO 21 02 04 00 04 At this point since both sides have transmitted LCP Configure Acknowledgments LCP is up and the negotiation moves to the authentication phase This device receives a CHAP challenge from the remote end RECV 3 21 octets 2BFDD4 0000 ff 03 c2 23 01 01 00 11 04 4e 36 c9 5e 63 6c 63 0010 72 34 30 30 30 This device transmits its encrypted user name and password XMIT 3 36 octets 2C2E94 0000 ff 03 c2 23 02 01 00 20 10 49 b8 e8 54 76 3c 4a 0010 6f 30 16 4e c0 6b 38 ed b9 4c 26 48 5f 53 65 61 0020 74 74 6c 65 The remote device sends a CHAP Acknowledgment RECV 3 8 octets 2C03EC 0000 EE 03 c2 23 03 01 00 04 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide C 3 PPP Decoding Primer Annotated traces
139. PhoneNumber 3 wanDialoutPktProtocolType 4 wanDialoutPktinfo 5 powerSupply 18 The powerSupp1y group is defined as powerSupply enterprise ascend 18 with this value 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 18 It contains the following objects powerSupplyCount 1 powerSupply Table 2 powerSupplyEntry 1 powerSupplyindex 1 powerSupplyState 2 powerSupplyOperationalState 3 powerSupplyState TrapState 3 powerSupplyOperationalState TrapState 4 multiShelf 19 The multiShelf group is defined as multiShelf enterprise ascend 19 with this value 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 19 It contains the following objects myShelfNumber 1 myShelfOperation 2 masterShelfNumber 3 multiShelfTableSize 4 multiShelfTable 5 multiShelfTable 1 multiShelflndex 1 multiShelfState 2 multiShelfResentFrames 3 multiShelfNLinkUp 4 multiShelfTxQs 5 multiShelfTxSeq 6 multiShelfRxSeq 7 multiShelfTimerValue 8 multiShelfState TrapState 6 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 6 39 SNMP Administration Ascend MIB hierarchy miscGroup 20 flashGroup 22 The miscGroup is defined as miscGroup enterprise ascend 20 with this value 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 20 It contains the following objects iscGroupFRTable 1 iscGroupFREntry 1 MiscGroupFRLMlindex 1 MiscGroupFRLMIDIci 2 The flashGroup is defined as flashGroup enterprise ascend 22 with this value 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 22
140. Pinto PPPFSM 97 New State CLOSED PPPFSM 97 Layer 3 State INITIAL Event UP s cs PPPFSM 97 New State CLOSED PPPFSM 97 Layer 4 State INITIAL Event UP PPPFSM 97 New State CLOSED PPPFSM 97 Layer 5 State INITIAL Event UP PPPFSM 97 New State CLOSED PPPFSM 97 Layer 6 State INITIAL Event UP PPPFSM 97 New State CLOSED PPPFSM 97 Layer 7 State INITIAL Event UP PPPFSM 97 New State CLOSED PPPFSM 97 Layer 8 State INITIAL Event UP PPPFSM 97 New State CLOSED PPPFSM 97 Layer 9 State INITIAL EVEN UP as PPPFSM 97 New State CLOSED PPPFSM 97 Layer 0 State REQSENT Event RCONFREJ PPPFSM irc _new scr 4 PPPFSM 97 New State REQSENT PPPFSM 97 Layer 0 State REQSENT Event RCONFACK PPPFSM 97 New State ACKRECD PPPFSM 97 Layer 0 State ACKRECD Event RCONFREOQ PPPFSM 97 New State ACKRECD PPPFSM 97 Layer 0 State ACKRECD Event RCONFREQ PPPFSM 97 Layer 1 State CLOSED Event OPEN PPPFSM 97 New State REQSENT PPPFSM 97 New State OPENED PPPFSM PAP Packet PPPFSM 97 Layer 6 State CLOSED Event OPEN PPPFSM 97 New State REQSENT PPPFSM 97 Layer 4 State CLOSED Event OPEN PPPFSM 97 New State REQSENT PPPFSM 97 Layer 4 State REQSENT Event RCONFREQ PPPFSM 97 New State REQSENT PPPFSM ccp Packet code 1 PPPFSM 97 Layer 6 State REQSENT Event RCONFREQ PPPFSM 97 New State REQSENT PPPFSM ccp Packet code 2 PPPFSM 97 Layer 6 State REQSENT Event RCONFACK PPPFSM 97
141. Print diagnostics to the terminal screen instead of Syslog By default the server mode uses Syslog and the client mode prints to the terminal slot Dump the memory of the card in slot number slot Network traffic will be forwarded through the shelf controller In a multishelf system a slot card can only dump through its own shelf controller Store files uncompressed By default files are compressed with gzip email recipient Send an email notification to the specified email recipient You can use this option more than once to designate multiple recipients You can also use mail aliases directory The directory path for writing the core dumps The default is usr ascendumps host A 2 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Getting TAOS Unit Core Dumps Coredump command Coredump command The Coredump command s syntax provides the following valid entries coredump coredump coredump coredump coredump Syntax element coredump enable local remote server disable now trace enable local remote server disable trace Description Enables Coredump If you do not specify a server the core dump server remains unchanged The most commonly used mode In Local mode the Ascendump daemon listens for packets from the TAOS unit The Ascendump daemon operates in server mode and the TAOS unit core dump facility operates in client mode Enables the Ascendump daemon to pull a core dump
142. Ptable command you can display the ARP table add or delete ARP table entries or clear the ARP cache entirely To display the ARP cache enter the ARPtable command without any arguments as in the following example admin gt arptable P Address MAC Address Type IF Retries Pkts RefCnt Time Stamp 0 103 0 141 00 B0 24 BE D4 84 DYN 0 0 0 1 23323 0 103 0 2 00 C0 7B 7A AC 54 DYN 0 0 0 599 23351 04103404220 002CO27BE71 283202 DYN 0 0 0 2843 23301 UTOT 08 00 30 7B 24 27 DYN 0 0 0 4406 23352 0 103 0 8 00 00 0C 06 B3 A2 DYN 0 0 0 6640 23599 0 1 03 0 7 00 00 0C 56 57 4C DYN 0 0 0 6690 23676 0710370349 00 B0 80 89 19 95 DYN 0 0 0 398 23674 The ARP table displays the following information Column Description IP Address The address contained in ARP requests MAC Address The MAC address of the host Type How the address was learned that is dynamically DYN or by specification of a static route STAT IF The interface on which the TAOS unit received the ARP request APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 3 9 Network Administration Diagnostic tools for TCP IP networks Column Retries Pkts Description The number of retries needed to refresh the entry after it timed out The number of packets sent out to refresh the entry after it timed out To add an ARP table entry use the a option as in the following example admin gt arptable a 10 65 212 3 00 00 81 3D F0 48 To delete an ARP table entry
143. R Priority 5 DB summ glen 0 LS rxmt qlen 0 LS req qlen 0 Last hello 6 LS rxmits O Direct acks O Dup LS rcvd 0 Old LS rcvd O Dup acks rcv 0 Nbr losses 0 Adj resets 0 Diagnostic tools for IPX routers The TAOS unit provides two diagnostic commands for monitoring IPX networks Show Netware Servers and Show Netware Networks APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 3 31 Network Administration Diagnostic tools for displaying filter information To display the IPX service table first enter the Terminal Server command to access the TAOS unit s terminal server interface then enter the Show command with the netware servers option For example admin gt terminal server x Ascend APX Terminal Server ascend show netware servers IPX address type server name ee000001 000000000001 0040 0451 server 1 The output contains these fields IPX address The IPX address of the server The address uses this format network number node number socket number e type The type of service available in hexadecimal format For example 0451 designates a file server e server name The first 35 characters of the server name To display the IPX routing table enter the Show command with the netware networks option For example ascends show netware networks network next router hops ticks origin CFFFOOO1 00000000000 0 1 Ethernet S The output contains these fields Fields Descriptions network
144. RFC 2233 ooo ceceseeeeceeeeeeceseeeeecaeesaecsaesaeceeeseeas 6 3 Table B 1 Syslog message fields for Secure Access Firewalls oo cece ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees B 9 Table B 2 Load command error Messages escccesseesseeeeceeteeeenecescecaeeeneeeneeeeaeceeeeenaes B 11 Table B 3 Format command error messages sesesseeseesseeeseesrrereseetssrsrrsrssrrtsserrrsrerrsrent B 11 Table B 4 Dircode command error Messages ceseesseeeceeseeeeeeceeeeceseeeneeeseeeeaeceeeeenaes B 12 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide XV About This Guide What is in this guide This guide describes how to manage and troubleshoot the APX 8000 MAX TNT and DSLTNT TAOS units It assumes that you have set up your unit as described in the APX 8000 Hardware Installation Guide or the MAX TNT DSLTNT Hardware Installation Guide and the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Physical Configuration Guide You must also have the unit configured for network connectivity as described in the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT WAN Routing and Tunneling Configuration Guide Each chapter in the guide focuses on a particular aspect of TAOS unit administration and operations The chapters describe tools for system management network management and SNMP management Although some of the sections in this manual deal with security issues the APX SO00 MAX TNT DSLTNT WAN Routing and Tunneling Configuration Guide provides a more comprehensive approach to such topics as securing the
145. RY FRY FRY FRY FRY FRY 24 Sessions 0470171 05 0171 01 24 71 0172271 02 0771 0270671 0172171 0172071 01 1941 0171871 0171771 0171671 0171571 0170171 0172871 01 2771 64K 1535K 1535K 1535K 1535K 1535K 1535K 1535K 1535K 1535K 1535K 1535K 1535K 1535K 1535K 1535K Top General A tnt t1 Status Serial number 7050472 Version 7 0 0 Rx Pktt 43737 Tx Pkt 403 Col 3 11 04 1998 17 35 58 Up 7days 05 13 04 M 3485 L notice Src shelf 1 controller Slot 1716 state LOAD 5 Issued 17 35 43 117 0471998 x Bottom Log 2 22 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide TAOS System Administration Using the status window Connection status information With the default setting in a User profile the left area of the status window initially displays connection information as shown in Figure 2 1 One line appears for each active connection showing the user or station name type of connection T1 shelf line and channel on which the call was placed or received and the bandwidth or baud rate of the connection If the status window is not already displayed or if you want to scroll through the list of connections use the Connection command as in the following example admin gt connection If the Status window is not displayed the Connection command opens it and displays the connection status mode message below the Status window if the Status window is already open the Connection command ju
146. Reset system in order to take effect Note This command should not fail but if for some reason it does attempt it again If it fails a second time you should bring down all slot cards Slot d remove all slot cards by using Slot r reset the system and run the If admin r command again APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 6 29 SNMP Administration Ascend MIB hierarchy Ascend MIB hierarchy products 1 Figure 6 1 illustrates the Ascend MIB hierarchy Figure 6 1 Ascend MIB hierarchy iso 1 org 3 dod 6 internet 1 private 4 enterprise 1 products ascend 529 products 1 Slots 2 hostTypes 3 advancedAgent 4 lanTypes 5 doGroup 6 hostStatus 7 console 8 systemStatusGroup 9 eventGroup 10 callStatusGroup 11 sessionStatusGroup 12 radiusGroup 13 mCastGroup 14 lanModemGroup 15 firewallGroup 16 wanDialoutPkt 17 powerSupply 18 multiShelf 19 miscGroup 20 asgGroup 21 flashGroup 22 configuration 23 atmpGroup 24 callLoggingGroup 25 srvcMgmtGroup 26 The products group is defined as enterprise ascendl1 with this value 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 1 It contains the following objects multiband 1 max 2 pipeline 3 max tnt 4 dslTnt 5 6 30 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide SNMP Administration Ascend MIB hierarchy slots 2 hostTypes 3 The slots group is defined as slots enterprise a
147. S unit Term Serv Accesses the TAOS unit s terminal server Update Commands that allow you to update the system configuration User Simple commands available to all users that allow log in Commands overview Table 2 2 briefly describes the TAOS commands available on the shelf controller Many of the commands are used in later sections of this manual to perform certain system administration tasks For complete details of each command see the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference Table 2 2 TAOS system administration commands Command Name Permission Level Effect User Displays a list of commands Arptable System Displays or modifies the TAOS unit s Address Resolution Protocol ARP table Auth User Selects a new User profile Callroute Diagnostic Displays the call routing database 2 4 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide TAOS System Administration Overview of TAOS commands Table 2 2 TAOS system administration commands continued Command Name Permission Level Effect Clear User Clears the terminal session screen and places the system prompt at the top row of the VT 100 window Clock Source Diagnostic Displays clock source statistics Clr History System Clears the fatal error history log Connection System Displays the connection status window Date Update Sets the system date D
148. SNMP profile configuration Overview sesessseessssesessesrerisreerssterssesresrssestsseerrsreersrentn 6 17 Sample SNMP profile sensiorsnsoiecsie reer tesise seiere dei konskie iE esei geses iari 6 18 Setting p SNMP traps enaa e EE E EETA EE 6 18 TAOS unit trap SUpport e eesseesseeeseesestsesserrsterestestrttstettssetsseetrsreestentntesrerrnseetesrntests 6 19 Individual SNMP ttapsys cccccsssscdechissestecsesveessdeusesvasdsseveescstetesnchaeba ceseeiaeescubsasubentensasves 6 20 Overview of RFC 1850 OSPF traps ssessssseesessessserererrssenrssrerssrerestesrnresrerrnsentesrneeses 6 23 Overview of trap definitions nsns ninnan csacdssedehenecstadepcnecetsDencbedsnaceecusccedbinseess 6 23 Example of setting traps in the Trap profile e eeseseesesseeeessreresresrsrrsrerrsseerssrsreses 6 25 SNMP support for OSPF trapS ssse sessies iesisinsiesi serons iestpeteseoss oserei seepe oine 6 25 SNMP support for the Idle Time variable ssesesseeesseeeeesseeesssrerssreresrsresessrerrsreersreere 6 26 SNMP trap configuration OVerviewW s seesessesesssresesresesresrerisrertssestesentesrsrestssesrrsrerrrrent 6 26 Example SNMP trap configuration s seesesseeesseeerrsresrstsserrsseertsteeterenrerreentsseseeserersreet 6 27 Managing SNMP iterfa ceS erer aa aaaeei rearea ea Eao Erea r TeSa e TTIE EES PEPESE 6 28 Initiating interface state Changes sesssesessresesrterrrrerertsreetsserrssreresrenentesrerrssentesrnteses 6 29 Resetti
149. Source Address value the Source Address Mask value is set automatically to the corresponding dotted decimal value Source Address Mask The subnet mask to be applied to the Source Address value before enabling a host Telnet access to the unit You can set the value directly in dotted decimal format or by including a subnet as part of the Source Address value For example the following commands create a TACL profile that enables Telnet access from 30 host addresses from 10 27 34 1 to 10 27 34 31 admin gt new tacl TACL read admin gt set enable permit yes admin gt set permit list 1 valid entry yes admin gt set permit list 1 source address mask 10 27 34 1 27 admin gt list permit list 1 in TACL permit list 1 changed valid entry yes source address 10 27 34 1 27 source address mask 255 255 255 224 admin gt write TACL written Using the Admin State Perm If profile The Admin State Perm If profile holds information about the TAOS unit s nailed interfaces The system creates a profile for an active nailed interface and assigns it an interface index For example admin gt dir admin state perm 21 08 28 1998 13 21 37 frswanl 21 08 28 1998 13 21 37 frswan6 27 08 28 1998 13 22 11 radius frt1l 1 30 09 02 1998 15 38 07 apx el ds3a uds3 30 09 02 1998 17 31 42 apx el ds3a ds3a 7 4 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Administrative Profiles Using the Admin State Phys If profile The Ad
150. Status Table 1 hostStatusEntry 1 hostStatusSlotindex 1 hostStatusltemIndex 2 hostStatusLocalName 3 hostStatusDialNum 4 hostStatusCallType 5 hostStatusCallMgm 6 hostStatusDataSve 7 hostStatusCallState 8 hostStatusRemName 9 hostStatusChannels 10 hostStatusDuration 11 console 8 The console group is defined as console enterprise ascend 8 with this value 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 8 It contains the following objects consoleNumber 1 console Table 2 consoleEntry 1 consolelndex 1 consolelf 2 console Type 3 consoleSecurity 4 consoleSpecific 5 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 6 33 SNMP Administration Ascend MIB hierarchy systemStatusGroup 9 eventGroup 10 The systemStatusGroup is defined as systemStatusGroup enterprise ascend 9 with this value 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 9 It contains the following objects sysAbsoluteStartup Time 1 sysSecsSinceStartup 2 sysMibVersionNum 3 sysMibMinorRevNum 4 sysConfigTftp 5 sysContigTftpCmd 1 sysConfigTftpStatus 2 sysConftig TftpHostAdar 3 sysConfig TftpFilename 4 sysConfigTftpPort 5 sysConftig TftpParameter 6 sysConfigRadius 6 sysConfigRadiusCmd 1 sysConfigRadiusStatus 2 sysAbsoluteCurrentTime 7 sysReset 8 sysLoadName 9 sysAuthPreference 10 sysSPROM 11 sysSPROMSerialNumber 1 sysSPROMOptions1 2 sysSPROMOptions2 3 sysSPROMCountries1 4 resetStat 12 resetS
151. T Administration Guide 1 31 Administering Slot Cards Administering modems admin gt write LAN MOD Note When y EM shelf 1 slot 6 0 written ou quiesce a modem you can also quiesce an arbitrary idle T1 channel at the same time by using the Dis Channel setting For details see the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide TAOS System Administration Logging into the TAOS unit 00 2 eee eee 2 2 Securing the serial port 2 4 08s i e e a ah ce ee MAR Hee Cea ee 2 2 Specifying a management only Ethernet interface 008 2 3 Overview of TAOS commands 0 0 0 cee eee eee 2 3 Displaying system and slot card uptime 0 0 0 eee eee ee eee 2 8 Displaying the system version 0 0 0 0 cece eee nee 2 9 Viewing the factory configuration 00 02 eee eee 2 9 Setting the system name 1 1 ccc tenes 2 11 Setting the system time and date 2 ee eee 2 12 Managing onboard NVRAM 2 0 ect eee tent e teens 2 12 Resetting the unit scoet et os ee cee oe eae ee eels bee teenie ee dacee 2 13 Viewing clock source information 0 0 00 eee eee eee eee 2 13 Using PCMCIA flash cards 1 0 0 eee 2 15 Updating system software o s scesa saae a cee eee eee 2 18 Loading specific slot card images 1 0 0 eee eee eee 2 18 Backing up and restoring a configuration 0 0 00 eee ee eee eee 2
152. TNT Administration Guide 6 35 SNMP Administration Ascend MIB hierarchy It contains the following objects callStatusMaximumEntries 1 callStatus Table 2 callStatusEntry 1 callStatusIndex 1 callStatus ValidFlag 2 callStatus Starting TimeStamp 3 callStatusCallReferenceNum 4 callStatusDataRate 5 callStatusSlotNumber 6 callStatusSlotLineNumber 7 callStatusSlotChanne Number 8 callStatusModemSlotNumber 9 callStatusModemOnSlot 10 callStatusIflndex 11 callSessionIndex 12 callStatusType 13 callStatusXmitRate 14 callStatusPortType 15 callStatusHighWaterMark 3 callCurrentAnalogOutgoing 4 callCurrentAnalogincoming 5 callCurrentDigitalOutgoing 6 callCurrentDigitallncoming 7 callCurrentFROutgoing 8 callCurrentFRincoming 9 sessionStatusGroup 12 callTotalAnalogOutgoing 10 callTotalAnalogincoming 11 callTotalDigitalOutgoing 12 callTotalDigitallncoming 13 callTotalFROutgoing 14 callTotalFRincoming 15 callActive Table 16 callActiveEntry 1 callActiveCallReferenceNum 1 callActivelndex 2 callActive ValidFlag 3 callActiveStarting TimeStamp 4 callActiveDataRate 5 callActiveSlotNumber 6 callActiveSlotLineNumber 7 callActiveSlotChannelNumber 8 callActiveModemSlotNumber 9 callActiveModemOnSlot 10 callActivelfIndex 11 callActiveSessionIndex 12 callActive Type 13 callActiveXmitRate 14 callActivePortType 15 The sessionStatusGroup is defined as
153. The Log profile defines system wide event logging parameters including the number and level of messages to save and whether to communicate with a Syslog daemon Table 2 3 lists the sections describing common tasks you might have to perform to configure message logging on the TAOS unit The table includes a brief description of each task and lists the parameters you will use APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 2 25 TAOS System Administration Configuring message logging For complete information about the associated parameters see the APX SOO0 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference Table 2 3 Overview of configuring logging on a TAOS unit log These messages are displayed in the log status window Task Description of task Related parameters Configuring system logging on a You can configure the level and number of Save Number TAOS unit messages that are logged to the TAOS unit s Save Level Configuring Syslog on the TAOS Syslog is an IP protocol that allows you to track unit events on the TAOS unit A host running a Syslog daemon is typically a UNIX host but it may also be a Windows system Sylsog Enabled Call Info Host Port Facility Configuring system logging on a TAOS unit The TAOS unit records system events in its status window event log You can use the Save Level and Save Number parameters in the Log profile to configure the level and number of messages logged The Save Level parameter
154. TxPending Error Counts 0 wanSendData Counts _wanSendDataOk 1fd2e _wanSendDataHighPriority lfd2e _wanSendDataNormPriority 0 _wanSendDataNoInpMbuf 0 _wanSendDataBadLen 0 _wanSendDataNormPrioNoBuf 0 _wanSendDataNoRoute 0 In this output the following counters should always be set to zero a non zero value indicates an error condition NullWanInfo 0 BufLen 0 NullHandle 0 BadState 0 NoBuf 0 BadData 0 _wanBufferSent 0 _wanBufferRcvd 0 _wanBreakRcvd 0 _modemEventHandlerInstanceMismatch 0 WanInfo TxPending Error Counts 0 _wanSendDataNoInpMbuf 0 _wanSendDataBadLen 0 The rest of the counters can have non zero values although most of them indicate how busy the system is and should have small values For example the following counters record high priority message caching events Sendok 0 LoseOk 0 CacheOk 0 The next counters record send message requests These are the only counters that record normal events rather than errors The first __wanSendDataOk counter represents the count of all HDLC packets sent out which may be quite a large number The other two counters represent the two types of HDLC data normal and high priority Their sum should equal the value of _wanSendDataOk in the absence of errors For example _wanSendDataOk lfd2e _wanSendDataHighPriority lfd2e _wanSendDataNormPriority 0 The next counter records dropped normal priority messages A non zero value indicates the numbe
155. US user profile the TAOS uses the Filter Required value in the Answer Defaults profile Location Answer Defaults gt Session Info Connection gt Session Options APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide SNMP Administration 6 SNMP Support ye een e seeks laue E a0 I ee Ve ee RES a ele A 6 1 Configuring SNMP access and security o n uuruuu ernan eee eee 6 16 Setting up SNMP traps m sssini renane ea cece eens 6 18 Managing SNMP interfaces 0 0 ee cece eee eee 6 28 Ascend MIB hierarchy 2 0 0 0 cece eee eens 6 30 The TAOS unit supports SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol on a TCP IP network An SNMP management station that uses supported MIBs can query the TAOS unit set some parameters sound alarms when certain conditions appear in the TAOS unit and so forth The TAOS unit has its own SNMP password security community strings which you should set up to protect the TAOS unit from being reconfigured from an SNMP station The TAOS unit supports profiles that control which classes of events will generate traps to be sent to an SNMP manager which SNMP managers may access the unit and community strings to protect that access This chapter describes SNMP support on the TAOS unit and also shows you how to set up the unit to work with SNMP SNMP support This section describes the SNMP supported on the TAOS unit Standard MIBS This section describes the standard MIBs supported on the TAOS unit RFC 12
156. Your T1 service provider can use Facilities Data Link FDL to monitor the status of your line FDL parameter Checking the status of T1 channels on page 1 21 Display the administrative state and nailed group assignment of the T1 channels T1lchannel command Displaying DS1 level diagnostics for T1 cards on page 1 22 Display T1 channel errors T1 Stats command The FE Loop command on page 1 23 Loopback the T1 line FE Loop Quiescing a PRI line or T1 channels Quiescing a PRI line takes the line out of service by removing channels from service as active calls disconnect The switch used by the carrier affects whether the line is taken out of service or busied out For details see the Quiesce command description in the APX SO00 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference You can quiesce a line by using either of the following methods e Maintenance State parameter in the T1 profile e Quiesce command Restoring a line or channel that has been quiesced can take up to 10 minutes Using the Maintenance State parameter To quiesce a line with the Maintenance State parameter proceed as in the following example admin gt set line maintenance state yes admin gt write T1 shelf 1 slot 2 1 written APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Administering Slot Cards Administering T1 and T3 cards Using the Quiesce command You can enter the Quiesce command to quiesce a PRI l
157. _options _ callback 90 internetProfile__ip_options__ospf_options__dead_interval 25 internetProfile__telco_options__call_type 91 internetProfile__ip_options__ospf_options__priority 26 internetProfile__telco_options__nailed_groups 92 internetProfile__ip options __ospf_options__authen_type 27 internetProfile__telco_options_ ft1_caller 93 internetProfile__ip_options__ospf_options__auth_key 28 internetProfile__telco_options _ force_56kbps 94 internetProfile__ip_options__ospt_options__key_id 29 internetProfile__telco_options__data_service 95 internetProfile__ip options __ospf_options__cost 30 internetProfile__telco_options_call_by_call 96 internetProfile__ip_options__ospf_options__down_cost 31 internetProfile__telco_options _billing_number 97 internetProfile__ip options __ospt_options__ase_type 32 internetProfile__telco_options __ transit_number 98 internetProfile__ip_options__ospf_options__ase_tag 33 internetProfile__telco_options__ expect_callback 99 internetProfile__ip_options__ospt_options__transit_delay 34 internetProfile__telco_options__ dialout_allowed 100 internetProfile__ip_ options _ospf_options__retransmit_interval 35 internetProfile__telco_options _ delay_callback 101 internetProfile__ip_options__ospf_options__non_multicast 36 _internetProfile__ppp_options__send_auth_mode 102 internetProfile__ip_options__multicast_rate_limit 37 internetProfile__ppp_options__send_password 103 internetProfile__ip_options__multicast_group_leave_delay
158. a ase Gast arao Sages ssp aud SE ERa 6 10 Ascend MIB ascend mib ccceccccsssseceeecessseeeeeececeseeeeceececesaecenesaeesneeeenssaeeenags 6 10 Ascend Advanced Agent MIB advanced mib eeceeseceeecsteeeneeeereeeneceeeeenaes 6 11 Ascend Answer Profile MIB mibanswer mib cc ccccsssecesseceessteeeeeseeessseeeeees 6 11 Ascend ATMP MIB atmp mib csceeccessceececeseecseeeceeceeeeeseceececeaeecnaecneeeeeeenaes 6 11 Ascend Call MIB call mib encornet iiini ai 6 11 Ascend DS3 Profile MIB mibds3net mib ccccccsscecsscecesseceseneeecsseeeesseeesees 6 12 Ascend Event MIB event mib cccccccscecssceceesececescececnececesuecesesaeecseeeenssaeeenegs 6 12 TCP Clear login host IP address reported o00 e eee eceeeeeecseeeeeceesneceeceseeseesesesenseeees 6 12 SNMP event MIB changes seci eeceeesecsecesecesceseeseceeeeseceseeeeseaessaecaecsaecaeesaeeaeens 6 12 SYSlOG MESSABES 43 s a soe cdescay etch r shpadeanecti ee E athe ee AE ERE Eert 6 13 Userstat command Output sce ite ee a OR es 6 13 Ascend Firewall MIB firewall mib ccccccccsscecessecessececeseceseeaeecseeeeessaeeenees 6 13 Ascend Flash MIB flash mib ccccccccsscessseeceesececesceeecsececesaecesesaeecsneeenssaeecags 6 13 Ascend Frame Relay Profile MIB mibfrmrl mib 00 0 0 eee eeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneee 6 14 Ascend Internet Profile MIB mibinet mib cccccccececescecesseceseneecseecesssseeeeees 6 14 Ascend Lan M
159. a sample RADIUS filter profile that makes use of the default because a value for Ascend Cache Time 57 is not explicitly specified filter e Password ascend Service Type Outbound Ascend Data Filter ip out forward tcp dstip 10 2 2 2 28 Ascend Data Filter ip out drop Examples of applying remote filters The following commands modify a Connection profile so that the session uses a remote filter and the system disconnects the call if the filter is not found admin gt read connection p50 v2 CONNECTION p50 v2 read admin gt set session options data filter filter c admin gt set session options filter required yes admin gt write CONNECTION p50 v2 written Following is a sample RADIUS profile that applies the same filter profile with the same requirements This profile also specifies how the filters must be cached for this connection p50 v2 Password my password Service Type Framed Framed Protocol PPP Framed IP Address O41 bely Framed IP Netmask 255 0 0 0 Filter ID filter c Ascend Filter Required Required Yes The following commands configure the system to reject incoming calls when the RADIUS user profile specifies a filter that is not found and the user profile does not explicitly say what to do if the filter is not found admin gt read answer defaults ANSWER DEFAULTS read 5 12 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Creating User Profiles Creating and managin
160. aaecaecsaesaeens 3 25 Displaying information about OSPF areas 0 cece cece ceceeeceeceeeeeeeeaeeeaeceaecaecaeeaeens 3 27 Displaying information about OSPF routers 0 eee eee cseecsecseesseceeceseeeeeeeeeeneeeees 3 27 Displaying OSPF interfaces tasers case sakes e a a AA Eaa 3 28 Displaying OSPF neighbors essesseseeessssreesseesrsreersrrsrerrserrsseerssreesrenrntesrerrnseetesreteses 3 30 Diagnostic tools for IPX routers 0 0 eerdere seoses orii rinos osen esteeseen nE Ee niEes Eeki niss 3 31 Diagnostic tools for displaying filter information seeseseesesseresesrerrsreserresrerrsreresseersseereses 3 32 Displaying filter information for all active SCSSIONS eee ee eeese ete tseeteeenseeeeens 3 33 Displaying filter details for a single active session ole ee eeeeee cette teenseeseees 3 34 Displaying software version log messages ee eeeeseeeese ene ceseeteceseeseceseeeeeeeeaeseeeeaeeeaeeaee 3 35 Displaying Ethernet packet Contents cece ceseeteceseeeecseceeesaecsaeaeceseeseseeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeaees 3 35 Chapter 4 Using Debug Commands ecccceeeseeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeneneeeeeeees 4 1 Enabling debus permissions ir etaren rie a E scactecessecesd Sevsveoses ET RRT 4 1 Enabling debug Output ni e tt Seiwweteadeesh alae nciendes ceieee teva ce neasaneevadegoeniendneanueeasened 4 2 Debus leyals mnr i e tn LSoncaes hs cas ER atc cutee e a a aaaea SANEA 4 2 Getting online help for debug commands s sssses
161. able trap generation if a new LSA has been originated enabled by this router due to a topology change OSPF Trap 12 OSPF maxAgeLsa Enable disable trap generation if an LSA in the router s link state enabled database has aged to MaxAge OSPF Trap 13 OSPF Isdb overflow Enable disable trap generation if the number of LSAs in the enabled router s link state database has exceeded OSPFExtLsdbLimit OSPF Trap 14 OSPF approaching Enable disable trap generation if the number of LSAs in the overflow enabled router s link state database has exceeded 90 percent of OSPFExtLsdbLimit OSPF Trap 15 Example of setting traps in the Trap profile The following commands cause the system to generate traps when the router receives a packet from an OSPF router in which a configuration mismatch such as an invalid OSPF version number or an address conflict or an authentication failure occurs admin gt read trap monitor ospf TRAP monitor ospf read admin gt set ospf enabled yes admin gt set ospf if config error enabled yes admin gt set ospf if auth failure enabled yes admin gt write TRAP monitor ospf written SNMP support for OSPF traps In addition to the Trap profile changes a new MIB rfc1850 mib is distributed as part of this release Management stations and browsers used to manage OSPF load rfc1850 mib instead of the old rfc1253 mib A new MIB object ospfSetTrap is defined according to RFC 1850 for enabling trap events
162. abled Ascend Enabled Console Enabled Use Exceeded Enabled Password Enabled FR Linkup Enabled FR Linkdown Enabled Event Overwrite Enabled RADIUS Change Enabled Mcast Monitor Enabled LAN Modem Enabled Dirdo Enabled Slot Profile Change Enabled Power Supply Enabled Multishelf Enabled Authentication Enabled Example SNMP trap configuration In the following example the host name is used only as a profile index not to locate the actual host on the network A community name is specified security class traps are added to the default alarm class traps and this host receives a trap if the multishelf link goes down admin gt new trap TRAP read admin gt list host name community name host address 0 0 0 0 alarm enabled yes security enabled no port enabled no slot enabled no admin gt set host name security traps admin gt set community name Ascend admin gt set host address 10 2 3 4 admin gt set security enabled yes admin gt set slot enabled yes admin gt write TRAP security traps written APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 6 27 SNMP Administration Managing SNMP interfaces Because security traps and the Password Enabled and Authentication Enabled individual traps are enabled two traps are sent when either of the related conditions occur The individual trap provides additional information about the specific event that triggered the trap Managin
163. aceRoute command see the APX SO00 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference 3 8 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Network Administration Diagnostic tools for TCP IP networks Using the NSlookup command to verify name service setup You can retrieve a host address by using the NSlookup command provided that the TAOS unit has been configured with the address of a name server For information about configuring name servers see the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT WAN Routing and Tunneling Configuration Guide If a host has several IP interfaces the command returns several addresses To retrieve the IP address of the host techpubs proceed as in the following example admin gt nslookup techpubs Resolving host techpubs IP address for host techpubs is 10 65 212 19 Using the ARPtable command to display the ARP cache The Address Resolution Protocol ARP translates between IP addresses and media access control MAC addresses as defined in RFC 826 Hosts broadcast an ARP request that is received by all hosts on the local network and the one host that recognizes its own IP address sends an ARP response with its MAC address The TAOS unit maintains a cache of known IP addresses and host MAC addresses which enables it to act as a proxy for ARP requests for target hosts across the WAN provided that proxy mode is turned on For configuring proxy ARP see APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT WAN Routing and Tunneling Configuration Guide With the AR
164. add the following line to etc syslog conf local5 info lt tab gt var log tnt01 Note The Syslog daemon must reread etc syslog conf after it has been changed Checking the power supplies To check the status of the APX 8000 unit s redundant power supplies enter the Power command For example admin gt power Power supply A not present Power supply B present OK temp OK Power supply C present OK temp OK Power supply D not present You can also use the Lucent Power Supply MIB to manage and monitor the power supplies Using a script to configure the TAOS unit The TAOS unit s CLI allows you to create configuration scripts with a simple text editor and a Telnet client program with a Text Upload feature This section briefly describes how you could use a Script to make changes to the TAOS unit s configuration Following are the basic steps 2 28 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide TAOS System Administration Using a script to configure the TAOS unit 1 Create a text file that contains the configuration commands as you would enter them in the TAOS unit s CLI Log into the TAOS unit with sufficient permissions to change the configuration To upload the file to the TAOS unit use the upload file feature of your Telnet or terminal software Creating a text file Following is an example of a text file that configures a T1 line in shelf 1 slot 1 new T1 set name SF set phy
165. address 0401 Target Hw address 0000 Source Protocol address cd933401 Target Protocol address cd930005 FRLinkState Description Displays Frame Relay control messages The command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display Usage Enter frlinkstate at the command prompt Example admin gt frlinkstate FR control msg display is ON The following message indicates that the TAOS unit sent a Frame Relay Status Enquiry The Send sequence number is 135 The Receive sequence number is 134 FRMAIN time 67192300 send status enquiry 135 134 The next message indicates that DLCI 16 is being processed This is a normal message You should see one process message for each DLCI process pvc dlici 16 FRLMI Description Displays Frame Relay Local Management Interface LMI information The command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display Usage Enter fr1mi at the command prompt Example admin gt frlmi FRMAIN Lmi display is ON FRMAIN Setting timer DTE The following message validates the consistency of sequence numbers in LMI messages The 144 after want indicates the original sequence number the TAOS unit sent The two numbers after the second got indicate the switch s Send sequence number and the Switch s report of the last sequence number it received from the TAOS unit respectively The original sequence number should match the switch s report of the last sequence number it received FRMAIN Time 672
166. adds channels for additional bandwidth on demand the call for those channels is compared to the current bundle and assigned the same bun dle ID as the other channels of the call masterSlot The channel that was established as the base channel of the connec tion After the TAOS unit authenticates a call that is not part of an existing bundle it establishes the base channel of the connection That channel becomes the master of the multilink connection masterMpID The bundle ID at the master slot card The masterMpID is always the same as the localMpID for channels on the master slot card ifCount The number of channels in the bundle rtif The shelf slot id for the Route Logical Interface routeID The globally known ID for each call APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 47 Using Debug Commands TSshow Field Description slot The shelf slot numbers of the channels in the MP or MP bundle ifnum Channel number on the master slot card locallfNum The channel number on the local slot card For HDLC cards the chan nels are numbered 1 192 In the output in the example the master slot 1 15 shows channel number 1 The interface number for the slave slot 9 2 is also 1 meaning the first channel on that card However at the master slot card the slave interface number is mapped to a pseudo interface number greater than 192 so it is not confused with channels on the master slot localMpID The bundle ID known locall
167. aees 2 28 Creating a text fileet seoks eneke coskccuseescchscotneuctecsounevs Eas EEE chess chassvaevbesuebedeetoe 2 29 Logeingintothe TAOS Units eic ccse tec scceccsiescees sesesveesscesasashastendeveneac cosas eoeezeebsensseris 2 29 Uploading the text filesinin tki ro nok iei o ie nio s o Einen 2 30 Displaying user session information sesseessessereseresssrerrsrertstestertertetssrnresreeressertrsrertsreete 2 30 Using the Userstat command esessesesesessieesseesrsttersresterrsreetssretssreesresentenrerrnsretesrnteses 2 30 Userstat options to display address and username eeessesesseeessreersersrrresrrersseeresrereses 2 31 Using the o format specifier Option 0 0 eee eeeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeseecaecseecseeaeaeens 2 32 Using th aand W Options esiin eni bats se Ee eea Ea eii ESS 2 32 Using the Finger command e ssessssesrsersrsssreersrreresreestsserrssterestentetenterreertssessseeersrent 2 33 Remote management of other units sssessesssseesssresesrrerereeertsseetesrerrsreerresentrsrerrsseerssrereses 2 34 Opening a remote management SessioOn s eseeessereeterssrtresrerrsrestrrrsrrrrssestrsrereses 2 34 Terminating a remote management SessSion sseseeesssreeesreersrertrresrrerssrerrsreresrs 2 35 Error MESSABES ensena in naa e ER EE E E E OEE EEE ESS 2 35 Reloading profiles from RADIUS 000 ceceeeecceseeeeeeseecaecaseaecsaeaecsceseeeseaeeeeseaeseaeenees 2 36 Configuring the dialout timer eee eee c
168. agnostic tools for IGMP multicast 3 16 displaying network mappings 4 29 displaying with Netstat command 3 2 enabling and disabling Ethernet 4 16 enabling or disabling Ethernet 1 17 Frame Relay 4 13 how IP interfaces are created 3 2 information about a particular Ethernet 4 19 initiating changes in SNMP 6 29 managing SNMP 6 28 multicast forwarding 3 16 multiple IP on Ethernet port 1 18 OSPF 3 28 OSPF displaying 3 29 permanent defined 4 17 resetting SNMP table 6 29 SNMP 7 2 SNMP described 6 29 specifying management only 2 3 table of Ethernet 4 16 the IP interface table 3 2 transient defined 4 17 viewing Ethernet link state 1 18 Internet Profile MIB APX 8000 support 6 14 IP displaying and modifying routes 3 5 interfaces displayed with Netstat command 3 2 multiple interfaces on Ethernet port 1 18 system administration for 3 1 IP addresses displaying 3 5 IP routing table displaying 3 5 IProute command described 3 7 using to temporarily modify routing table 3 6 IP Route profile routes restored after reset 3 7 IPX diagnostic tools for 3 31 IPXRIPdebug command 4 20 IPXRIPdebug command using 4 20 ISDN LifDebug command 4 21 PRIdisplay command 4 35 quiescing PRI line 1 19 L Lan Modem MIB APX 8000 support 6 15 LAN Modem profile 1 31 Lanval command using 4 21 LCP authentication displaying messages related to 4 9 LifDebug command using 4 21 Line command using 1 8 Line sta
169. alled a SAR Usage sar option Where option is one of the following Option Description oS Show SAR errors Fa Show all statistics s i shelf slot Show SAR statistics for the indicated shelf and slot s m Show SAR memory partition e Clear global statistics c a Clear all statistics c i shelf slot Clear statistics for indicated shelf and slot v shelf slot Display the SAR virtual circuit table for the specified shelf and slot I List open channels y Loop back cell statistics shelf controller only z Send loopback cell shelf controller only Example In the following example an administrator checks for SAR errors and finds that there are none admin gt sar s Ver RxAlrt RxStop RxRstrt NoRxBuf bsPrErr cmPrErr busErr NoTxMBx NoRxMBx s 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 In the next example the administrator displays all the SAR statistics for the system admin gt Sar s a SH SL TX TxDone TxNoBuf Rx RxErr RxUnFlow RxOvRun a 1 1 8 8 0 5816 0 0 0 0 1 11 736947 736947 0 736473 0 0 0 0 1 16 27637 27637 0 27494 0 0 0 0 1 17 160 160 0 160 0 0 0 0 1 19 174588 174588 0 174588 0 0 0 0 2 21 822669 822669 0 822653 4 0 0 0 3 21 1109332 1109332 0 1109301 5 0 0 0 4 42 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands SNTP StackLimit SNTP 4 21 145403 145403 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 21 145403 145403 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 21 145403 145403 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 21 145403 145403 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 21 145403 145403 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 21 145403 145403 0
170. an 3 minutes Advantage Services Advantage Services is a comprehensive selection of services Installation services help get your Lucent Wide Area Network WAN off to the right start Ongoing maintenance and APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide iii support services provide hardware and software solutions to keep your network operating at peak performance For more information call 800 272 3634 Other telephone numbers For a menu of Lucent s services call 800 272 3634 Or call 510 769 6001 for an operator Calling Lucent from outside the United States You can contact Lucent by telephone from outside the United States at one of the following numbers Telephone outside the United States 510 769 8027 Austria Germany Switzerland 33 492 96 5672 Benelux 33 492 96 5674 France 33 492 96 5673 Italy 33 492 96 5676 Japan 81 3 5325 7397 Middle East Africa 33 492 96 5679 Scandinavia 33 492 96 5677 Spain Portugal 33 492 96 5675 UK 33 492 96 5671 For the Asia Pacific region you can find additional support resources at http www lucent com ins international apac Obtaining assistance through correspondence Send your technical support questions to one of the following email addresses or correspond by fax BBS or regular mail with Customer Service in Lucent s U S offices in Alameda CA Email from within the U S support ascend com Email from Europe the Middle Ea
171. and for information about a particular command add the shelf and slot card numbers as arguments For example admin gt show 1 3 standalone Shelf 1 shelf 1 shelf 1 shelf 1 shelf 1 shelf 1 shelf 1 AAA ARR YK slot 3 slot 3 slot 3 slot 3 slot 3 slot 3 Oe WN FO UP 4ether2 card UP ethernet 1 UP ethernet 2 UP ethernet 3 UP ethernet 4 100 Base T Opening a session with a slot card To open a session with a slot card use the Open command as in the following example APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 1 3 Administering Slot Cards Changing a slot state admin gt open 1 7 where 1 is the shelf number and 7 is the slot number On the master shelf of a multishelf system you can open a session with a slave shelf For example admin gt open 3 17 You cannot use the Open command from the slave shelf After you have established a session with the card the prompt changes to indicate the type of card its slot number and its shelf number To list the commands available on the card enter a or help as in the following example tl 1 1 gt auth cbhcardif cbsnmptrap cbStats checkd clear clock source debug debugd display dp decode dpram test dspDial fakeCalledid fakeClid fe loop fill frreset More lt ret gt next entry dp ram display dspBypassClients dspSetDddTimeslot lt sp gt next page user user debug debug debug debu
172. apter 3 Understanding the status WindOW cece ceseeeceeeeeeceseeeeecaeeeaecasesaecaecaeeasenseeaeeneeeaes 2 22 Connection status information 0 00 eee ce cesses ceeeeeeceseeeeecseecsecseesaecaecsseeeceseeeeeeeeaes 2 23 General status information cece cee ceseeesceeeeeeceseeeeecaeecaecaaesaecseceseeasenseeereneeeaes 2 23 LoS MESSABES aa ee i a Erena rae E aE ea ein eaea aaiae aa ET 2 23 Displaying WAN line information s esseesseseeesesesressresrestesresrrseeesesteserseeeresseeeseeseeseeeses 2 24 Changing current status WiINdOW SiZes ssseeeesseeeseseestssstrssttristeeteresterrerertsserrrseeersrent 2 24 Reviewing the fatal error logo eee ee ceeeceeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeseecaecaaesaecsaesaeceseeseeeseeeseeeeaeseaeeaees 2 25 Configuring message logging ssri ce ceececeeeeeeceseeeeeeaeecaeceaesaecsaesaecsceseeeeeeaeeeeeeaeseaeeaees 2 25 Configuring system logging on a TAOS unit ssseesseseeeesseeesssrerssrerrsresrrrrsrerrsseeresrereses 2 26 Specifying a session ID Base sr nrenontin nn ena a E a E EA Eiaa 2 26 Configuring Syslog on the TAOS unit sessssseeessseessersrerssseerssressreresreserrenrerresentesreeses 2 27 Configuring the Syslog daemon 00 eee cee eeceeeeeeceeeeeeecaeeceecasesaecaecaeesseneeeeeneeeaes 2 28 Checking the power supplies 2 0 0 0 cee ceceecesceeeeeeeeseeeeeeseecaecaaesaeceaesaeceseeseeeeseaeseeseaeseaeeaees 2 28 Using a script to configure the TAOS unit ec cee ceseeeeceeeeeceeeeseeeeeeaeeeeseaeeeaee
173. ar Violation or Excessive Zeros which means that one of the low level E1 rules for encoding data was violated in the received signal Far end block errors The far end reported an error in an E1 frame transmitted by the TAOS unit Administering UDS3 cards The UDS3lines and UDS3dump commands enable you to monitor the UDS3 card Using the UDS3lines command This command uses the following syntax admin gt uds3lines option where option may be one of the following Option a d f u Effect Displays all available UDS3 lines Displays disabled UDS3 lines Displays free UDS3 lines Displays in use UDS3 lines In the following example the UDS3lines command displays the all UDS3 lines admin gt uds3lines a All UDS3 lines Line aL dvOp dvUpSt dvRq sAdm nailg 13 ale sh Up Idle UP UP 00131 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 1 27 Administering Slot Cards Administering UDS3 cards Regardless of which option you enter the UDS3lines command displays the following information Column Name Description dvOp The operational state of the UDS3 line Values can be e Down e Up dvUpst The up status of the UDS3 line Values can be e Idle e Reserved e Assigned dvRq The required state of the UDS3 line Values can be e Down e Up SAdm The desired state of the device Values can be e Down e Up nailg The nailed group that this line is assigned to Using the UDS3Dump
174. are created Viewing the clock source for a slot card The Clock Source command can be run on the shelf controller or on an individual card as in the following example on a T1 card admin gt open 1 1 t1 1 gt clock source Master line 3 Source List Source line 3 Available priority 1 Sources with layer 2 up which are preferred are marked with an asterisk For information about configuring the clock source see the hardware installation guide Recovering from a failed slot card installation If you installed a new slot card before upgrading the system software and the slot card does not come up properly there are two ways to recover e Use the NVRAM command e Remove the slot card Using the NVRAM command JN Caution Using the NVRAM command resets the entire system This method cannot be done remotely because the NVRAM command clears the TAOS unit s configuration including its IP address Before performing this procedure make sure you have access to the TAOS unit s serial port To recover from a failed slot card installation by this method 1 Save the current system configuration For example admin gt save network bonzo 971001 This saves the configuration to a file named 971001 in the TFTP home directory on a host named bonzo 2 Clear the system configuration and restart the TAOS unit by executing the NVRAM command 1 6 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Administering Slot Cards Recove
175. atal errors that the TAOS unit can report If you experience a fatal error contact Lucent Technical Support Index 1 a DA wm A 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Definition Assert invoked during program execution An Assert has been placed in the code This problem can be either hardware related or software related Out of memory during memory allocation This is an out of memory condition sometimes termed a memory leak Switch type bad LIF error LCD error ISAC BRI timeout BRI physical layer timeout Processor exception A processor exception error caused the reset Invalid task switch EXEC No mail descriptor EXEC This reset occurs if the TAOS unit tries to allocate a mail message when there are none left The cause is usually a memory leak No mail buffer memory EXEC No task to run EXEC No timer memory EXEC No timer pool EXEC Wait called while in critical section EXEC DSP not responding DSP protocol error DSP internal error DSP loss of sync DSP unused DDD not responding DDD protocol error X25 buffer error X25 init error X25 stack error B 2 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Log Messages on the TAOS Unit Definitions of fatal errors Index 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 40 99 100 Definition Memory allocation of zero length Memory allocation of negative length Task infinite loop The reset was the re
176. back up admin gt device u 1 3 24 0 Disabling a modem To disable a modem 1 Read in the LAN Modem profile For example admin gt read LAN Modem LAN MODEM shelf 1 slot 2 0 read 2 Disable the modem admin gt set modem disable mode 1 disable 3 Write the profile to commit your changes admin gt write LAN MODEM shelf 1 slot 2 0 written Quiescing digital modems The system creates a LAN Modem profile for each installed modem card Removing or downing a modem card does not delete this profile or change its contents You can use the LAN Modem profile to quiesce digital modems Quiescing a modem makes it available for maintenance in a graceful way not by tearing down the current connection but by taking the channel out of service as soon as the connection is dropped To use a LAN Modem profile first open it and list its contents For example admin gt LAN MODEM shelf 1 admin gt list read lan 1 6 0 slot 6 0 read physical address modem disable mod shelf 1 slot 6 0 enabl nabl nabl nabl nable Then to quiesce a modem list its Modem Disable Mode setting and change it to disable For example admin gt list modem dis admin gt list 20 admin gt set disable admin gt write LAN MODEM shelf 1 To bring the modem back up admin gt set enable A11 48 modem settings are displayed slot 6 0 written APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTN
177. being sent by the client The command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display Usage Enter radif at the command prompt Example Following are messages you might see for a successful RADIUS authentication RADIF authenticating lt 8 my_name gt with PAP RADIF _radiusRequest id 41 user name lt 9 my_name gt RADIF _radiusRequest challenge len lt 0 gt The IP address and RADIUS Daemon Authentication port are displayed RADIF _radiusRequest socket 5 len 89 ipaddr 01010101 port 65534 gt 1645 RADIF _radCallback RADIF _radCallback buf BO5BBFAO The response is sent back from RADIUS In this case the user my_name has passed authentication Following is a list of the most common responses 1 Authentication Request 2 Positive acknowledgement 3 Rejection 4 Accounting request 5 Accounting response 7 Password change request 8 Password change positive acknowledgement 9 Password change rejection 11 Access challenge 29 Password next code 30 Password New PIN 31 Password Terminate Session 32 Password Expired RADIF _radCallback authcode 2 RADIF Authentication Ack After authenticating a user the RADIUS daemon sends the attributes from the user profile to the TAOS unit The TAOS unit creates the user s Connection profile from these attributes and RADif displays them See the TAOS RADIUS Guide and Reference for a complete list of att
178. bort To get basic help for a debug command enter the Help command followed by the name of the debug command as in the following example admin gt help ifmgr ifmgr usage ifmgr option d d isplay interface tabl ntries d lt ifNum gt d etails of given i f table entry t t oggle debug display ifmgr up down ifNum ifName Using combinations of commands Since most debug commands are designed to give a developer information about specific portions of TAOS unit s functionality you might find it helpful to use commands in combination to troubleshoot different problems For example if you see problems with the initial connection of remote users you might want to use a combination of Networki Routmgr and Wantoggl e to obtain a complete view of three functions involved in establishing a call When troubleshooting modem related issues you might want to use Modemdrvstate Modemdiag and Mdialout if modem outdial is supported on your TAOS unit to get all modem related information for your calls Using several commands simultaneously not only gives you a clearer picture of a given situation it also shows you a chronological timeline of the events that are happening APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 3 Using Debug Commands Using the debug commands Using the debug commands Debug commands allow you to monitor and diagnose different areas of the TAOS unit s functionality This section lists some o
179. cal admin gt write USER test written Critical messages indicate that an interface has gone down or a security condition has been noted Alert messages indicate that something undesirable has happened but probably will not prevent normal operation of the system Emergency messages indicate that something undesirable has happened and will probably prevent normal operation Other levels include Error messages an error condition has occurred Warning messages something out of the ordinary has occurred such as a login failure Notice events in normal operation such as a link going up or down Info changes that are not normally of interest Debug messages related to debugging configurations and None no messages are displayed Logging in as a different user To login with a different User profile use the Auth command as in the following example admin gt auth test Password 3wPZHd2 You must supply the password configured in the specified profile to be logged in as the user Logging in as a different user can be helpful for verifying that the User profile permissions are correct Specifying a timeout for logins You can specify a timeout period after which idle sessions on the TAOS unit disconnect The default is 60 seconds To configure an idle timeout proceed as in the following example 1 Read the System profile admin gt read system 2 Specify an idle time period admin gt set idle logout 120 3 Write the profile
180. cause transmission errors To restore a configuration from a file on the system you are using to access the TAOS unit set up your VT100 emulation software to send the file and enter the Load command as follows admin gt load config console Restoring from a network host To restore a configuration from a file on a network host enter the Load command as follows admin gt load config network hostname filename Where hostname is the name of the host and filename is the name of the file in which the configuration is stored Updating the configuration You can use the Load command to upload code for any of the slot cards to a flash card For example to upload new code for an eight port T1 card from a file named 8t1 ffs ona network host named serverl1 admin gt load t1 8 network serverl cfg 8t1 ffs 2 20 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide TAOS System Administration Using the status window Saving and Restoring to a PCMCIA flash card To save or restore full configuration information use the Save command as follows super gt save save save all configuration profiles all profiles of a given type or a specific profile by writing it in a form that can be replayed to a unit to restore its configuration usage save a m lt target gt profile type profile index or specify a list of profiles to be included in or excluded from the network save operation usage save
181. cee cece ceeeeeeceeeeeeecaeeseecaecsaecaecsaeaecseeseeeseeeeeneeats 2 9 Adj stmg screen Width i sreci esena EE ar EEA Gee A S ER 2 10 Setting screen width for the current session s seeseseeeesseresssreresrssesrrserrrsreersreere 2 10 Customizing a User profile for screen Width sseesseseeeesseeesseeerrereseessserrrseeresrees 2 11 Setting the sy stem Name se a een cid al ee eee ears 2 11 Setting the system time anid Gates s cc sccseitesscsel ce ates enS e eee e in eae oG acini need 2 12 Managing onboard NVRAM io eoii ieii C TE E EEEO A ERTE E 2 12 RGSettin the Wnt 25 sees E E E E E E E EE 2 13 Viewing clock source information esesesesessreessreetsreererreertesesteseerestenertenesrrnrerrsseetnsretees 2 13 DOS compatible FAT 16 flash memory format e eesesseeessereresreersrrsrrrrsrerrssesresesreses 2 14 FileformatS enie e E eE eee ea a es ee OER 2 14 Loading file to the flash file system esseeseeeseeeeerssessssssressssrererseeseeeseeseessesseeseeeses 2 14 Creating directories in the flash file system 0 0 0 eee ee eeeeeeeeeeneecseceecseenseeneens 2 15 Checking the flash file System oo eee eee ese ceeesee cee Soie Saee a a R REEE 2 15 Using POMCIA flash cards 3 2 05300 tess oid ibs BABA eee aes teeta Retr ER eee 2 15 Formatting a flash Card ai herdr eae rearea ao aea i EE srs ea 2 16 Displaying the contents of flash eseseesesseeeseeerssresrsesserrrsteresteersresrerrnrerrssenreseeersreet
182. ceived and alarm indication signal Using the Call Logging Server profile You can control to which server the TAOS unit sends its logging information provided that the Call Logging profile is properly configured and enabled Following are the relevant parameters shown with default settings in CALL LOGGING call log server index host 1 Parameter Description Call Log Server Index Which of the configured call log host N settings are used as the active call logging server Valid values are host 1 the default host 2 and host 3 If the TAOS unit cannot authenticate the specified server it attempts to use the next configured server To enable you to make this choice from an SNMP management station the callLoggingCurrentServerFlag in the callLoggingServerEntry which is in the Ascend call logging MIB is a read write variable The variable can be set to 1 active or 2 standby Following is the new definition callLoggingCurrentServerFlag OBJECT TYPE SYNTAX INTEGER active 1 standby 2 ACCESS read write STATUS mandatory DESCRIPTION Value indicates whether this entry is the current Call Logging server or not The standby 2 is not set able it is a value to report the standby status of the Call Logging server callLoggingServerEntry 2 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 7 13 Getting TAOS Unit Core Dumps A What is acore dump 1 cece eee e
183. cend The name specified in the Admin User profile appears as your system prompt For example admin gt If you are already connected to the TAOS unit as a different user use the Auth command to log in as the administrator admin gt auth admin Password Note Because the Admin login has superuser privileges you should change the default password immediately Be sure to write down the password you assign and store it in a safe place Following is an example of changing the password for the Admin login admin gt read user admin USER admin read admin gt set password top secret admin gt write USER admin written All subsequent administrator logins will be required to supply the new password For more information about configuring User profiles see Chapter 5 Creating User Profiles Securing the serial port By default when users connect to the serial port on the shelf controller they are logged in with the Admin User profile To secure the serial port with a username and password proceed as follows 1 Read the Serial profile admin gt read serial 1 17 2 2 2 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide TAOS System Administration Specifying a management only Ethernet interface 2 Set the User Profile to null admin gt set user 3 Set Auto Logout to Yes admin gt set auto logout yes This automatically logs out the current User profile if DTR is lost on the serial port 4 Write the
184. ch indicates that packets are being dropped or from 1 to 0 which indicates that packets are no longer being dropped SNMP management stations can obtain the value of the variable at any time by using SNMP Get Console Enabled The system generates a trap when the console has changed state The console entry can be read to see what its current state is Console State Change The SNMP agent on the TAOS sends the console s IP address in addition to the console index in the Console State Change trap The Console State Change trap carries the information displayed in the following example 1999 07 02 12 07 26 eng fast 4 ascend com 192 168 25 4 enterprises 529 Enterprise Specific Trap 12 Uptime 0 16 43 enterprises 529 8 2 1 1 2 2 enterprises 529 12 2 1 4 2 IpAddress 10 40 40 133 Config Change Enabled Enables or disables the configuration change trap Trap 30 The trap is enabled by default which causes the system to issue the trap whenever the system configuration is modified or a new software version is loaded If the parameter is set to no the system does not issue the trap for those events An SNMP management station can receive a Trap 30 and a string containing the date time and information about the user that changed the configuration OSPF Set Trap Enabled For an OSPF trap to be generated when the trap condition occurs OSPF traps must be enabled either in the Trap profile or by setting the corresponding bit in the new MIB objec
185. command displays information about IGMP groups and clients This can be useful for tracking the IGMP group memberships and active client interfaces Displaying IGMP group information To display active multicast group addresses and clients interfaces registered for each group enter the IGMP command with the group option admin gt igmp group IGMP Group address Routing Table Up Time 0 0 22 17 Hash Group Address Members Expire time Counts 10 224 0 2 250 2 0 3 24 3214784520 S59 1 02 3321 LFS CaS 0 235 0 Mbone ZLOG saeSS The output contains the following fields Field Description Hash Index to a hash table displayed for debugging purposes only Group address IP multicast address used for the group An asterisk indicates the IP multicast address being monitored meaning that members join this address by local application Members ID of each member of each multicast group The zero ID represents members on the same Ethernet interface as the TAOS unit All other IDs go to members of each group as they inform the TAOS unit that they have joined the group If a client is a member of more than one group to which the TAOS unit forwards multicast packets it has more than one multicast ID Expire time When this membership expires The TAOS unit sends out IGMP queries every 60 seconds so the expiration time is usually renewed If the expiration time is reached the TAOS unit removes the entry from the table If the fie
186. dicates that data is moved directly from the WAN to the Ethernet segment WAN data can be redirected to other resources X 75 handler or V 120 handler before it is ready to be sent to the Ethernet segment PPP 116 Redirect async wan direct PRidisplay Description Displays all ISDN PRI D channel signaling packets that are either received or sent through the PRI interfaces Usage To use this command first open a session with a network card configured for PRI signaling for example a T1 or E1 card Then enter the PRIdisplay command The command uses the following syntax APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 35 Using Debug Commands RADacct pridisplay number of octets to display line Syntax element Description number of octets to display Specifies the number of octets in the PRI messages to display Specify 0 zero to disable the display line The PRI line to display Specify 0 zero to display any line Example el 1 15 gt pridisplay 128 0 Display the first 128 bytes of PRI messages e1 1 15 gt PRI XMIT 7 10 37 00 4 of 4 octets 800F1020 00 01 01 73 eis PRI RCV 7 10 37 00 4 of 4 octets 800F3CA0 00 01 01 73 DES PRI XMIT 7 10 37 10 4 of 4 octets 800F1020 00 01 01 73 eS PRI RCV 7 10 37 10 4 of 4 octets 800F3CA0 00 01 01 73 meS PRI XMIT 7 10 37 20 4 of 4 octets 800F1020 00 01 O01 73 gee PRI RCV 7 10 37 20 4 of 4 octets 800F3CA0 00 01 01 73 Sogn PRI XMIT 7 10 37 30 4 of 4 oct
187. dircode dnstab ds3AtmLines ether display fatal history update diagnostic update diagnostic system system system system diagnostic system Nene Typically read write accounts enable the System command class They might also enable the Update and Code command classes Read only accounts might be limited to the Diagnostic command class Table 5 2 shows the commands associated with each permission Table 5 2 Permissions and associated commands Permission Command class Commands in this class N A always enabled User Help Auth Quit Clear Whoami APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 5 3 Creating User Profiles Understanding command permissions Table 5 2 Permissions and associated commands continued Permission Command class Commands in this class Allow System System ARPtable Netstat BRIChannels New Clr History OSPF Connection Power Dir Quiesce Dircode Read DNStab Refresh Fatal History Screen Get Set HDLC Show IGMP Status IPcache SWANlines IP Pools Tlchannels IProute UDS3 lines Line Userstat List Version Log View Modem Allow Diagnostic Diagnostic Callroute OAMLoop Clock Source Open Debug Ping Device Rlogin DS3ATMlines Slot Ether Display Telnet If Admin Traceroute NSlookup Uptime Allow Update Update Date Reset Delete Save Load Write Nvram Allow Code Code Format Fsck Allow Termserv Termserv Th
188. do idispiettht artterface table enter the Netstat command with the in option as in the following example Net Dest Address Ipkts Ierr Opkts ied 1500 192 168 7 0 24 LOQSTE 8 isl 35 71186 2 53131 100 1500 127 0 0 1 32 127 0 0 1 53195 0 53195 rj0 1500 127 0 0 2 32 127 205 0 2 0 0 0 bho 1500 127 0 0 3 32 127 0 0 3 0 0 0 wanabe 1500 127 0 0 3 32 270703 0 0 0 local 65535 127 0 0 1 32 V2 7 20 01 59753 0 59753 mcast 65535 224 0 0 0 4 224 0 0 0 0 0 0 tunnel7 1500 192 168 7 0 24 192 168 7 135 0 0 0 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Oerr 96 0 Ox D GQ Oo Network Administration Diagnostic tools for TCP IP networks Name MTU Net Dest Address Ipkts Ierr Opkts Oerr vrOmain 1500 192 168 7 135 32 192 168 7 135 0 0 0 0 sip0d 69935 0 0 0 wanl0 1528 200 4 2 2 LIX LES 3 7 135 0 0 0 0 wanll 1528 200 5 2 2 192 168 7 135 0 0 0 0 wanl2 1528 200 6 1 2 92 T68 13 S 0 0 0 0 wanl3 1528 20036722 1926168 T135 0 0 0 0 wanl4 1528 200 100 2 2 192 168 7 135 0 0 0 0 wanl5 1528 200 100 3 2 192 168 7 135 0 0 0 0 wanl6 1528 200 4 4 2 LIA N68 4 7135 0 0 0 0 wanl7 1500 200 6 100 2 200 1 100 2 0 0 0 0 wanl8 1528 200 4 4 3 192 168 7 135 0 0 0 0 wanl9 1528 200 4 2 3 1928634 7 13 5 0 0 0 0 wan20 1528 200 3 2 2 192 168 7 135 0 0 0 0 wan21 1528 200 3 1 2 192 168 7 135 0 0 0 0 wan22 1528 200 4 103 2 TIA LES s T135 0 0 0 0 wan23 1500 200 4 101 3 200 2 101 2 0 0 0 0 iel 5 1 1500 200 1 1 0 24 200 1 1 2 0 0 1 0 iel 5 2 1500 200 1 2 0 24
189. dow shows the log entry number M 00 through M N where N is set in the save number parameter of the Log profile the level of message and the device on which the event occurred The last line shows the date and time when the event occurred The middle of the window displays the text of the most recent message If the status window is not already displayed or if you want to scroll through the log use the Log command super gt log APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 2 23 TAOS System Administration Using the status window If the Status window is not displayed the Log command opens it and displays the log mode message below the Status window if the Status window is already open the Log command just displays the message Back lt up arw gt Forward lt dn arw gt Start lt pg up gt End lt pg dn gt Exit lt esc gt This message indicates the key sequences you can use for displaying additional information in the Log area e The Down Arrow and Up Arrow keys display the next and previous message in the buffer respectively e The Page Up and Page Down keys display the first and last message in the buffer respectively When the log mode message is displayed the system prompt does not appear at the bottom of the window Press the Escape key to exit this mode and return to the system prompt Displaying WAN line information The status window can also display information about the WAN lines
190. dvertisements 44 Checksum total Ox191d3a The following table describes the output Field Type LS ID LS originator Specifies Type of link as defined in RFC 1583 Type 1 RTR are router LSAs that describe the collected states of the router s interfaces Type 2 NET are network LSAs that describe the set of routers attached to the network Types 3 and 4 SUM describe routes to networks in remote areas or AS boundary routers Type 5 ASE are AS external LSAs that describe routes to destinations external to the Autonomous System A default route for the Autonomous System can also be described by an AS external LSA The ext option only displays ASES LSAs Type 7 are ASE 7 link advertisements that are only flooded within an NSSA Target address of the route Address of the advertising router APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 3 21 Network Administration Diagnostic tools for OSPF routers Field Seqno Age Xsum Specifies Hexadecimal number that begins with 80000000 and increments by one for each LSA received Age of the route in seconds Checksum of the LSA advertisements Total number of entries in the database Checksum total Checksum of the database Displaying OSPF external AS advertisements To display only OSPF External AS advertisements include the ext option with the OSPF command For example admin gt ospf ext Type LS ID LS originat
191. e Enter modemdrvstate at the command prompt Example Following are examples of a modem call coming into the TAOS unit and a modem call being cleared from the TAOS unit admin gt modemdrvstate MODEMDRV debug display is ON Modem on the modem card in slot 3 has been assigned to answer an incoming modem call MODEMDRV 3 1 modemOpen modemHandle B04E3898 hdlcHandle BO026809C orig 0 The modem is idle so it is available to answer the call MODEMDRV 3 1 _processOpen IDLE The next two lines show the TAOS unit s modem sending the first string 4 24 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands ModemDrvState MODEMDRV Answer String Part 1 AT amp FOEO A8E 0 A buffer needs to be allocated for sending the command out to the WAN MODEMDRV 3 1 _hdlcBufSentFnc buffer 2E12EAE0 status SENT Buffers are allocated for data being received from the WAN ODEMDRV 3 1 _hdlcBufRevdFnc data 2E13ADF0 len 8 parseState n v 0 0 status RCVD ODEMDRV 3 1 _hdlcBufRevdFnc data 2E13BA20 len 5 parseState n v 0 0 status RCVD The TAOS unit s modem receives an OK from the calling modem ODEMDRV 3 1 data OK The process is repeated for strings 2 and 3 ODEMDRV 3 1 processTimeout DIAL_STR2 2D ODEMDRV Answer String Part 2 AT amp C1V1 V1W1X4S10 60 ODEMDRV 3 1 _hdlcBufSentFnc buffer 2E12EAE0 status SENT O
192. e SNMP profile contains SNMP readable information related to the unit itself and its SNMP security There are two levels of security community strings which must be known by a community of SNMP managers to access the box and address security which excludes SNMP access unless it is initiated from a specified IP address These are the related parameters SNMP enabled no read community public read write community write nforce address security no read access hosts 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 write access hosts 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 16 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide SNMP Administration Configuring SNMP access and security contact location SNMP profile configuration overview Table 6 2 provides some background information on tasks you may need to perform to configure SNMP on the TAOS unit For complete details on each parameter see the APX S8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference Table 6 2 SNMP profile configuration tasks Task Description Enabling SNMP access If the enabled parameter in the SNMP profile is set to No the default the TAOS unit cannot be accessed by SNMP utilities Setting community strings The read community parameter specifies the SNMP community name for read access up to 32 characters and the read write community parameter specifies SNMP community name for read write access Setting up and enforcing If the enfo
193. e messag date is the date the message was logged by syslog time is the time the message was logged by syslog router is the router this message was sent from interface is the name of the interface ie0 wanO and so on unless a call filter logs the packet as it brings up the link in which case the word ca11 appears The message format has a number of fields one or more of which may be present The message fields appear in the following order protocol local direction remote length frag log tag Table B 1 Syslog message fields for Secure Access Firewalls Field Description protocol Can be the four hexadecimal character Ether Type or one of the following network protocol names ARP RARP IPX Appletalk For IP protocols the field contains either the IP protocol number up to 3 decimal digits or one of the following names IP in IP TCP ICMP UDP ESP AH In the special case of ICMP the field also includes the ICMP Code and Type Code Type icmp local For non IP packets local is the source Ethernet MAC address of transmitted packets and the destination Ethernet MAC address of received packets For a nonbridged WAN connection the two MAC addresses are zeros For IP protocols local is the IP source address of transmitted packets and the IP destination address of received packets In the case of TCP or UDP it also includes the TCP or UDP port number IP address port direction An arrow
194. e parameters Understanding the User profile parameters Table 5 1 describes common tasks you might have to perform to configure a User profile The table includes a brief description of each task and lists the parameters you will use Table 5 1 Overview of User profile tasks profile and reads it into the edit buffer The name and password you assign to the profile represent a user or host name and a password used to authenticate that user at login Task Description of task Associated parameters Setting the name and When you create a new User profile with the New Name password command the system creates a default instance of the Password Activating the profile The User profile is activated when you first create it If you set Active Enabled to No the profile is not available for use Active Enabled Assigning permissions Permissions control which actions the user who logs in with this profile can perform on the TAOS unit Allow Termserv Allow System Allow Diagnostic Allow Update Allow Password Allow Code Logging the user out when idle With the Idle Timeout setting you can specify the number of seconds a Telnet session can remain logged in with no keyboard activity Idle Timeout Setting the command line prompt The default command line prompt is TNT gt If you set the prompt to an asterisk the TAOS unit uses the name parameter as the prompt For example for the admin User profile t
195. e remaining parameters indicate the errors on the DS3 line Refer to RFC 1407 for complete description of these errors Parameter Description F Bit Error Count Framing bit errors received since the last TAOS unit reset P Bit Error Count P bit errors indicate that TAOS unit received a P bit code on the DS3 M frame that differs from the locally calculated code CP Bit Error Count For C Bit Parity lines indicates that number of parity errors since the last TAOS unit reset FEB Error Count Far end block errors received since the last TAOS unit reset BPV Error Count Bipolar Violation BPV errors may indicate that the line sent consecutive one bits with the same polarity It could also mean that three or more consecutive zeroes were sent or an incorrect polarity Loss of Signal True indicates a loss of signal False indicates that the carrier is maintaining a connection Loss of Frame True indicates a loss of framing also known as a red alarm False indicates that the line is up and in frame 7 12 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Administrative Profiles Using UDS3 Stat profiles Parameter Description Yellow Receive True indicates that the local device has received a Yellow Alarm indication False specifies that the local device has not received a Yellow Alarm indication AIS Receive True indicates that the local device has received alarm indication signal False indicates local device has not re
196. e without scrolling including the system prompt and spaces following it For example if the screen width is 80 characters and the prompt is admin gt a 6 character prompt followed by a space the maximum number of visible characters in a command is 72 If the user enters a long command 2 10 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide TAOS System Administration Setting the system name for example that has 100 characters 28 of the characters will not be visible at any one time The user can scroll to the characters not currently visible by moving the cursor left or right The following control sequence allows users to redraw the current line Control sequence Effect Ctrl L Ctrl R Redraw line All existing control sequences continue to work as in previous releases For details see the TAOS Command Line Interface Guide Customizing a User profile for screen width To enable you to specify the screen width for all subsequent sessions the following parameter shown with its default setting has been added to User profiles in USER screen width 80 Parameter Specifies Screen Width Number of characters allowed on a command line or terminal server banner An integer from 80 the default to 255 Following is an example of how to customize a user s profile for a screen width of 120 characters admin gt read user admin USER admin read admin gt set screen width 120 admin gt write f USER admi
197. eSerial e portRinging e portCollectDigits e portWaiting e portConnected e portCarrier e portLoopback e portAcrPending e portDteNotReady e portUseExceeded In addition the TAOS unit does not support billing features that include these traps e portUseExceeded e systemUseExceeded APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 6 19 SNMP Administration Setting up SNMP traps Individual SNMP traps Individual traps are enabled by default The following parameters determine which traps are forwarded to an SNMP manager Parameter Slot Enabled Slot Card Reset Enabled Coldstart Enabled Warmstart Enabled Linkdown Enabled Meaning The system generates a trap when a slot card is brought up or down An SNMP user can view the Fatal Log table and the TAOS unit can inform the user of a reason for a restart when one is available The following SNMP elements have been introduced to support this feature e The fatalLogTable object e The slotCardResetTrap trap The sysLastRestartReasontTrap include fatalLogIndex and sysAbsoluteCurrentTime in its definition sysLastRestartReasonTrap TRAP TYPE ENTERPRISE ascend VARIABLES sysLastRestartReason fatalLog Index sysAbsoluteCurrentTime DESCRIPTION This trap is sent to all manag ers having the alarm condition enabled if the sysLastRestartReason is not unknown value of 0 26 A new slotCardResetTrap t
198. ebug Diagnostic Enables or disable diagnostic output Delete Update Permanently deletes a profile from local storage Device Diagnostic Brings a device up or down Dir System Lists profiles and profile types Dircode System Shows contents of PCMCIA card code Dnstab System Displays DNS table entries DS3ATMlines System Displays DS3 ATM line information Ether Display Diagnostic Displays contents of received Ethernet packets Help User Displays help about a particular command Fatal History System Lists fatal error history log Format Code Prepares a flash card for use Fsck Code Verifies the filesystem on a PCMCIA flash card If errors are detected they are reported No errors are fixed Get System Displays fields in a profile HDLC System Displays HDLC channel information If Admin Diagnostic Administer an interface IGMP System Displays IGMP multicast statistics IP pools System Displays the status of the IP address pools configured in the IP Global profile Ipcache System Displays IP route caches APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 2 5 TAOS System Administration Overview of TAOS commands Table 2 2 TAOS system administration commands continued Command Name Permission Level Effect IProute System Enables you to manually add or delete IP routes Routing table changes made by using this command are not remembered across
199. ecaeesaecaeceseeasenseeereneeeaes 1 28 Administering MOTEMS s2 cctccabesoes ecg ke acta tn ee peta eee Dae aaa actos 1 30 Using the Modem command to display modem Status eee eee ceseeeeceteeeeeeeeeees 1 30 Bringing a modem or channel up or COWN 000 cece eeeceeceeeceeeeeeeeneeaeecaecsaecaecsaeeaeens 1 30 Disabling a MOdeM s c 0ccscessiecceteveshngsevseesssseevbeew ven docbsneyscbscesteuscoedvansescbetgeucdelacteevsnereceens 1 31 Quiescin gs digital mModemsiisassssseisesace see seis ceuskey chsess spb eteabna ossace sesechat ea aieadecuseteeene ess 1 31 Chapter 2 TAOS System Administration s eccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 1 Logeing into the TAOS Umit sc tedes ieee vice Rel lel ett ie et ase eee 2 2 Securing the Serial POLt sesiis pavssovedetsesesagnegeietadeeessctebasectenaed dupesupesshowesakstvtowetante sabes 2 2 Specifying a management only Ethernet interface 0 elec cseee cee ceeeeceseeeceseeeeeeeeaes 2 3 Overview of TAOS command Ssss reres reret eeror reres tr Era OEE EA EE Eara aE oea EPS EEPE 2 3 Command permission levels eeeesseesssseeesseertsressrrstsrtsseersseeresreertentrrrsrertsneerssrereseset 2 4 Commands OVELVIC arre a fo eee r E Alias sete sc So S SERER 2 4 Displaying system and slot card uptime 2 0 0 eee eee cee eeeeeeeeseecaeesaecsecsaeeaecseeseceeeeeeeeeseaes 2 8 Displaying the system Version seride eeneioe ereer arero tass a aa rea r eare aE 2 9 Viewing the factory configuration
200. eceeeeeeceseeeeeeseecaeceaesaecsaesaeceseeseeeseeeeeeseaeeeaeeaees 2 37 Network Administration sssncisiessisnstsecendadesitaaies sctevantocuisaeadasetgncuecaute 3 1 Diagnostic tools for TCP IP networks 0 0 eseeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeseeseecaeesaecaecsaeeaecsenseeeseeteeeeenes 3 1 Using the Ping command to test connectivity oo eee eeceteceeceseeeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeneesaeeaees 3 1 Using the Netstat command to display the interface table eee eee ceeetecneeeeees 3 2 Displaying and modifying IP routes 0 0 ces eee ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseecaecsaesaecsaeaecseeeseees 3 5 Using the Netstat command to display the routing table eee ee eects 3 5 Modifying the routing table eee eeeeneeeeeceeseecaeesaecaeceseeseceseeseseseeeeseneeaes 3 6 Using the TraceRoute command to trace routes 0 eee eee eeeeeeereeeeeceeessecseeaeceeeseees 3 8 Using the NSlookup command to verify name service SCtUP eee eeeeseceeeeeeneeeeees 3 9 Using the ARPtable command to display the ARP cache 0 eee ceeessecseeteeneeeseees 3 9 Displaying protocol Statistics 0 0 eee ce ceseeesceseeeeceseeeeecaeeesecaeesaecsecaeeaeceeeeeeeeeaes 3 10 Logeing intoa Network Hostice seene e ra aea a e oraa reao Sa a S ER 3 13 Using the Rlogin command sesesssseeesssseeseseeesreersrrseereserresreesterertesrerrsseeresrerees 3 13 Using the Telnet command ou eee eee eeeseecneeseecaecescenecaeesecesceseeeeseeeseeseaeeeaeeaee 3 13 Pattern detection and reporting in the TCP Clear data s
201. ecify a password if the Auth Protocol parameter is set to a value other than no auth Location SNMPv3 USM User profile See Also Active Enabled Auth Protocol Name Priv Protocol Read Write Access Priv Protocol Description Specifies whether or not messages that are sent to or from the SNMP engine can be protected by encryption and the type of privacy protocol to be used Usage The default is no priv In this release you cannot change the default setting Dependencies The TAOS unit s SNMPv3 engine does not support encryption decryption Location SNMPv3 USM User profile See Also Active Enabled Auth Protocol Name Password Read Write Access Read Write Access Description Specifies whether or not the TAOS unit grants the SNMPv3 USM user read and write access to the unit s management information base MIB settings Usage Specify Yes or No No is the default With the default No value the user has read access only which enables viewing but not modification of the MIBs Example set read write access no Location SNMPv3 USM User profile APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 6 9 SNMP Administration Read Write Access See Also Active Enabled Auth Protocol Name Password Priv Protocol Ascend enterprise MIBS The Enterprise MIB is registered with the IANA Internet Assigned Numbers Authority as enterprises 529 with this value 1336315412929 Ascend MIB ascend mib The Ascend MI
202. ections 001 tomw PPP 1 7 14 1920 002 timl MP 1 7 3 5600 Top General X Status Serial number 6201732 Version X 0 0 Rx Pkt 11185897 Tx Pkt 42460 Colt 129 04 27 2000 12 20 15 Up 3 days 21 47 32 M 48 L info Src shelf 1 controller 48 out of 48 modems passed POST 16 48 02 Issued 04 27 2000 Bottom Log Following is an example of configuring the User profile to display the status window upon login and to show line information in the bottom area of the window It also configures a larger terminal emulator window and status screens admin gt read user test USER test read admin gt set default status yes admin gt set bottom status line status admin gt set screen length 36 admin gt set status length 30 admin gt write USER test written Note that Status Length must be at least 6 lines smaller than Screen Length APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 5 7 Creating User Profiles Customizing the environment for a User profile Setting log levels for each login You can configure the User profile to display a certain level of log messages immediately in the interface in addition to writing them to a log file Following is an example that causes critical alert and emergency messages to be displayed in the interface interrupting whatever work might be going on at the prompt admin gt read user test USER test read admin gt set log display level criti
203. ects the DS3 receive path to the DS3 transmit path at the D3 The transmitted DS3 signal is still sent to the network To perform an internal loopback test use the i option as follows t3 1 15 gt ds3link i on DS3 internal loopback activated APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 1 25 Administering Slot Cards Administering E1 cards t3 1 15 gt ds3link i off DS3 internal loopback deactivated Note DS1 external loopbacks can be invoked manually with the FE Loop command on the DS3 card In addition you can display DS1 error statistics with the T1 Stats command To use these commands first use the Open command to open a session with the card as described at the beginning of this section Administering E1 cards The E1 Stats command reports DS1 level line errors on E1 cards Before entering it use the Open command to open a session with the installed card For example to open a session with a card in shelf 1 slot 13 admin gt open 1 13 Then enter the El stats command The following example shows the command s syntax e1 1 13 gt el stats el stats c lt line gt get error statistics for the line c reset statistics to zero To view DS1 level statistics on the first line on the card el 1 13 gt el stats 1 DS1 Line 1 CRC Errors 0 Frame Slips 9872 Framing Bit Errors 0 Far End Block Errors Ooo Line Code Violations Statistics cleared To view and reset the statistics to
204. ee e een eens A 1 Before you Desin orisa he SEL n ai Coma A A Ea AE a RR een A DE bate A 2 The Ascendump daemon 0 eee eee een ene ene e eee A 2 Coredump command ssir sakars sue i u eres eoves er Pasa lP seek aes Soba E A 3 Examples event taa e 4b oe howe he ae beh bi diaw eed a ve ke A 4 Troubleshooting core dumps 0 0 cece cece eee eee eee A 6 What is a core dump A TAOS core dump is a snapshot of the TAOS unit s shelf controller or slot card memory A Lucent representative might ask you to obtain a core dump to help diagnose a problem To get a core dump from the TAOS unit you must use the Coredump command on the TAOS unit and the Ascendump utility on a local UNIX workstation The Coredump command controls how the TAOS unit generates core dumps Ascendump controls how the TAOS unit core dumps are written to disk You can specify that the core dump be collected whenever there is a fatal error or you can get the core dump at any time from the server running Ascendump or from the TAOS unit itself The core dump server can be connected through any LAN or WAN interface and may be multiple hops away The only restriction is that the data path from a crashing shelf or card must pass through shelves or cards that are still alive The only exception is that a crashing shelf can dump through its own Ethernet port and a crashing Ethernet card can dump through one of its own Ethernet ports The TAOS unit uses UDP to w
205. eeeeeeees B 1 Fatal and warning error Messages R a eE a E E R B 1 Format of fatal and warning error Messages sesseeeseseseeseseeseeeseereererrsesseessersersressese B 1 Definitions of fatal Errors eee eee essence eeescecaecsesecsseesecsceseeeeeseeseaeeseeeaecaeesaecsaesaecneesaeeas B 2 Definitions of Warning messages cceecessseeeeceetecesceceseecsseseneeeeeeeaecescecsaeeeaaeeeneececeeaeenseess B 4 Fatal crash information on CONSOLE eee ce cee eee ceeeeeeceeeeeeeeaeeseecaeesaecaecsaeaecseeseseseeteeeeenes B 6 Syslog MESSALES o err a Saves AaS a REER suede ceva setstacds vedas Eee EE EEn i B 7 Endof Call informatio ira nren er e aa aa i r i B 8 DNIS and CLID information eee ceseeseceseeesceeceeeeeeeseeseaeeseecaecseesaecaesaeenseeseees B 8 Syslog messages initiated by a Secure Access Firewall eee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees B 9 The backoff queue error message in the Syslog file ee eect eeeecseenseeeeees B 10 Flash Card error Messages sceccecisccssasesceuescadgscuucs es E TRTE R E AAAA B 11 Load command MESSIES onner E E EAE e a a E eTe B 11 Format Command Message Smm ean ea E A A a i B 11 Dircode command Messages oneen a K E a A EE ESET B 12 PPP Decoding Primer wicsteiinicississseccscdeceieuaduaesevandecsadvareeavsdeccecaetuas C 1 Breaking downithe raw datas r fssecks evsevses bese Me eeshes aati ens bd teak ese eee ev teeta teats C 1 Annotated traces 20 s 2 ccsssescustesocucus case cessherbeesessscvvsesenucecheselacescuececksust
206. eived authM Method of authentication evTime Event time This is a time stamp Description Displays a compilation of RADIUS Authentication and Accounting statistics Usage Enter radstats at the command prompt Example admin gt radstats RADIUS authen stats In the following message A denotes Authentication O denotes Other There were 612 Authentication requests sent and 612 Authentication responses received 0O sent A O 612 15 rcv A O 612 8 602 were authenticated successfully and 18 were not timout A O 0 6 unexp 0 bad 18 authOK 602 In the next message the IP address of the RADIUS server is 1 1 1 1 and the curServerF1lag indicates whether or not this RADIUS server is the current authentication server You can have several configured RADIUS servers but only one is current at any one time 0 indicates no 1 indicates yes IpAddress 1 1 1 1 curServerFlag 1 RADIUS accounting stats APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 39 Using Debug Commands Reset Reset The next message indicates that the TAOS unit sent 1557 Accounting packets and received 1555 responses ACKs from the Accounting server Therefore the unexp value is 2 This is not necessarily an indication of a problem but might be the result of the TAOS unit timing out a particular session before receiving an ACK from the RADIUS server Momentary traffic load might cause this condition The value of bad is the number of packets
207. emented by the number of unavailable seconds A severely errored framing second is a second during which one of the following error conditions occurs e An out of frame error e An incoming AIS signal The number of seconds the interface is unavailable Note that only LES and SEFS errors are counted while the interface is unavailable A line coding violation error is the sum of bipolar BPV and excessive zero EXZ errors An excessive zero error increments the count by one no matter how many zeros are transmitted P bit errors indicate that TAOS unit received a P bit code on the DS3 M frame that differs from the locally calculated code A line errored seconds is a second during which one of the following error conditions occurs e A C bit coding violation error e A loss of signal error A C bit coding violation error indicates a parity error A C bit errored second is a second during which one of the following error conditions occurs e A C bit coding violation error e An out of frame error e An incoming AIS signal This applies only to SYNTRAN and C bit Parity DS3 lines Note that the count is not incremented by the number of unavailable seconds APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 1 29 Administering Slot Cards Administering modems Field Description CSESs A C bit severely errored second is a second during which one of the following error conditions occurs e There are 44 or more C bit coding violati
208. emove a card the system retains its configuration This enables you to re install the card or install another of the same type in the same slot without reconfiguring the system or uploading a backup configuration One side effect of this feature is that the NVRAM used to store configuration information is not cleared when a card is removed until you explicitly clear the configuration When a card has been removed it shows up with a status of NONE in the Show command output For example admin gt show 1 13 Shelf 1 master shelf 1 slot 13 0 NONE slot card 8tl shelf 1 slot 13 1 til line 1 shelf 1 slot 13 2 ti line 2 shelf 1 slot 13 3 t1 line 3 shelf L sils6t 13 4 ti line 4 shelt L sist 13 5 ti line 5 shelf 1 slot 13 6 til line 6 shelf 1 slot 13 7 t1 line 7 shelf 1 slot 13 8 t1l line 8 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 1 5 Administering Slot Cards Viewing the clock source for a slot card The NONE status indicates that the card was removed but its profiles have been saved The TAOS unit remembers that a card was in that slot and saves its profiles until a card of a different type is installed in the same slot or until the administrator enters the Slot r command as in the following example admin gt slot r 13 slot 1 13 removed In either case all the old profiles associated with the slot are deleted If a different type of card is inserted appropriate new profiles
209. endpoints e 1 ATM Interface configuration group e 2 ATM Interface DS3 PLCP group e 3 ATM Interface TC Sublayer group e 5 ATM Interface VCL configuration group e 8 ATM Interface AALS VCC performance statistics group Currently it is not possible to define new connections solely by using SNMP management so many of the read write and read create parameters were changed to read only RFC 1696 Modem MIB The Modem MIB defines managed objects for modems The TAOS unit supports all objects in the Modem MIB The Modem MIB defines an mdmIndex object whose value is used as an index into the tables defined in the MIB with each modem in a managed system assigned a unique index value This object is supported in the TAOS unit as a read only Modem Table Index parameter in the Admin State profile 6 2 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide SNMP Administration SNMP support The value of this parameter is allocated by the system when it first detects the presence of a modem card The fact that the TAOS unit supports hot swapable cards requires a relaxation of the MIB definition of the mdmIndex object in the same manner that RFC 1573 relaxes the if Index definition The MIB definition of mdmIndex specifies that e the index value must be in the range of 1 to mdmNumber and e the value must remain constant from one reinitialization of the network management agent to the next A modem card may be added to or removed
210. ent of 5 6 default password for Admin 2 2 determining current 5 9 example configuration 5 5 information displayed in status window for 5 6 log levels for 5 8 logging in as different user 2 2 logging in using 5 6 logging in using different 5 8 name and password 5 2 parameters described 5 2 permission levels 2 4 permission levels for 5 3 pre defined 5 1 restoring default due to inactivity 5 8 samples 5 5 specifying system prompt for 5 6 status information settings 5 6 status window settings 5 7 status windows and log messages 5 2 user name as prompt 5 2 user session information displaying 2 30 username and password requiring for serial port 2 2 users displaying active 2 30 displaying information about using Finger 2 33 displaying packets for session 4 50 terminating sessions 2 31 Userstat command configuring format of output 2 31 using 2 30 using to display active users 2 30 V validation Lanval command 4 21 requests for 4 21 Version command using 2 9 W WAN displaying counters of events 4 52 displaying events for 4 51 displaying packets 4 50 displaying packets during connection setup 4 53 WANtoggle command 4 54 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Index 13 Index W WAN Dialout MIB APX 8000 support 6 16 WAN lines displaying status of 1 8 information about 2 24 status codes 1 9 WAN MIB APX 8000 support 6 16 WANdisplay command topping output
211. er filter c Delete profile FILTER filter c y n y FILTER filter c deleted APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 5 13 Creating User Profiles Default Filter Cache Time Parameter reference entries Default Filter Cache Time Filter Required Description Specifies the default time in minutes during which the RADIUS filter profile remains locally cached on the TAOS Usage Specify an integer The default is 1440 minutes 24 hours If you specify 0 zero the system does not cache the profile Example set default filter cache time 720 Location IP Global See Also Filter Required Description Specifies whether the TAOS establishes a call if the filter profile applied in the caller s Connection profile cannot be found locally or in RADIUS Usage Specify yes or no The default is no e yes specifies that the TAOS does not establish a call if the filter profile applied in the caller s Connection profile cannot be found locally or in RADIUS e no specifies that the TAOS establishes a call if the filter profile applied in the caller s Connection profile cannot be found locally or in RADIUS Example set filter required yes Dependencies Consider the following e Ifthe call needs to be brought down the cause code 425 results If the call is allowed to come up the system logs a notice level message that the filter cannot be found e If the Ascend Filter Required attribute is missing in the RADI
212. erHATunnels 13 atmpAgentNumberLocalTunnels 14 atmpAgentTunnelHighWater 15 atmpTunnelTable 16 atmpTunnelEntry 1 atmpTunnelindex 1 atmpTunnelld 2 atmpHAlpAddress 3 atmpFAlpAddress 4 atmpTunneledProtocol 5 atmpTunnelType 6 atmpTunnelState 7 atmpMnIpAddaress 8 atmpMnNetmask 9 atmpMnIpxNetAdaress 10 atmpMnIpxNodeAdaress 11 atmpHNProfileName 12 atmpHNMaxTunnels 13 atmpFAPrimaryHAAddress 14 atmpFASecondaryHAAdoaress 15 atmpFASsnStatusIndex 16 atmpFAUserName 17 atmp nPkts 18 atmp nOctets 19 atmpInErrPkts 20 atmpOutPkts 21 atmpOutOctets 22 atmpOutErrPkts 23 atmpPktsForcedToFragment 24 atmpPktsFailedFragment 25 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 6 47 Using Administrative Profiles How the TAOS unit creates administrative profiles 0 008 7 2 Using the Telnet Access Control List TACL profile 000 7 3 Using the Admin State Perm If profile 0 0 00 eee eee eee 7 4 Using the Admin State Phys If profile 00 cece eee eee eee 7 5 Using the Device State profile 00 0 0 eee eee eee 7 6 Using the Device Summary profile 0 0 0 enaere 7 7 Using the Slot Info profile 2 0 0 eee eee eee 7 8 Using Slot State profiles 2 0 0 0 cee eee 7 8 Using DS3 ATM Stat profiles 0 0 eee eee 7 9 Using T1 Stat profiles 00 ec eee 7 10 Using UDS3 Stat profiles ssie ese nena den ean cece eee
213. erface is also shown with a dash in Netstat command output To mark an interface as up enter a command similar to the following ether 1 4 gt ifmgr up iel1 4 1 For more information about the Ifmgr command see IFMgr on page 4 16 Specifying how the link state affects the IP routing table The Link State Enabled parameter signifies whether the value of the Link State parameter affects the IP routing tables If it is set to Yes routes to an interface are deleted when the link state is down and added back when the interface comes back up again If the parameter is set to No the default packets are routed to the interface regardless of its link state If the interface is down packets are discarded rather than transmitted over using an alternative route A read only indication of physical link state The Link State parameter shows the physical state of the LAN interface up or down The parameter can only be set by the Ethernet driver A LAN interface is down if it cannot transmit or receive network traffic for example if the Ethernet cable is unplugged or the Ethernet hub on that interface is down For the shelf controller Ethernet interface the value of the Link State parameter is set to Unknown Checking multiple IP interfaces on an Ethernet port In the following Ifmgr command output the physical interface 1 12 1 has two IP Interface profiles associated with it The first is named ie1 12 1 the default profile and the
214. ernet card contains the following fields Field AE slot if ifname mac addr local addr Description Ethernet interface number Shelf slot and system wide interface number This interface number is reported by executing the IFMgr command on the shelf controller Flag indicating whether the interface is up or down Flag indicating whether the interface is permanent A P indicates a permanent interface A hyphen or a blank indicates that it is not A permanent interface is an interface configured in the command line interface and stored in the TAOS unit s NVRAM All the Ethernet interfaces and the virtual interfaces made for Connection profiles are permanent Transient interfaces are those the TAOS unit builds from RADIUS TACACS or an Answer profile These interfaces have no interface entry when the connection is down Interface name Interface MAC address Interface local address APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 17 Using Debug Commands IFMgr Following is an example of disabling an interface ether 1 4 gt ifmgr down iel 4 1 The IFMgr d output indicates that the interface is disabled by displaying a hyphen instead of an asterisk in the Up u column ether 1 4 gt ifmgr d if slot if u p ifname mac addr local addr 000 0 00 000 pbo 000000000000 0 0 0 0 32 001 LTT OLI S iel 4 1 00c07b6d23f0 0 0 0 0 32 002 1 17 013 iel 4 2 00cO7b6d23f1 11 1 2 1 32 003 D3
215. errors on the DS3 line Refer to RFC 1407 for complete description of these errors Parameter Description F Bit Error Counter Framing bit errors received since the last TAOS unit s reset or the error counters were cleared P Bit Error Counter P bit errors indicate that TAOS unit received a P bit code on the DS3 M frame that differs from the locally calculated code CP Bit Error Counter For C Bit Parity lines indicates that number of parity errors since the last TAOS unit s reset FEB Error Counter Far end block errors received since the last TAOS unit s reset BPV Error Count Bipolar Violation BPV errors may indicate that the line sent consecutive one bits with the same polarity It could also mean that three or more consecutive zeroes were sent or an incorrect polarity EZD Error Counter Number of Excessive Zero Detect EZD line code violations that have occurred since the error counters were cleared Using the ATMDumpCall command The ATMDumpCall command is a low level management tool for use during diagnostic sessions with the DS3 ATM card It allows you to view the ATM call blocks which contain information about outgoing calls For example to manage a DS3 card on the shelf 1 in slot 3 first enter the Open command as follows admin gt open 1 3 Then enter the ATMDumpCall command ds3 atm 1 3 gt atmdumpcall option where option is one of the following Option Effect a Display all ATM call blocks even
216. es might appear when using the Dircode command Table B 4 Dircode command error messages Error message Description Card N is not formatted for use with this system The flash card is blank corrupted or formatted for another environment such as DOS To use this card you must issue a Format command first Card N is temporarily unavailable The flash card is currently coming up or is being formatted Card N is unavailable The flash card experienced an error and is inaccessible Check that the card is inserted properly B 12 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide PPP Decoding Primer Breaking down the raw data 0 0 n enne EEE E eee nents Annotated traces Example of MP call negotiation 0 0 cee cece eens Many of the diagnostic commands display raw data This Primer is designed to assist you in decoding PPP MP MP and BACP negotiations The negotiations can be logged with the Diagnostic commands PPPDump WANDisplay WANDSess WANNext or WANOpen For more detailed information than this guide provides refer to the specific RFCs A partial list of pertinent RFCs appears at the end of this guide Breaking down the raw data An important concept to keep in mind is that each device negotiates PPP independently so the options might be identical for each direction of the session During PPP negotiation frame formats in the various protocols are very similar They share t
217. escribed 6 2 DS1s getting diagnostics for 1 22 1 26 status codes 1 9 DS2 lines displaying state of 1 25 status codes 1 9 DS3 ATM card administering 1 11 using the ATMDumpCall command 1 14 using the Framer command 1 13 DS3 lines checking status of unchannelized 7 11 DS3 MIB described 6 2 DS3 Profile MIB APX 8000 support 6 12 DS3 See also T3 DS3 ATM profile using 7 9 DS3ATMlines command using 1 12 DS3Link command using 1 24 DTPT cannot terminate sessions with Userstat 2 31 DTunnel command using 4 11 E El lines displaying clock source information 2 13 getting diagnostics for 1 26 monitoring 1 26 E1 Stats command using 1 26 error information B 9 error messages did not negotiate MPP 2 35 cannot establish connection for 2 35 cannot find profile for 2 35 far end does not support remote management 2 36 far end rejected session 2 36 management session failed 2 36 not authorized 2 35 profile for does not specify MPP 2 35 errors definition of fatal B 2 logged by Syslog B 7 on T1 channels 7 11 status window displayed 2 23 Ether Display command using 3 35 Ethernet APX 8000 monitors interface state 1 16 Index 4 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Index displaying information about a particular interface 4 19 displaying interfaces 4 16 displaying statistics about 4 11 enabling or disabling interfaces 1 17 how link state affects routing table 1 18 multiple IP i
218. esents years 2000 to 2089 and 90 99 represents years 1990 to 1999 For example to set a date in the year 1999 proceed as in the following example admin gt date 9910130029 Wed Oct 22 0 29 00 1999 To set a date in the year 2001 proceed as in the following example admin gt date 0110130029 Sat Dec 25 0 29 00 2001 You can also Get the Timedate profile to view the information admin gt get timedate in TIMEDATE time 17 43 34 date Monday December 2 1998 The Time and Date parameters in the Timedate profile cannot be set directly To change their values use the Date command as shown above Managing onboard NVRAM The system configuration is stored in the onboard non volatile random access memory NVRAM Some error conditions might require that you clear the TAOS unit s configuration and reboot When you clear NVRAM the system is reinitialized and comes up unconfigured just as it was when you first installed it You can then restore the configuration from a recent backup see Backing up and restoring a configuration on page 2 19 2 12 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide TAOS System Administration Resetting the unit A Caution Make sure you have a recent backup before using the NVRAM command To see how NVRAM is being used enter the NVRAM command with the u option admin gt nvram u To clear NVRAM restoring the unit to its initial unconfigured state enter the NVRAM
219. esh n You can specify how nailed connections are handled following a Refresh n by using the Perm Conn Upd Mode parameter in the System profile If set to All the default all existing permanent connections are brought down and then brought up again along with any new connections following the update This causes service interruption every time any nailed profile is updated or added If set to Changed only new connections are created and only those with modified attribute values are reestablished 2 36 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide TAOS System Administration Configuring the dialout timer Configuring the dialout timer The Max Dialout Time parameter in the System profile specifies the maximum number of seconds the system waits for a Call Setup Complete from the remote side when dialing out If the TAOS unit cannot establish the call before the timer expires the dialout attempt fails The dialout timer allows increased flexibility for international dialing Valid values are from 0 to 255 The default is 20 seconds If set to zero the TAOS unit uses its internal default of 20 seconds In the following example the dialout timer is set to 60 seconds admin gt read system SYSTEM read admin gt set max dialout time 60 admin gt write SYSTEM written The Max Dialout Time setting does not influence the modem timeout to detect carrier Modems have an internal timer that counts down from dialout to es
220. essdump 4 38 PRI RADstats command 4 39 displaying D channel signaling 4 35 refreshing configuration 2 36 quiescing 1 19 refreshing nailed profiles from 2 36 PRIdisplay command using 4 35 running in debug mode 4 37 profiles RADIUS MIB APX 8000 support 6 15 administrative 7 1 RADservdump command using 4 38 administrative how created 7 2 RADsessdump command using 4 38 ee eee s f y RADstats commands using 4 39 Base information stored across resets 2 10 remote management Connection session timing out 2 35 Frame Relay Direct 5 10 Reset command using 4 40 Device State 7 6 resetting Device Summary 7 7 single shelf system 2 13 DS3 ATM 7 9 restoring saved configurations 2 20 refreshing nailed 2 36 Revision command using 4 41 ac sale as revision displaying system 4 48 Slot Info 7 8 RFC 1213 APX 8000 support 6 1 Slot State 7 8 RFC 1253 APX 8000 support 6 1 SNMP overview 6 17 RFC 1315 APX 8000 support 6 2 T1 Stat 7 10 RFC 1317 APX 8000 support 6 2 eee leer Le RFC 1398 APX 8000 support 6 2 ba RFC 1406 APX 8000 support 6 2 prompts specifying for User profile 5 6 protedls RFC 1695 APX 8000 support 6 2 6 4 6 5 ARP 3 9 RFC 1695 described 6 2 IGMP 3 16 3 17 RFC 1696 APX 8000 support 6 2 most common C 1 RFC 2233 APX 8000 support 6 3 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Index 9 Index RIP displaying IPX RIP traffic 4 20 Rlogin command using 3 13 routes adding static to rou
221. esse ESE S E SSA k EAE heti C 2 Example of MP call negotiation eee cece ceeeeeceeeeeeeeaeeseecaeesaecaecsaceaecssenseceeeseeeeseaes C 5 NOX E E A uaduSduenetetanhewaae Index 1 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide xi Figures Figure 1 1 Figure 2 1 Figure 5 1 Figure 6 1 Example of a T3 card line status WindOw cceeceeeeseeseeeseceeseeceeeaeceeeaeens 1 8 System status WiINdOW cece ceseeeeceecesecesceseeesceeeeeeceseseeecaeesaecaecsaecaeesaeaeens 2 22 Information in the status Window 00 cece cesses ceeeeeeeeseeeeecaeesaecseeaecsseaeees 5 7 Ascend MIB hierarchy ececeececseeseecseessecseceseeecseeseceseeseseeeeseseeeeaeseaeeaees 6 30 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide xiii Tables Table 1 1 Tl lime maintenance tasks oo eee ee ceeee cee ceeeeceseeeeceseeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeaeeaee 1 19 Table 1 2 T1 Stats command fields 0 eee eee eee esee ese ceceeseceeeesececeseeeeeeeeeeeseneseaeenees 1 22 Table 1 3 El Stats command fields oe cc eeeeeeeseececeeeeseceseeaeceeeeseseeeeeeeeeseaeseaeenees 1 26 Table 2 1 Permission levels eee ceceseeesceeeeeeceeeeeeeeaeeseecaeesaecaecsaceaecsenseceseeeeeesenes 2 4 Table 2 2 TAOS system administration commands 0 cess cseceseeeeceseeseceeeeeeeeeeeaes 2 4 Table 2 3 Overview of configuring logging on a TAOS unit 00 eee eee 2 26 Table 5 2 Permissions and associated commands 00 eee se eseeee tte ceseeseceeeeeceseeeeeeeeeaes 5 3 Table 6 1 TAOS unit support for
222. ets 800F38E0 00 01 01 73 ane PRI RCV 7 10 37 30 4 of 4 octets 800F3CE0 00 01 01 73 seals pridisplay 0 PRI message display terminated RADacct Description Displays RADIUS accounting information The RADacct command displays very few messages if RADIUS Accounting is functioning correctly RADif displays more detailed information for troubleshooting RADIUS related issues The RADacct command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display Usage Enter radacct at the command prompt Example admin gt radacct RADACCT debug display is ON A user hangs up and a stop record is generated RADACCT 147 stopRadAcct The following message indicates that there is some load on the network and the sending of a stop record is delayed This is not necessarily an indication of a problem RADACCT 147 _endRadAcct STOP was delayed 4 36 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands RADif RADif Description Displays RADIUS related messages RADif is a powerful diagnostic command because it displays RADIUS messages the TAOS unit receives as well as messages that it sends Output from RADi f in conjunction with running your RADIUS daemon in debug mode using the x option gives you virtually all the information you need to clarify issues relating to user authentication You can also validate the IP port that you have configured or think you have configured and the user name that is
223. etting system 2 12 timeouts specifying idle 5 8 timer for dialout calls 2 37 TNTMP command 4 47 TraceRoute command using 3 8 traces annotated C 2 transient interface defined 4 17 Trap profile displaying contents 6 18 example configuration 6 27 traps Ascend enterprise 6 16 configuration overview 6 26 example of 6 27 setting up 6 18 support for individual on APX 8000 6 20 support on APX 8000 6 19 See Also SNMP trigger events for core dumps A 4 TSshow command using 4 48 TunnelDebug command using 4 48 tunneling ATMPdebug command 4 8 displaying setup messages 4 48 DTunnel command 4 11 TunnelDebug command 4 48 TunnelSlot command 4 49 TunnelSlot command using 4 49 U UDP ports for core dump A 4 information about 3 10 UDS3 displaying status 1 27 lines displaying 1 27 statistics displaying 1 28 JDS3 card administering 1 27 monitoring 1 27 DS3 lines displaying status of on UDS3 card 7 11 JDS3 Profile MIB APX 8000 support 6 16 JDS3Dump command using 1 28 DS3Lines command using 1 27 DS3 Stat profile using 7 11 pdate command using 4 49 eG EE qa pdate commands permissions needed to use 5 4 pdate permission level explained 2 4 qc pdate level commands Reset 4 40 upgrade if slot card does not come up after 1 6 uptime displaying 2 8 displaying system 4 48 User permission level explained 2 4 User profiles customizing environm
224. etup messages 4 53 displaying user information 2 30 example of MPP negotiation C 5 logging out idle 5 8 opening with slot card 1 3 PPP info 4 34 PPP state information 4 35 Syslog information about B 7 terminating 2 31 shelf controller commands available on 2 4 Show command types of slot cards reported 1 3 viewing slot cards with 1 1 Show Netware Networks command 3 32 Show Netware Servers command 3 32 slave shelf cannot use Open command 1 4 slot cards administering UDS3 1 27 changing state of 1 4 changing state of in Slot State profile 7 8 commands on 2 3 displaying uptime for 2 8 DS3 ATM administering 1 11 Ethernet administering 1 16 getting core dump from A 5 installed reported by Slot Info profile 7 8 loading software for 2 18 loading software for new cards 2 19 loading software for specific cards 2 18 managing 7 7 7 8 modem administering 1 30 opening session with 1 3 recovering from failed installation 1 6 removing card and configuration 1 5 removing from system 1 7 Slot command to temporarily down 1 5 software images stored on flash card 2 16 T1 T3 administering 1 19 type reported by Show command 1 3 viewing clock source for 1 6 viewing information about particular card 1 3 viewing installed 1 1 viewing status of 1 2 Slot command on slave shelf 1 5 to temporarily down a slot card 1 5 using 1 4 Slot Info profile using 7 8 Slot State profile using 7 8 SNMP Index 10
225. etworki can show valuable call routing information If you have problems with users not connecting and the incoming calls disconnect within one or two seconds of being presented to the TAOS unit use RoutMgr and Networki to look for possible clues The command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display Usage Enter routmgr at the command prompt Example admin gt routmgr ROUTMGR debug is now ON ROUTMGR buildIncomingRoute port 0 phone lt 4990 gt ROUTMGR routMgrTask routeID 106 port 0 phone 4990 ROUTMGR 106 _matchPhoneNumber There are no port limitations configured in the T1 profile ROUTMGR 106 _matchAnyPort The next two messages show that the Bearer Capability in the ISDN setup message for the call indicates that it is a voice call and that the call is routed to an available modem ROUTMGR 106 voice call ROUTMGR giving call to lan hostif At this point the call is passed to other TAOS unit functions to continue the connection setup Following is output from RoutMegr when a call is cleared APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 41 Using Debug Commands SAR ROUTMGR destroyRoute routeID 106 cause CLEAR ROUTMGR 106 port is 59 ROUTMGR deallocateCapabilityrouteID 106 capability ALL ROUTMGR route 106 destroyed SAR Description Shows packet bus statistics Packet bus traffic enters and exits a slot card and shelf controller by means of a chip c
226. ever go to the Syslog host if enabled and the Status log Fatal and warning error messages Each time the TAOS unit reboots it logs a fatal error message to the fatal error log The fatal error log also notes Warnings which indicate situations that did not cause the TAOS unit to reset Development engineers use Warnings for troubleshooting purposes When a Warning occurs the TAOS unit has detected an error condition and has recovered from it Available flash space limits the number of entries in the fatal error log and entries rotate on a First in First out FIFO basis You can clear the log by using the Clr History command Format of fatal and warning error messages Fatal and warning messages have the format shown in the following example WARNING Index 171 Revision 8 0 2 Slot 9 2 csm3v Date 12 22 1999 Time 20 57 59 Location e0020b54 e006f568 e005d6b8 e005fd90 e005e4dc 00770a8 The first line indicates the type of error fatal or warning the index number of the error the software revision number the shelf and slot on which the error occurred The second line shows the date and time of the error The third line displays the top six program counter addresses from the execution stack active at the time of the crash APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide B 1 Log Messages on the TAOS Unit Definitions of fatal errors Definitions of fatal errors Following are definitions by index number of the f
227. f a packet has been received on a nonvirtual interface from a router whose authentication key or authentication type conflicts with this router s authentication key or authentication type OSPF Trap 6 Enable disable trap generation if the state of a nonvirtual OSPF interface has changed This trap is generated when the interface state regresses for example goes from Dr to Down or progresses to a terminal state Point to Point DR Other Dr or Backup OSPF Trap 16 Enable disable trap generation if an OSPF packet has been received on a nonvirtual interface that cannot be parsed OSPF Trap 8 Enable disable trap generation if an OSPF packet has been retransmitted on a nonvirtual interface All packets that are retransmitted are associated with a link state database LSDB entry The LS type LS ID and Router ID are used to identify the LSDB entry OSPF Trap 10 Enable disable trap generation if the state of a nonvirtual OSPF neighbor has changed This trap is generated when the neighbor state regresses for example changes from Attempt or Full to 1 Way or Down or progresses to a terminal state for example 2 Way or Full When an neighbor transitions from or to Full on nonbroadcast multiaccess NBMA and broadcast networks the trap is generated by the designated router A designated router transitioning to Down is noted by OSPFIfStateChange OSPF Trap 2 Enable disable trap generation if a packet has been received on a virt
228. f the more common debug commands and the areas of the TAOS unit s they apply to Frame Relay The following commands display information about Frame Relay interfaces e FRDLstate e FRdump e FRinARP e FRLinkState e FRLMI e FRMgrDump e FRPriorityErrors e FRScert e FRstate Calls The following commands display information about how the TAOS unit handles calls e Callback e Permconn list e Tntcall e Routmgr Authentication The following commands display information about how the TAOS unit authenticates calls e Authendebug e Lanval e Radacct e Raddbgdump e Radif e Radservdump e Radsessdump e Radstats Host side devices The following commands display information about the TAOS unit s host devices 4 4 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands Using the debug commands e ModemDrvDump e ModemDrvState e Modemd stats Modemd2stats Modemd3stats e Ether Stats e Ifmgr Network side devices The following commands display information about the TAOS unit s network devices e NetIF e Networki e Pridisplay e WANdisplay e WanEventsStats e WANopening e Wantoggle Protocols The following commands display information about the TAOS unit s protocols e Addrpool e Brouterdebug e Brouterload e Ctcheck e Ctdebug e Ipxripdebug e Lcstate e Leakpool e Ospfavltree e Ospfdebug e Sntp e Tcpflushtimer Tunneling T
229. fic IP addresses the TAOS system supports a new Telnet Access Control List TACL profile You must have System authorization to create read or modify the profile You can configure up to 20 entries in the TACL profile Each entry can specify a host address with a 32 subnet mask or a subnet address Specifying a subnet address allows access from any of the addresses in the subnet range The TACL profile contains the following parameters shown here with default values in TACL enable permit no in TACL permit list 1 valid entry no source address 0 0 0 0 0 source address mask 0 0 0 0 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 7 3 Using Administrative Profiles Using the Admin State Perm If profile Parameter Specifies Enable Permit Enable disable control over Telnet access to the unit on the basis of the Permit List settings in the TACL profile If set to no the default the Permit List settings have no effect If set to yes only the IP addresses specified in the Permit Lists are allowed to telnet into the TAOS command line interface Setting Enable Permit to yes has no effect if no Permit Lists have been specified Valid Entry Enable disable the Permit List entry Source Address Source IP address of a host or subnet to be allowed Telnet access to the TAOS unit The specified subnet mask determines whether the entry is valid for a single host or a subnet If you specify the subnet mask as part of the
230. file up status idle up status reqd stat up reqd stat In the output the Device State parameter shows the current operational state of the device which can be down up or none None indicates that the device does not exist The Up Status parameter is ignored unless the device is up Device State Up Dev State If the device is up Up Status shows the status of the device which can be idle reserved will not be used until all idle devices of the same type are in use or assigned in use The Reqd State parameter indicates the required operational state of the device which can be up or down Changing this value initiates a state change for the device The change is complete when Device State changes to match Reqd State This setting is not persistent across system resets or power cycles At system startup the TAOS unit reinitializes the required state to match the actual state of the card Using the Device Summary profile The read only Device Summary profiles record the status and availability of the modem and HDLC resources on the TAOS unit This profile is not stored in NVRAM so it is not persistent across system resets or power cycles To view the modem resources on a TAOS unit proceed in the following example admin gt read device summary modem DEVICE SUMMARY modem read admin gt list in DEVICE SUMMARY modem device class modem total count 48 operational count 48 disabled co
231. files see the APX S8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference An administrative profile uses the same set of commands as does any configuration profile in the TAOS unit For example admin gt read tl stat 1 5 1 T1I STAT shelf 1 slot 5 1 read admin gt list physical address line state channel state active nailed up nailed up nailed up nailed up shelf 1 slot 5 1 nailed up nailed up nt error count 000000000000000000000000 3 loss of carrier Fals loss of sync Fals ais receive Fals yellow receiv ber receive Fals carrier established network loopback Fals True False How the TAOS unit creates administrative profiles The TAOS unit allocates SNMP interfaces when a card comes up for the first time For example the initial installation of a T1 card creates eight SNMP interfaces one for each T1 line Admin State profiles are stored in NVRAM to keep state information over system resets so a physical device keeps the same SNMP interface number across system reset or power failures Each physical interface in the system has an associated Admin State Phys If profile and each nailed connection such as a Frame Relay connection or a nailed PPP connection has an 7 2 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Administrative Profiles Using the Telnet Access Control List TACL profile associated Admin State Perm If profile These profiles store the ob
232. flags e C a directly connected route such as Ethernet e I an ICMP redirect dynamic route e N placed in the table via SNMP MIB II e O A route learned from OSPF e R a route learned from RIP e xr a transient RADIUS like route e S a static route e a route of unknown origin which indicates an error e G an indirect route via a gateway e P a private route e T a temporary route e M a multipath route e a backup static route for a transient RADIUS like route The preference value See the description of the Preference parameter for information about defaults for route preferences A RIP style metric for the route with a range of 0 16 Routes learned from OSPF show a RIP metric of 10 OSPF cost infinity routes show a RIP metric of 16 A count of the number of times the route was referenced since it was created Many of these references are internal so this is not a count of the number of packets sent over this route The age of the route in seconds RIP and ICMP entries are aged once every 10 seconds The IProute command enables you to manually add routes to the routing table delete them or change their preference or metric values The command is useful for temporary routing changes Changes you make to the routing table with the IProute command do not persist 3 6 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Network Administration Diagnostic tools for TCP IP networks acro
233. for devices that are not modems Desired State Desired administrative state of the addressed device The system sets it to Admin State Down if an operator downs the device or to Admin State Up if an operator attempts to bring up the device in normal operations mode An operator can change the admin state by using SNMP SET commands or the Slot or If Admin commands Desired Trap Sate Desired link up down enable state of the interface The system sets it to Trap State Enabled if an operator specifies that linkUp linkDown traps should be generated for the interface or to Trap State Disabled if an operator specifies that linkUp linkDown traps should not be generated for the interface Using the Device State profile Every host interface or network interface such as a T1 or E1 channel on the TAOS unit has a Device State profile which stores the current state of the device and allows you to change it For example each eight port T1 card has 192 Device State profiles one for each T1 channel Similarly each modem card has 48 Device State profiles one for each modem To open one of the profiles proceed as in the following example admin gt read device 1 3 1 24 DEVICE STATE shelf 1 slot 3 1 24 read admin gt list device address shelf 1 slot 3 1 24 device stat down dev stat 7 6 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Administrative Profiles Using the Device Summary pro
234. from the TAOS unit without reinitializing the SNMP agent which affects both of these definitions For example if a modem card is inserted into slot 1 of a new TAOS unit s system its 48 modems are allocated the index values 1 through 48 If another modem card is inserted into slot 3 its modems are allocated the index values 49 through 96 If the TAOS unit is rebooted these values remain constant If the modem card in slot 1 is removed and the TAOS unit is rebooted again the index values for the modem card in slot 3 still remain constant with the range 49 through 96 even though the value of mdmNumber is now 48 RFC 1850 OSPF Traps Version 2 MIB TAOS units support OSPF traps as defined in RFC 1850 OSPF Version 2 Management Information Base For an OSPF trap to be generated when the trap condition occurs OSPF traps must be enabled either in the Trap profile or by setting the corresponding bit in the new MIB object ospf SetTrap defined in RFC 1850 In addition the individual trap that represents the trap condition must be enabled RFC 2233 Interface MIB The TAOS unit supports the Interface MIB based on RFC 2233 which supersedes the SNMP MIB II interface table defined in RFC1213 The interface table contains only the system s physical interfaces and nailed permanent interfaces The index value of an interface does not change following a system reset and if an entry is removed from the interface table dynamically its index val
235. fs hdlc2 card tnthdlc2 tnthdlc2 ffs skipping 4swan card tntswan tntswan ffs skipping 48modem 56k card tntmdm56k tntmdm56k ffs skipping 48modem card tntmdm tntmdm ffs done Creating directories in the flash file system The mkdir command creates directories in the flash file system The slash character separates the elements of a pathname For example the following command creates a directory named oldconf at the top level of the flash card in slot 1 admin gt mkdir 1 oldconf The following command creates a subdirectory named config1 within the oldconf directory admin gt mkdir 1 oldconf conf1 You can move files into a directory by using the mv command For example the following command moves a file named 0001conf to the new subdirectory on flash card 1 admin gt mv 1 current 000lconf 1 oldconf conf1 0001lconf Checking the flash file system The Fsck command prints a summary of file structures on the card For example admin gt fsck 2 Volume Stats Block Size 512 typical 512 Blocks Per Cluster 3 typical 1 may be powers of 2 up to 16 Reserved Blocks 1 typical 1 but may be 0 hundreds Number of FATs 2 must be 2 Number of Root Directory Entries 96 typically between 32 and 224 Total Blocks 11264 Media Descriptor f0 ignored Volume Info calculated from values above Blocks Per Fat 11 Fat Start Block 1 Root Dir Start Block 23 Data Start Block 29 Number of R
236. g Out of Fram Alarm Indic Idle Signal Yellow Sign In Red Alar C bit parit a nal false e false ation Signal false false al false m false y framing false 1 24 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Administering Slot Cards Administering T1 and T3 cards A display of t rue for C bit parity framing would not indicate an alarm state but that the far end is using C bit parity To display and clear line error statistics t3 1 15 gt ds3link c Framing Error P bit Parity C bit Parity Far DS2 DS2 DS2 DS2 DS2 DS2 DS2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 End Block Framing Framing Framing Framing Framing Framing Framing Line Code Violations S Excessive Zeros Errors Errors Statistics cleared To display the line state of the third DS2 t3 1 15 gt ds3link d 3 State of DS2 3 Out of Frame Alarm Indication Signal Yellow Signal In Red Alarm Reserved Bit Performing an external loopback Errors Errors Errors Errors Errors Errors Errors Errors 2136611 67279 2098353 217318 0 0 8415 8415 8415 8415 8415 8415 8415 false false false false false To perform an external loopback test use the 1 option as follows t3 1 15 gt ds3link 1 on DS3 remote loopback activated t3 1 15 gt ds3link 1 off DS3 remote loopback deactivated Performing an internal loopback An internal DS3 loopback conn
237. g user diagnostic diagnostic bug CLC Q bug s debug lt C gt abort For information about the card level commands see the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference To exit the session with the card enter quit as in the following example t1 1 1 gt quit Changing a slot state To force a change in the state of a slot use the Slot command as shown in the following examples To bring a slot down use the Slot command with the d option and specify the shelf and slot number of the card you want to shut down For example APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Administering Slot Cards Changing a device state admin gt slot d 1 3 slot 1 3 state change forced When you bring a card down with the Slot command it only remains down until the next reboot To bring a slot up admin gt slot u 1 3 slot 1 3 state change forced You cannot change the state of a slave shelf controller by using the Slot u or Slot d commands Changing a device state To force a change in the state of a device use the Device command as shown in the following examples To bring a device down admin gt device d 1 3 6 24 slot 1 3 state change forced To bring a device back up admin gt device u 1 3 6 24 slot 1 3 state change forced Removing a slot card and its configuration TAOS unit slot cards are hot swappable When you r
238. g SNMP interfaces The TAOS unit supports the Interface MIB based on RFC 2233 which supersedes the SNMP MIB II defined in RFC1213 The interface table contains only the system s physical interfaces and nailed permanent interfaces The index value of an interface does not change following a system reset and if an entry is removed from the interface table dynamically its index value is not reused until the management station has been reinitialized The interface table does not contain virtual circuit interfaces such as a Frame Relay datalink configured on a channelized DS1 interface The If Admin command is a diagnostic tool for managing SNMP interfaces To see its usage admin gt usage if a if a dmin dmin a d l r u interface list a available SNMP interface numbers administratively d own an SNMP interface 1 ist SNMP interface device address mapping r eset SNMP interface device address mappings administratively u p an SNMP interface display this summary To see a list of available SNMP interface numbers use the a option admin gt if admin a Available SNMP interface numbers 118 infinity To see a list of all SNMP interface numbers assigned by the system admin gt if admin 1 SNMP TIF m Oo OAD WO BW NY D EVICE ADDRESS STATUS 1 17 1 1 111 1 112 1 Er TS ef 1 11 4 1 LD SF 1 11 6 1 Pe cL a A 1 q ee Ds 88 1 To bring an SNMP interface up
239. g remote user profile filters admin gt set session info filter required yes admin gt write ANSWER DEFAULTS written Following is a sample RADIUS profile that makes use of the default because a value for Ascend Filter Required 55 is not explicitly specified p50 v2 Password my password Service Type Framed Framed Protocol PPP Framed IP Address 10 1 1 1 Framed IP Netmask 255 0 0 0 Filter ID filter c Managing remote filters Filters defined in RADIUS pseudo user profiles are accessible in the command line interface as if they were local Filter profiles For example in the following listing the profiles named filter a and filter b are local Filter profiles and the profile named filter cisa filter profile obtained from RADIUS admin gt dir filter 464 01 04 2000 19 01 49 filter a 470 01 04 2000 19 10 57 filter b 3901 01 04 2000 20 01 50 filter c You can read and list the contents of the remote filters in the usual way as if they were local profiles For example admin gt read filter filter c FILTER filter c read read only admin gt list in FILTER filter c filter name filter c input filters no no generic filter 0 0 no no output filters yes no ip filter 0 0 no no Note You cannot change RADIUS filter specifications from the command line interface You can delete RADIUS filter profiles by using the delete command For example admin gt delete filt
240. gs changes in the interface link state You can enable a feature in the Ethernet profile that causes automatic 1 16 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Administering Slot Cards Administering Ethernet cards routing table updates based on physical link state changes Routes to a disabled down interface are deleted from the IP routing table so alternative configured routes can be used instead and the routes are added again when the interface comes back up You can also choose to administratively shut down a LAN interface by disabling its Ethernet profile The following parameters shown with their default settings are related to LAN interface link state changes ETHERNET shelf N slot N item N enabled yes link state up link stat nabled no For information about configuring a management only Ethernet interface see the hardware installation guide for your unit Enabling or disabling an Ethernet interface The Enabled parameter in an Ethernet profile specifies whether a LAN interface is enabled the default or disabled If Enabled is set to No packets routed to and received on the interface are discarded Note that the user specified state is preserved across system resets An interface may also be disabled by using the Ifmgr command or it may be marked as down by the Ethernet driver when Link State Enabled is Yes and Link State is Down To enable an interface set the Enabled parameter
241. he following characteristics Below is a table of the most common protocols you see in Lucent diagnostic traces Identifier CO CO C2 80 80 80 80 FF 03 indicating it is a PPP frame A two byte Protocol Identifier A one byte Packet Format ID number A one byte ID number A two byte length Options for the protocol 21 23 23 21 29 2B 31 Description Link Control Protocol LCP Password Authentication Protocol PAP Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol CHAP Internet Protocol IP Appletalk Protocol Novell s Internetwork Packet Exchange IPX Bridging PDU APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide C 1 PPP Decoding Primer Annotated traces Identifier Description 80 FD Compression Control Protocol CCP Following are the packet formats Packet Format ID Description 01 Configure Request 02 Configure Acknowledgment 03 Configure Non Acknowledgment 04 Configure Reject 05 Terminate Request 06 Terminate Acknowledgment 07 Code Reject 08 Protocol Reject 09 Echo Request OA Echo Reply OB Discard Request Note Ifa packet received from the wan fails the Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC the display is similar to the following where RBAD denotes Received BAD RBAD 27 8712 octets 26CFE8 0000 fe dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd 0010 dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd 0020 dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd
242. he LSA advertisements Specifies the total number of entries in the link state database Checksum total Indicates the checksum of the link state database You can expand each entry in the link state database to view additional information about a particular LSA as explained in the next section Displaying OSPF link state advertisements To view detailed information about a link state advertisement use the following format for the OSPF command ospf lsa area ls type ls id ls orig The command requires that you include the first four fields of the LSA as listed in the database You can select the first four fields and paste them in after typing the command For example to show an expanded view of the last entry in the link state database shown in the previous section admin gt ospf lsa 0 0 0 0 ase 10 5 2 160 10 5 2 162 LSA type ASE Is id 10 5 2 160 adv rtr 110 5 2 162 age 568 seq 80000037 cksum Oxfffa Net mask 255 255 255 255 Tos 0 metric 10 E type 1 Forwarding Address 0 0 0 0 Tag c0000000 The output differs depending on the type of link The following is an example of a router LSA admin gt ospf lsa 0 0 0 0 rtr 192 1 1 1 192 1 1 1 3 24 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Network Administration Diagnostic tools for OSPF routers LS age 66 LS options 0x2 E LS type 1 LS ID destination 192 1 1 1 LS originator TIZ Er sl LS sequence no 0x80000399 LS checksum 0xb449
243. he T1 or Ethernet cards affect only the cards themselves This section explains the commands available on the shelf controller For information about commands available on the cards see Chapter 1 Administering Slot Cards or the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference For information on debug commands see Chapter 4 Using Debug Commands APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 2 3 TAOS System Administration Overview of TAOS commands Command permission levels Commands are organized by permission levels as described in Table 2 1 A user gains access to a particular command by logging in to the TAOS unit by means of a user profile that specifies the required permission level To create a User profile see Chapter 5 Creating User Profiles By default the Admin profile specifies permission to execute all commands Table 2 1 Permission levels Permission level Description Code Allows you to format and manage the PCMCIA cards that store the system software Debug Specialized commands used to troubleshoot the cards Under most circumstances these commands are not required for correct operation of the TAOS unit and in some circumstances might produce undesirable results For information about the debug commands see Chapter 4 Using Debug Commands Diagnostic Commands used to monitor the TAOS unit and its cards System Commands that allow you to manage and configure the TAO
244. he caller was successfully authenticated by means of CHAP and IPCP was the only successfully configured NCP IPX Appletalk and bridging will not be supported during this session Below are two packets used in determining link quality LCP Echo request packet RECV 3 16 octets 2BEB8C 0000 f 03 cO 21 09 01 00 Oc 4e 36 c9 05 00 00 00 00 LCP Echo Response XMIT 3 16 octets 2C2E94 0000 f 03 cO 21 Oa 01 00 Oc 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 C 4 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide PPP Decoding Primer Example of MP call negotiation Example of MP call negotiation LCP Configuration Request MP MRU of 1524 MRRU of 1524 End Point Discriminator using the device s MAC address XMIT 31 29 octets D803C 0000 ff 03 cO 21 01 01 00 19 00 04 00 00 01 04 05 4 0010 11 04 05 4 13 09 03 00 cO Vb 5c d3 71 LCP Configure Request MP MRU of 1524 PAP authentication is required MRRU of 1524 End Point Discriminator using the device s MAC address RECV 31 33 octets D4FBC 0000 ff 03 cO 21 01 01 00 1d 00 04 00 00 01 04 05 f4 0010 03 04 cO 23 11 04 05 4 13 09 03 00 cO 7b 53 0 0020 7a LCP Configuration Acknowledgment RECV 31 29 octets D55CC 0000 f 03 cO 21 02 01 00 19 00 04 00 00 01 04 05 4 0010 11 04 05 4 13 09 03 00 cO Vb 5c d3 71 LCP Configuration Acknowledgment XMIT 31 33 octets D803C 0000 ff 03 cO 21 02 01 00 1d 00 04 00 00 01 0
245. he following commands display TAOS unit tunneling information e ATMP e Dtunnel e Tumneldebug e Tunnelslot APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 5 Using Debug Commands Using the debug commands System and devices The following commands display information about the TAOS unit s system and devices e Pools e Portinfo e Reset e Revision e Stacklimit e Stackusage e Tsshow e Update e Watchdogtoggle Terminal server The following commands display information about the TAOS unit s terminal server e Telnetdebug e Tsbadterminfo Special administrative commands The following command should only be used when requested by Lucent technical support e Coredump 4 6 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands Alphabetical list of debug commands Alphabetical list of debug commands Acct Failsafe Addrpool This section describes the TAOS unit s debug commands in alphabetic order The information is organized for quick reference and does not include tutorials Description The Acct Failsafe debug command is available on the master shelf or the slot host cards for verifying correct accounting proxying Slave shelf controllers and slot line cards do not support this command Slot host cards do not include the d option admin gt acct failsafe usage acct failsafe option params d lt shelf gt lt slot gt d isplay AFS info for lt shelf gt
246. he link not of a route The cost of a route is the sum of all intervening links including the cost of the connected route E type External type of the LSA indicating either 1 Type 1 or 2 Type 2 Forwarding Forwarding Address of the LSA described in RFC 1583 Address Tag Tag of the LSA described in RFC 1583 Displaying information about OSPF areas To display information about OSPF areas include the areas option with the OSPF command For example admin gt ospf areas Area ID Authentication Area Type ifcs nets rtrs brdrs intnr 0 0 0 0 Simple passwd Normal 1 0 2 0 3 The fields in the output contain the following information Field Specifies Area ID Area number in dotted decimal format Authentication Type of authentication Simple passwd MDS or Null Area Type Type of OSPF area Normal Stub or NSSA ifcs Number of TAOS unit interfaces specified in the area nets Number of reachable networks in the area rtrs Number of reachable routers in the area brdrs Number of reachable area border routers in the area intnr Number of reachable internal routers in the area Displaying information about OSPF routers To display OSPF routers include the routers option with the OSPF command For example admin gt ospf routers DType RType Destination Area Cost Next hop s IfNum ASBR OSPF 10 101 0 1 0 0 0 0 11 10 101 0 2 20 ASBR OSPF 10 101 0 2 0 0 0 0 10 10 101 0 2 20 ASBR OSPF 10 103 0 204 0 0 0 0 1 100 103
247. he prompt would be admin gt Prompt Specifying which status windows are displayed at login You can display status windows by default at login and you can specify what information should be displayed initially in the top bottom and left windows Default Status Left Status Top Status Bottom Status Defining which log messages will be displayed You can specify that log messages should be displayed immediately in the interface instead of written to a log You can also specify at which level the immediate display should begin The lowest level is none indicating that no messages should be displayed in the command line interface The highest level is debug Log Message Level 5 2 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Creating User Profiles Understanding command permissions Understanding command permissions Permissions control which actions the user who logs in with a particular profile can perform on the TAOS unit Each permission enables the use of a command class When you use the Help command to display available commands the left column shows command names and the right column shows the command class For example admin gt arptable auth cadslLines callroute cgCtrl clear clock source clr history connection dadslLines user system user system diagnostic system user diagnostic system system system date debug delete device dir
248. helves over the intershelf TDM bus On the master shelf the command displays statistics for the slave shelves On a slave shelf it displays statistics for the master and other slaves Usage msstat Example From a master shelf admin gt msstat SH State 2 4 3 4 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 9 2 TxOs TxSeq RxSeq Resend Timer LinkUp 0 13312 13116 3 0 2 O 12405 11822 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 Note that there are entries for all shelves 2 9 even though this system has only three shelves The MSstat command s output includes the following fields Field SH State TxOs TxSeq RxSeq Resend Timer LinkUp Description Shelf number Indicates the state of the multishelf communications Values can be e 1 No communications e 2 Communications are initializing e 3 Communications are initializing e 4 Operational Number of messages in queue but not yet sent Number of messages sent Number of messages received Number of retransmitted messages Number of seconds the shelf has been in the current state Number of times communications between the shelves have been established 4 28 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands NetlF Example From a slave shelf shelf router 3 17 gt msstat SH State TxOs TxSeq RxSeq Resend Timer LinkUp 1 4 0 13693 13991 0 0 1 Note that on a slave shelf only the mas
249. idual files with a f fs filename extension For example apxsr ffs tnt8tl ffs tnthdlc2 ffs The new flash format also allows you to load a new software version or configuration data to the TAOS from a laptop running Windows or OS 2 rather than from a TFTP server Because the FAT on FTL format is supported only on linear flash cards in this release the laptop must have FTL linear flash Loading file to the flash file system The Load command supports an image type of fi 1e for Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP transfers to a flash card formatted for the FAT 16 format Images of type file are not checked for an Internet Telnet Protocol ITP header and are stored by name in the current directory of the specified flash card For example the following command loads a voice announcement file named busy au from a TFTP server at 10 10 10 10 to the current directory on flash card 1 the default admin gt load file network 10 10 10 10 busy au When used to load a tar file the Load command lists the filename of each code image in the file as the image is being extracted For example admin gt load tar network 10 10 10 10 apxrel tar file apxrel tar untaring and loading image for shelf controller apxsr apxsr ffs 8tl card tnt8tl tnt8tl ffs skipping t3 card tntt3 tntt3 ffs APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide TAOS System Administration Using PCMCIA flash cards ether3 card tntenet3 tntenet3 f
250. ilable from the status lights on the card and in the DS3 ATM Stat profile Toggle a local loopback Toggle a remote loopback Synchronize to the DS3 ATM profile The TAOS unit automatically re reads the line configuration whenever it comes up Clear the error counters Displays this summary For example to view overall status information about the DS3 ATM line enter the Framer command with the d option ds3 atm 1 4 gt framer d Framer is Enabled RED_ALARM_LED t OEE YELLOW_ALARM_LED Off AIS_LED x VOEE OOF_LED Off ACTIVE_LED On F Bit Error Counter 35 P Bit Error Counter 20 C PBit Error Counter 10 FEB Error Counter 51 BPV Error Counter 12 EZD Error Counter 39 Following are the Framer command output fields with descriptions State Red_Alarm_LED Yellow_Alarm_LED AIS_LED OOF_LED Description On indicates the line is not connected or it is improperly configured experiencing a very high error rate or supplying inadequate synchronization On indicates the card is receiving yellow alarm from far end On indicates the card is receiving alarm indication signal On indicates the near end is in an out of frame condition APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 1 13 Administering Slot Cards Administering DS3 ATM cards State Description Active_LED On indicates multipoint established The remaining parameters indicate the
251. ine port or channel The command uses the following syntax admin gt quiesce dje r q t line where e q quiesces a single DSO channel e e restores a quiesced DSO channel e r line restores the quiesced line e q line quiesces a PRI line e t toggles the diagnostic display For example to quiesce a T1 PRI line at port 4 of a card installed in slot 2 admin gt quiesce q 1 2 4 QUIESCE line 1 2 4 enable T isPri T Restoring a line or channel that has been quiesced can take up to 3 5 minutes because only 1 service message per channel is sent to the switch at a rate of one per second To restore the line quiesced in the preceding example admin gt quiesce r 1 2 4 QUIESCE line 1 2 4 enable T isPri T Following is an example of quiescing a single channel admin gt quiesce d 1 2 4 1 Specifying FDL The facilities data link FDL is used by the telephone company to monitor the quality and performance of T1 lines If your carrier s maintenance devices require regular data link reports and if the line is not configured for D4 framing you can specify the type of protocol to use AT amp T ANSI or Sprint You cannot use FDL reporting on a line configured for D4 framing However you can obtain D4 and ESF performance statistics in the FDL Stats windows or the DSX MIB even if you do not choose an FDL protocol For further information see the Frame Type parameter descr
252. ine displays the top six program counter addresses from the execution stack active at the time of the crash Syslog messages Syslog offloads to a host computer known as the Syslog host The Host parameter in the Log profile specifies the Syslog host which saves the system status messages in a log file See the UNIX man pages about logger 1 syslog 3 syslog conf 5 and syslogd 8 for details of the syslog daemon The Syslog function requires UDP port 514 The TAOS unit can report the following session data about various errors logged via Syslog Data Description shelf slot line channel Physical channel identifier MBID xxx Session identifier name The authenticated name calling gt called The calling number or the called number or both Progress code A TAOS unit specific code indicating the progress of the call For a list of progress codes see the APX S000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference Disconnect code A TAOS unit specific code indicating the reason the call was disconnected For a list of disconnect codes see the APX S000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference For a given session identifier multiple physical channel identifiers are possible For example one identifier might be for a T1 lineThis is shown in the sample log below in which messages include the MBID DNIS and CLID in brackets In this example slot 1 2 is an 8T1 card and slot 1 3 is a 48 modem card 1 2 1 2 BID 1 9995551212 gt
253. installed in the left controller as well as lists primary status on the multishelf system super gt show Controller left controller PRIMARY APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 1 1 Administering Slot Cards Viewing installed slot cards helf 1 slot 34 hdlc2ec card n helf 1 slot 36 8t1l card n shelf 1 slot 38 ether3 card shelf 1 slot 2 0 UP csmx card shelf 1 slot 4 0 UP hdlc2ec card shelf 1 slot 5 0 UP madd2 card shelf 1 sslot 7 0 UP oc3 atm card shelf 1 slot 8 0 UP hdlc2ec card shelf 1 slot 9 0 UP ether3 card shelf 1 slot 11 0 RESET 8el card shelf 1 slot 12 0 UP hdlc2 card shelf 1 slot 13 0 UP csmx card shelf 1 slot 14 0 UP hdlc2 card shelf 1 slot 15 0 UP hdlc2ec card shelf 1 slot 16 0 UP hdlc2ec card shelf 1 slot 17 0 UP hdlc2ec card shelf 1 slot 19 0 UP ether3 card shelf 1 slot 20 0 UP hdlc2 card shelf 1 slot 21 0 UP hdlc2 card shelf 1 slot 22 0 UP csmx card shelf 1 slot 23 0 UP t3 card shelf 1 slot 24 0 UP hdlc2 card shelf 1 slot 25 0 UP hdlc2 card shelf 1 slot 26 0 UP csmx card shelf 1 slot 27 0 UP hdlc2 card shelf 1 slot 29 0 UP ether3 card shelf 1 slot 30 0 UP csmx card shelf 1 slot 33 0 UP t3 card 0 P 0 P 0 P 0 P shelf 1 slot 39 ether3 card The output lists the physical address of each slot in which a slot card is installed The address is in the f
254. interface table entries for the Ethernet interface toggles the debug display and marks an interface as enabled or disabled This command is available on the shelf controller and on host cards such as the Ethernet modem and HDLC cards The output differs slightly depending on where the command is executed Usage ifmgr d ifnam ifnum t upldown ifnumlifname Syntax element Description d Display interface table entries d ifname ifnum Display details of the specified interface name or number 4 16 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands IFMgr Syntax element E Description Toggle debug display up down ifnum ifname Enable or disable the specified interface These options have the same effect as setting the Enabled parameter in the Ethernet profile and are subject to the same limitations Example To view the IFMgr usage summary for an Ethernet card in slot 4 first open a session to the card admin gt open 1 4 Then you can use the d option to view the interface number and name ether 1 4 gt ifmgr d if slot if u p ifname mac addr local addr 000 0 00 000 pbo 000000000000 0 0 0 0 32 001 1 17 011 iel 4 1 00c07b6d23f0 11 1 1 1 32 002 1 17 013 iel 4 2 00cO7b6d23f1 11 1 2 1 32 003 1 17 015 iel 4 3 00cO7b6d23f2 11 1 3 1 32 004 1 17 017 iel 4 4 00cO0O7b6d23f3 11 1 4 1 32 005 1 17 019 iel 4 5 00cO7b6d23f4 11 1 5 1 32 lt end gt The IFMgr d output for an Eth
255. ion Guide Network Administration Diagnostic tools for TCP IP networks Logging into a network host The Rlogin and Telnet commands enable you to log into a network host from the TAOS unit Using the Rlogin command The Rlogin command initiates a login session from a host card such as a modem or HDLC card to a remote host For example to log into the host techpubs first open a session with the host card Then issue the Rlogin command hdlc 1 16 gt rlogin techpubs Password Last login Wed Oct 2 10 31 36 from marcel marceau SunOS Release 4 1 4 TECHPUBS BOE 1 Wed Jan 4 08 56 59 PDT 2000 techpubs You can log out of the remote host by entering the Rlogin escape sequence tilde dot techpubs Connection closed Or you can log out explicitly techpubs logout Connection closed If you wish you can change the default escape character from a tilde to any other character For details see the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference If your user name on the TAOS unit is different from your user name on the remote host you can specify a user name on the Rlogin command line For example admin gt rlogin 1l marcel techpubs Password Using the Telnet command The Telnet command initiates a login session to a remote host For example to Telnet into the host techpubs admin gt telnet techpubs Connecting to techpubs 10 65 212 19 Escape character is Connected SunOS UNIX techpubs Yo
256. ion Guide 4 23 Using Debug Commands ModemDrvDump Lif 533 1 173 0 0 173 Lh 172 1 6 0 174 0 0 174 174 174 dif Ti EA 0 0 173 173 173 1 8 1 173 0 0 Lo 173 173 Lips 9 0 174 0 0 174 174 174 1 10 2 172 0 0 172 172 T72 1 fads 1 BAS 0 0 LES 173 173 1 12 1 173 0 0 173 173 173 1 13 0 174 0 0 174 174 174 1 14 1 173 0 0 173 173 173 Lf VS 3 171 0 0 171 171 170 ModemDrvDump Description Displays information about the status of each modem Usage Enter modemdrvdump at the command prompt Example Following is a message about modem 0 the first modem in the modem card in slot 3 on the TAOS unit The numbers in brackets indicate number of calls with unexpected open requests unexpected Rcode events unexpected release events and unexpected timeouts MODEMDRV 3 0 Unexp Open Rcode R1sd TimOut 0 0 0 0 ModemDrvState Description Displays communication to and from the modem driver on the TAOS unit You can see which buffers are allocated and which AT command strings are being used to establish modem connections You can also determine whether data is received from the modem in an understandable format If line quality is poor the modem driver attempts to parse incoming data from the modem but it might not be successful This command can be used in conjunction with the MDialout command to get detailed information about outbound modem calls The command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display Usag
257. ional information in the line status area The Down Arrow and Up Arrow keys display the next and previous T1 line in the list respectively The Page Down and Page Up keys display the list a screen at a time When the line status mode message is displayed the system prompt does not appear at the bottom of the window Press the Escape key to exit this mode and return to the system prompt Line status information includes the following identifiers and codes 1 8 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Administering Slot Cards Displaying line status e Line identifier in shelf slot line format e Two character code indicating the line s link status e Single character code indicating channel status e Single character code indicating channel type Following are the link status codes Code LA link active LS UDS3 lines LF UDS3 lines NT TE RA red alarm YA yellow alarm DF d channel fail 1S all ones ID idle DS3 only WF wrong framing DS3 only Description The line is active and physically connected Loss of Signal No signal has been detected Loss of Frame A signal is present but is not valid for framing The El line is active and configured as network side equipment The El line is active and configured as user side equipment The line is unconnected improperly configured experiencing a very high error rate experiencing a loss of receive signal or is not su
258. iption in the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference Note DS3 level FDL capabilities such as the Far End Alarm and Control Channel FEAC and Path Maintenance Data Link are currently unsupported To specify the type of FDL proceed as in the following example admin gt read t1 1 2 1 T1 shelf 1 slot 2 1 read admin gt set fdl none at amp t ansi sprint admin gt write 1 20 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Administering Slot Cards Administering T1 and T3 cards Checking the status of T1 channels To show T1 channel information enter the T1Channels command Use the following syntax admin gt tlchannels a ld cli where e a displays all available channels e d displays the disabled channels e c displays all possible channels e i displays in use channels For example to display all T1 channels available use the a option admin gt tlchannels a T1 channels available for use dvOp dvUpSt dvRq sAdm nailg Channel 1 1 3 1 Up Idle UP UP 00000 Channel 1 1 3 2 Up Idle UP UP 00000 Channel 1 1 3 3 Up Idle UP UP 00000 Channel 1 1 3 4 Up Idle UP UP 00000 Channel 1 1 3 5 Up Idle UP UP 00000 Channel 1 1 3 6 Up Idle UP UP 00000 Channel f abo oT Bs p oh oh Up Idle UP UP 00000 Channel 1 1 3 8 Up Idle UP UP 00000 Channel 1 1 3 9 Up Idle UP UP 00000 Channel 1 1 3
259. is case it is the hardware MAC address of the calling device admin gt mpentry MpID required admin gt mpentry 28 MP entry 28 BOS55DE60 MpID 28 Flags delete No remote No ncp Yes mpp Yes bacp No bundle id 15 octets BO558BE0 0000 03 00 CO 7B 53 97 07 73 65 63 61 2D 68 73 76 vjInfo B0562060 startTime 227521989 mrru local 1524 peer 1524 send ifIx 1 count 0 seq 77268 recv seq 75046 IF 50 send idle 0 recv idle 1 last seq 75045 mode 0 chans 1 Head Tail Reassembe packet cnt 0 bad lrg pkts 0 4 26 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands MPPCM MPPCM MPtoggle Description Displays MP call management information The command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display You can use it in conjunction with the MPtoggle command since each command logs debug from a different place in code but both display information based on multichannel connections Usage Enter mppem at the command prompt Example admin gt mppcm MPPCM debug is now ON The following 8 messages indicate that a second channel is added to a 1 channel MP connection PP 5 Event Utilization CurrentState Idle A PP 5 check dynamic says current 1 recommended 2 PP 5 requesting 1 additional channel s PP 5 1 call s posssible PP 5 new state is Add C PP 5 Event RxAddComplete CurrentState Add C PP 5 enterIdleA AddLock Yes RemoveLock No
260. is permission enables the user to invoke the Terminal Server command and use the terminal server interface Terminal Server 5 4 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Creating User Profiles Sample User profiles Table 5 2 Permissions and associated commands continued Permission Command class Commands in this class Allow Password N A The Allow Password permission enables the user to view passwords If set to No the user sees a row of asterisks instead of the actual configured password If the administrator that backs up system configurations does not have the Allow Password permission set to Yes passwords are not saved as part of the configuration Sample User profiles If you have administrative privileges you can create any number of User profiles that grant other administrators various degrees of access to the system When you create a new profile by specifying its index on the command line the Default profile is used as the template In the following is an example an administrator creates a read write administrative login named Bill which has access to System Diagnostic and Update command classes admin gt new user admin USER admin read admin gt set name bill admin gt set password my password admin gt set allow password yes admin gt set allow code no admin gt write USER bill written Following is an example of creating a User p
261. iv protocol no priv APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 6 5 SNMP Administration SNMP support Parameter SNMP Message Type Security Level Name Password Active Enabled Read Write Access Auth Protocol Priv Protocol Specifies SNMP protocol used by the SNMP agent in the unit If the parameter is set to v1 and v3 the default the SNMP agent uses both SNMPv1 and SNMPv3 protocols With the vl only setting the SNMP agent uses only the SNMPv1 protocol and will discard SNMPv3 messages If the parameter is set to v3 onl1y the SNMP agent uses only the SNMPv3 protocol Security level of the SNMP agent when SNMPV3 is in use With the default none setting no security level checking is required for incoming message If the parameter is set to auth nopriv the SNMPv3 USM User profile for the user sending a message must have the Auth Protocol set to md5 auth or sha auth Otherwise the SNMP agent returns a REPORT message to the manager indicating an unsupported security level This parameter does not apply to SNMPv1 messages Username Messages sent to or from the SNMP engine on behalf of this name will use the security parameters specified in this profile The value can contain up to 23 characters and can include special characters by using the xNN format with the ASCII code for the character For example the value test x20 x21 represents the string test A password up to 20 characters in
262. ject s desired state and SNMP interface number At system startup the TAOS unit reads the Admin State profiles If the addressed device is not present in the system and has been replaced by a device of another type the TAOS unit deletes that profile and creates a new one with a new SNMP interface number The next time the system is reset or power cycles the old device s SNMP interface number becomes available for reassignment This means that pulling a slot card does not free up interface numbers When you reinstall the slot card the same interface number is assigned Also pulling a slot card and replacing it with a slot card of another type does not free up the old interface numbers until the next power cycle or system reset For example each T1 line has an Admin State Phys If profile and each of the 48 modems on a modem card has a profile To read the Admin State Phys If profile for the first T1 line in Slot 2 use the Read and List commands as in the following example admin gt read admin state phys if 1 2 1 ADMIN STATE PHYS IF shelf 1 slot 2 1 read admin gt list in ADMIN STATE PHYS IF shelf 1 slot 2 1 device address shelf 1 slot 2 1 slot type 8tl card snmp interface 34 modem table index 0 desired state admin state up desired trap stat trap stat nabled Using the Telnet Access Control List TACL profile To enable you to permit Telnet access to the TAOS unit only from speci
263. kts sent 27343 Unicast pkts sent 1154 LS adv aged out 0 LS adv flushed 507 Incremental ext 5 updates 1014 Incremental ext 7 updates 0 3 18 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Network Administration Diagnostic tools for OSPF routers External Type 5 LSA database Current state Normal Number of LSAs 43 Number of overflows 0 The following table describes the output Field Specifies OSPF version Version of the OSPF protocols running OSPF Router ID IP address assigned to the TAOS unit which is typically the address specified for the Ethernet interface AS boundary Yes if the TAOS unit functions as an ASBR or No if it does capability not function as an ASBR Attached areas Number of areas to which this TAOS unit attaches Estimated ext 5 Number of ASE 5 routes that the TAOS unit can maintain routes before it goes into an overload state OSPF packets rcvd Total number of OSPF packets received by the TAOS unit OSPF packets rcvd Total number of OSPF errored packets received by the TAOS w errs unit Transit nodes Allocated transit nodes generated only by Router LSAs Type allocated 1 and Network LSAs Type 2 Transit nodes freed Freed transit nodes generated only by Router LSAs Type 1 and Network LSAs Type 2 LS adv freed Number of LSAs freed Queue headers alloc Number of queue headers allocated LSAs can reside in multiple queues Queue headers are the elements of the q
264. l No D Channel D Channel failure Active Multipoint established The channel state parameter shows the state of each channel Possible states are State Description Unavailable Not available Unused Not in use Out of service Out of service Nailed up Nailed The Error Count parameter shows an error count for each channel For complete descriptions of the parameters in the T1 Stat profile see to the APX 8O00 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference Using UDS3 Stat profiles To display the status of the UDS3 line read and list the UDS3 Stat profile as in the following example APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 7 11 Using Administrative Profiles Using UDS3 Stat profiles admin gt read uds3 stat 1 13 1 UDS3 STAT shelf 1 slot 13 1 read admin gt list line state active f bit error count 0 p bit error count 0 cp bit error count 0 feb error count 0 bpv error count 0 loss of signal False loss of frame False yellow receive False ais receive False The Line State parameter shows the overall state of the line which can be any of the following State Description Does Not Exist Link is not physically on board Disabled Line disabled Loss of Signal Near end has lost signal Loss of Frame Near end has lost frame also known as a red alarm Yellow Alarm Receiving yellow alarm from far end AIS Receive Receiving alarm indication signal Active Multipoint established Th
265. l 7 0 103 0 204 00 103 100 204 Full DR 0 0 0 5 iel 7 4 3 30 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Network Administration Diagnostic tools for IPX routers 10123 0254 100 103 100 123 Full BDR 0 0 0 5 iel 7 4 106 102 0 2 10y102 0s2 Init 0 0 0 5 inl 102101 052 102101 0 2 Full 0 0 0 5 ml The fields in the output contain the following information Field Specifies Neighbor ID Address assigned to the interface In the TAOS unit the IP address is always the address assigned to the Ethernet interface Neighbor addr IP address of the router used to reach a neighbor often the same address as the neighbor itself State State of the link state database exchange Full indicates that the databases are fully aligned between the TAOS unit and its neighbor For a description of possible states see RFC 1583 LSrxl Number of LSAs in the retransmission list DBsum Number of LSAs in the database summary list LSreq Number of LSAs in the request list Prio Designated router election priority assigned to the TAOS unit Tic Interface name for the Ethernet or Connection profile name for the WAN To display information about a particular OSPF neighbor append the Neighbor ID to the nbrs option For example admin gt ospf nbrs 10 105 0 4 OSPF Router ID 10 105 0 4 Neighbor IP address 10 105 0 4 Neighbor State 0x8 2Way Physical interface iel 7 1 iel 7 1 DR choice 10 105 0 8 Backup choice 10 105 0 49 D
266. l profile specifies whether the TAOS unit responds to directed broadcast ICMP echo requests If set to No the system does not respond to any directed broadcast ICMP requests The setting of this parameter is shown in the Directed Bcast field in the Ifmgr output IPXRIPdebug Description Displays incoming and outgoing IPX RIP traffic The command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display Usage Enter ipxripdebug at the command prompt Example admin gt ipxripdebug IPX RIP state display is ON The following message appears as the TAOS unit sends an IPX RIP packet announcing its route IPXRIP 10000a17 announced 0 routes on interface 1000 Next a Pipeline 50 has dialed the TAOS unit The TAOS unit receives a RIP route from the Pipeline IPXRIP received response from ac1b0001 00c07b5e04c0O 1 nets The following message indicates that the TAOS unit is delaying sending a RIP packet to prevent the interpacket arrival time from being shorter than busy slow boxes can handle An IPX router should never violate the minimum broadcast delay IPX RIP too soon to send on interface 1000 IPXRIP 10000a81 announced 0 routes on interface 1000 IPXRIP received response from ac1b0001 00c07b6204c0O 1 nets IPXRIP 10000aa6 announced 0 routes on interface 1000 IPXRIP received response from ac1b0001 00c07b5504c0O 1 nets IPXRIP 10000abc announced 0 routes on interface 1000 4 20 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using
267. ld contains periods this membership never expires Counts Number of packets forwarded to the client number of packets dropped due to lack of resources and the state of the membership The state is displayed for debugging purposes 3 16 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Network Administration Diagnostic tools for IGMP multicast interfaces Displaying IGMP client information To display a list of multicast clients enter the IGMP command with the client option admin gt igmp client IGMP Clients Client Version RecvCount CLU ALU 0 Mbone t 0 0 0 2 1 39 68 67 1 1 33310 65 65 The output contains the following fields Field Client Version RecvCount CLU ALU Description ID of the interface on which the client resides The value 0 zero represents the Ethernet Other numbers are WAN interfaces numbered according to when they became active Mbone is the interface on which the multicast router resides Version of IGMP being used Number of IGMP messages received on the client s interface Current Line Utilization and Average Line Utilization Both indicate the percentage of bandwidth utilized across this interface If bandwidth utilization is high some IGMP packet types are not forwarded APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 3 17 Network Administration Diagnostic tools for OSPF routers Diagnostic tools for OSPF routers The OSPF diagnostic level commands enable the ad
268. le the TAOS unit enables the Ascendump daemon to solicit a dump from the TAOS unit The Ascendump daemon is operating in client mode and the TAOS unit s core dump facility is operating in server mode admin gt coredump remote Once remote core dumps are enabled on the TAOS unit an administrator can pull a core dump as in the following example ascendump d usr ascendumps tnt10 where usr ascendumps is the directory on the Ascendump server and tnt 10 is the name of the TAOS unit from which to get the core dump Initiating an immediate core dump In the next example an administrator forces an immediate core dump admin gt coredump now Getting core dumps from slot cards You can configure the Ascendump daemon to request a core dump from a particular TAOS unit s slot In the following example the modem card in slot 4 of the TAOS named tnt10 will write to the Ascendump server when it crashes 1 After opening a session with the card execute Coredump with the remote option modem 4 gt coredump remote 2 Start the Ascendump daemon in slot mode ascendump v u s 4 d usr ascendump Disabling core dumps To disable core dumps on the TAOS admin gt coredump disable coredump over UDP is disabled Fatal error log and core dumps The fatal error log lists the pseudouser coredump as the responsible user when the master shelf controller resets after a core dump For example OPERATOR RESET Index 99 Revision
269. lease Only data filters are currently supported Overview of local profile settings Following are the local parameters related to dynamic remote filters in ANSWER DEFAULTS session info filter required no in CONNECTION session options filter required no data filter in IP GLOBAL default filter cache time 1440 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 5 9 Creating User Profiles Creating and managing remote user profile filters Parameter Specifies Filter Required Whether access to the filter is required for the session With the default value of No the system establishes the session even if the specified filter is not found If the parameter is set to yes the system disconnects the call if the filter is not found This setting does not apply if the profile does not refer to a filter by name The Answer Defaults setting is used for RADIUS user profiles that apply a filter and do not explicitly specify a value for Ascend Filter Required 50 Data Filter Name of a Filter profile associated with the connection The name can be of a local profile or a filter pseudo user profile in RADIUS However if a local Connection profile does not use authentication it cannot specify a RADIUS filter profile Default Filter Cache Number of minutes to cache RADIUS filter profiles that do not Time include a value for Ascend Cache Time 57 The default is 1440 24 hours Once the cache timer expi
270. ls Example The number of pools displayed is usually very large The following example displays just a portion of the typical output admin gt pools Pool Name size limit inUse hiWat heapAdrs Accounting Session Change Registrants 8 0 1 1 103CCAEO AcctEvnt 14 0 127 127 103CCAEO AfsHashEntry 191 0 0 0 103CCBEO AfsTaskMsg 219 0 0 0 103CCBEO AssignedChannelPool 32 0 127 139 103CCAEO AuthData 116 0 0 0 103CCBEO BrouterPool 80 0 2 14 103CCB60 volatile profile instance 16 0 171 184 103CCAEO volatile profile type info 12 0 7 7 103CCAEO The first portion of the Pools command output includes the following fields Field Description Pool name Pool name Size Size of the pool in kilobytes Limit Maximum number of buffers that can be allocated to a pool InUse Number of pools in use HiWat Highest number of pools allocated to a task since the TAOS unit was brought up HeapAdrs Memory address of pool Following the list of pools the Pools command displays a summary of memory usage total pools 175 total buffers in use 10593 total memalloc 261685 total memfree 258558 memalloc in use 3129 memalloc failures 0 memfree failures 0 memalloc high water 3146 Histogram of memalloc d memory block sizes 2659 buffers in range 64 127 632 buffers in range 128 255 2 buffers in range 256 511 22 buffers in range 512 1023 9 buffers in range 1024 2047 21 buffers in range 2048 4095 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 3
271. lse specifies that the local device has not received a Yellow Alarm indication True indicates that the local device has received alarm indication signal False indicates local device has not received and alarm indication signal The T1 Stat profile displays the status of the T1 lines and their channels Each T1 line has a separate profile When the T3 card is operational it creates a T3 Stat profile and twenty eight T1 Stat profiles which store the current status of the DS3 and each component DS1 7 10 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Administrative Profiles Using UDS3 Stat profiles To display the status of the T1 line read and list the T1 Stat profile as in the following example admin gt read t1l stat 1 8 1 T1 STAT shelf 1 slot 8 1 read admin gt list physical address shelf 1 slot 10 7 line state disabled channel state disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled error count 00000000000 000000000000 0 J loss of carrier False loss of sync False ais receive False yellow receive False ber receive False carrier established False network loopback False The Line State parameter shows the overall state of the line which can be any of the following State Description Does Not Exist Link is not physically on board Disabled Line disabled Loss of Sync Red alarm state plus or minus Yellow Alarm Yellow alarm state AIS Receive Receiving keep alive signa
272. lt of 1700 admin gt radservdump Rad serv vars port 1700 sockId 8 0 clients 1010101 1 clients 2020202 2 clients 0 3 clients 0 4 clients 0 5 clients 0 6 clients 0 7 clients 0 8 clients 0 RADsessdump Description Displays the state of all RADIUS Accounting sessions Usage Enter radsessdump at the command prompt Example admin gt radsessdump RadActSess state route sessID loadd 00289 252365175 012032 local nasPort authM evTime 5239 32 4 38 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands RADstats RADstats loadd 00288 252365174 012032 local 523946 loadd 00287 252365173 012032 local 523945 loadd 00286 252365172 012032 local 523946 loadd 00227 252355493 012032 local 370610 loadd 00226 252355492 012032 local 370611 loadd 00225 252355491 012032 local 370608 loadd 00224 252355490 012032 local 370609 loadd 00004 252332182 012032 none 29 loadd 00003 252332181 012032 none 28 loadd 00002 252332180 012032 none 27 loadd 00001 252332179 012032 none 26 The RADsessdump command displays the following information Column Name Description Route Internal route ID SessID Session ID This depends on the route ID NASPort Statistics about the call The first two digits indicate the type of call 1 indicates a digital call 2 indicates an analog call The next two digits indicate the line on which the call was received The last two digits indicate the channel on which the call was rec
273. ltiple IP interfaces on an Ethernet port eee eeeeeereeeeeenees 1 18 Administering T1 and T3 cards 0 cee eecceseeecseesceceessecaeceseeseceseeseceseeeeseeseaeseeeeaeeeaeeaees 1 19 Quiescing a PRI line or T1 channels 2 00 eee eceeeeeeecneeeeecaeeaecaeceseeaeenseeseeeeeeees 1 19 Using the Maintenance State parameter eee cece ceeeeeeeeeeeseecsecaeecseenseeaeens 1 19 Using the Qiesce command 4 2 cessiecs sessseessesaisectected eea a e E E EERE 1 20 Specifying BD eere eas toa a E E R in os E oats ten es E 1 20 Checking the status of T1 channels s sssessssseeseseeesserereessseersseerssreesresrsresrerrssenteseneses 1 21 Displaying DS1 level diagnostics for T1 cards e eesesseeesseeeessreersresrrrrsreersseerssrereses 1 22 The FE LOO p comma a a A sey sas sees Sebel taut RE T AARE E EES 1 23 Using DS3rdiagnostics cee ei E E wnt eee ee a a ioe R 1 24 Performing an external loopback eee ceceseeeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeneeseecaecsaecaeeaeaeens 1 25 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide v Contents Performing an internal loopback o 0 eee cece ceseeeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeaeeseecaecsaecseeaeeaeens 1 25 Administering E1 Cards oeisio ae erone EE hea agen EE EE E RS EES aS 1 26 Administering UDS3 cards 00 ee ecesceceseceeceeeeeeceseeeeeeseecsecaaesaecsaesaeceseeseseeseaeeeeseaeseaeeaee 1 27 Using the UDS3lines command sssini ssri neoe irrien rE reesi seiss 1 27 Using the UDS3Dump command 0 eee ee ceceeeeeeceeeeeeecaeece
274. m e The Load setting causes the system to load the image even if there is no card of that type installed e The Skip setting causes the system to skip the image even if there is a card of that type installed Loading an extracted code image You can override the settings in the Load Select profile with options to the Load command For example if you extract the contents of a Tar archive and then issue the following Load command admin gt load mdm56k network 10 10 10 10 apxmdm56k ffs The system loads the 56K modem image even if the Load Select profile indicates that it should be skipped For details on the Load command see the APX SOO0 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference Backing up and restoring a configuration The Save command saves all configured profiles all profiles of a specified type or a specific profile to a file on a local disk or to a file on a network host You can then use that file to restore the TAOS unit s configuration Note that to save passwords you must have sufficient permissions to view password fields for a discussion of permissions see Understanding command permissions on page 5 3 Saving the configuration to a local file To save the TAOS unit s configuration to a file on the system you are using to access the TAOS unit turn on the capture function in your VT100 emulation software and enter the Save command as follows admin gt save a console APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 2
275. mUsedCount 3 disabledLanModemBadCount 4 disabledLanModemLast32 5 firewallGroup 16 The firewallGroup is defined as nterpris deadLanModem 7 deadLanModemTable 8 deadLanModemEntry 1 deadLanModemSlotindex 1 deadLanModemPortindex 2 deadLanModemSiate 3 busyLanModem 9 busyLanModemiTable 10 busyLanModemEntry 1 busyLanModemSlotindex 1 busyLanModemPortIndex 2 busyLanModemUsedCount 3 busyLanModemBadCount 4 busyLanModemLast32 5 busyDirection 6 suspect TrapState 11 firewallGroup 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 16 It contains the following objects firewallStatus 1 firewallControl 2 fwallCtrlRuleName 1 fwallCtrlExecute 2 fwallCtrlTimeOut 3 fwallCtrlExtAdar 4 fwallCtrlExtAddrMask 5 fwallCtrlExtPort 6 fwallCtrlExtPortMax 7 fwallCtrlintAdar 8 fwallCtrlintAddrMask 9 fwallCtrlintPort 10 fwallCtrlintPortMax 11 fwallCtrlRoutAdar 12 fwallCtriAddrOpts 13 nterpris ascend 16 with this value 6 38 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide SNMP Administration Ascend MIB hierarchy wanDialoutPkt 17 The wanDialoutPkt group is defined as wanDialoutPkt 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 17 enterprise ascend 17 with this value It contains the following objects wanDialoutPktTableSize 1 wanDialoutPktMaxSize 2 wanDialoutPktCount 3 wanDialoutPktTable 4 wanDialoutPktEntry 1 wanDialoutPktindex 1 wanDialoutPktTime 2 wanDialoutPkt
276. ments retransmitted 5 active closes 0 passive closes 0 disconnects while awaiting retransmission oon oO icmp 216 packets received 0 packets received with errors Input histogram 216 echo requests APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 3 11 Network Administration Diagnostic tools for TCP IP networks 271 packets transmitted 0 packets not transmitted due to lack of resources Output histogram 216 echo replies 24 destination unreachable 31 time exceeded ip 28860 packets received packets received with header errors packets received with address errors packets received forwarded packets received with unknown protocols 0 inbound packets discarded 17310 packets delivered to upper layers 2084 transmit requests 0 discarded transmit packets 49 outbound packets with no route 0 reassemblies timeout 268 reassemblies required 12 reassemblies succeeded 244 reassemblies failed 12 fragmentation succeeded 0 fragmentation failed 24 fragmented packets created 0 route discards due to lack of memory 64 default ttl O OO O igmp packets received bad checksum packets received bad version packets received query packets received leave packets received packets transmitted query packets sent response packets sent leave packets sent OOO OOGO One mcast packets received packets forwarded packets in error packets dropped packets transmitted D O O O O 3 12 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administrat
277. min State Perm If profile contains the following parameters shown here with sample values in ADMIN STATE PERM IF frswanl station frswanl snmp interface 19 desired state admin state up desired trap stat trap stat nabled inet profile type 1 Parameter Specifies Station Name of a nailed profile PPP or Frame Relay which may be a SNMP Interface Desired State Desired Trap Sate Inet Profile Type local Connection profile or a RADIUS profile Interface table index assigned to the nailed interface whose state is stored in this profile The system assigns a numeric value Desired administrative state of the addressed device The system sets it to Admin State Down if an operator downs the device or to Admin State Up if an operator attempts to bring up the device in normal operations mode An operator can change the admin state by using SNMP SET commands or the Slot or If Admin commands Desired link up down enable state of the interface The system sets it to Trap State Enabled if an operator specifies that linkUp linkDown traps should be generated for the interface or to Trap State Disabled if an operator specifies that linkUp linkDown traps should not be generated for the interface If the nailed profile is a local profile 0 or a RADIUS profile 1 Using the Admin State Phys If profile The Admin State Phys If profile holds information about the system s physical interfaces For
278. minimum_period 13 Iqgm_maximum_period 14 minimum_channels 16 answerProfile__mp_answer__maximum_channels 17 dynamic_algorithm 20 answerProfile__mpp_answer__bandwidth_monitor_direction 21 answerProfile__mpp_answer__increment_channel_count 22 answerProfile__mpp_answer__decrement_channel_count 23 seconds_history 24 mpp_answer__add_persistence 25 mpp_answer__sub_persistence 26 target_utilization 27 answerProfile__x25_answer__enabled 33 X25_answer answerProfile x25_protile 34 answerProfile x25 _answer X3_profile 35 answerProfile x25 _answer max_calls 36 answerProfile x25_answer vc_timer_enable 37 answerProfile xX25_answer auto_call_x121_address 38 answerProfile xX25_answer reverse_charge 39 answerProfile xX25_answer X3_custom_prof 40 answerProfile gt _comb_answer__enabled 41 answerProfile__comb_answer__password_required 42 answerProfile__comb_answer_ interval 43 answerProfile__comb_answer__compression 44 answerProfile__eu_answer__euraw_enabled 45 answerProfile__eu_answer euui_enabled 46 answerProfile__eu_answer dce_adadr 47 answerProfile__eu_answer dte_addr 48 answerProfile__eu_answer__mru 49 answerProfile__ ip _answer__enabled 50 Ip_answer answerProfile vj_header_prediction 51 answerProfile jp_answer assign_address 52 answerProfile Ip_answer
279. ministrator to display information related to OSPF routing including the link state advertisements LSAs border routers routing table and the OSPF areas interfaces statistics and routing table To display the usage statement enter the OSPF command with the option admin gt ospf ospft OSPF help information ospf size OSPF size ospf areas OSPF areas ospf stats OSPF statistics ospf intf ip address OSPF summary detail interface information ospf lsa area ls type ls id ls orig OSPF detail link state advertisement ospf lsdb area OSPF link state DB summary for an ospf nbrs neighbor id OSPF summary detail neighbor information ospf routers OSPF routers ospf ext OSPF external AS advertisements ospf rtab OSPF routing table ospf database OSPF entire database summary ospf internal OSPF internal routes Displaying general information about OSPF routing To display general information about OSPF enter the OSPF command with the st at option For example admin gt ospf stats OSPF version 2 OSPF Router ID 10 103 0 254 AS boundary capability Yes Attached areas 1 Estimated ext 5 routes 65536 OSPF packets rcvd 71788 OSPF packets rcvd w errs 19 Transit nodes allocated 812 Transit nodes freed 7188 LS adv allocated 2870 LS adv freed 2827 Queue headers alloc 64 Queue headers avail 64 Dijkstra runs 10 Incremental summ updates 0 Incremental VL udates 0 Buffer alloc failures 0 Multicast p
280. ms It traces the route an IP packet follows by launching UDP probe packets with a low Time To Live TTL value and then listening for an ICMP time exceeded reply from a router For example to trace the route to the host techpubs admin gt traceroute techpubs traceroute to techpubs 10 65 212 19 30 hops max 0 byte packets 1 techpubs eng ascend com 10 65 212 19 Oms Oms 0Oms Probes start with a TTL of one and increase by one until of the following conditions occur e The TAOS unit receives an ICMP port unreachable message The UDP port in the probe packets is set to an unlikely value such as 33434 because the target host is not intended to process the packets Aport unreachable message indicates that the packets reached the target host and were rejected e The TTL value reaches the maximum value By default the maximum TTL is set to 30 You can use the m option to specify a different TTL For example admin gt traceroute m 60 techpubs traceroute to techpubs 10 65 212 19 60 hops max 0 byte packets 1 techpubs eng abc com 10 65 212 19 Oms Oms Oms TraceRoute sends three probes at each TTL setting The second line of output shows the address of the router and the round trip time of each probe If the probe answers come from different gateways the address of each responding system is shown If there is no response within a three second timeout interval the second line of output lists an asterisk For the details of the Tr
281. n 2 13 displaying status of on T3 card 7 10 getting diagnostics for 1 22 monitoring performance FDL 1 20 quiescing 1 19 1 20 quiescing and switch types 1 19 quiescing ISDN PRI 1 19 T1Channels command using 1 21 using on T3 card 1 21 T1 Stat profile T3 card and 7 10 using 7 10 T1 Stats command using 1 22 T3 alarms displaying 1 24 T3 card displaying status of T1 lines 7 10 displaying status of unchannelized lines 7 11 getting DS1 diagnostics for 1 22 opening session with 1 24 using the DS3Link command 1 24 using theT1Channels command 1 21 T3 lines C bit parity and 1 25 configuring via SNMP 6 2 displaying status of 1 8 enabling external loopback 1 25 enabling internal loopback 1 25 enabling loopback 1 25 getting diagnostics for 1 24 tables routing and interface 3 5 TAOS unit displaying enabled features 2 9 logging in 2 2 resetting 4 40 serial number of 4 41 SNMP support 6 1 system administration overview 2 2 upgrading system software 2 18 TCP displaying information about 3 10 TCP IP system administration for 3 1 TDM bus setting up and querying 4 44 test 4 45 testing 4 44 TDM command using 4 44 TDMtst command using 4 45 Telnet command using 3 13 Telnet debugging 4 46 TelnetDebug command using 4 46 Terminal Server permissions needed to use 5 4 Term Serv permission level explained 2 4 Index 12 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Index time s
282. n written Setting the system name The TAOS unit sends this name to callers whenever it establishes a PPP link The name is not used in DNS lookups You specify the system name in the System profile For example to set the TAOS unit s system name to apx01 proceed as follows admin gt read system SYSTEM read admin gt set name apx01 admin gt write SYSTEM written APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 2 11 TAOS System Administration Setting the system time and date Setting the system time and date This section explains how to set the TAOS unit s system clock The TAOS unit can also use Simple Network Time Protocol SNTP described in RFC 1305 to set and maintain its system time by communicating with an SNTP server across an IP interface For information about configuring the TAOS unit to use SNTP see the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT WAN Routing and Tunneling Configuration Guide Use the Date command to set the system time and date if it is incorrect when the system initializes To view the date and time enter the Date command with no argument admin gt date Mon Dec 20 11 11 00 1999 To set it append the current date and time to the Date command in the following format yymmddhhmm This format uses a two digit number for each of the following settings year month day hour and minute in that order For example admin gt date 9911021743 Mon Dec 20 17 43 00 1999 In the year field 00 89 repr
283. nLineNailedChannels 15 wanLineOutOfServiceChannels 16 wanLineChannelTable 22 wanLineChannelEntry 1 wanLineChannellfindex 1 wanLineChannellndex 2 wanLineChannelState 3 wanLineChannelStateString 4 wanLineChannelErrorCount 5 wanLineChannelUsage 6 wanLineChannelTrunkGroup 7 wanLineChanne lPhoneNumber 8 wanLineChannelSlot 9 wanLineChannelPort 10 wanLineChannelNailedState 11 wanAvailableChannels 23 wanSwitchedChannels 24 wanDisabledChannels 25 wanActiveChannels 26 wanNailedChannels 27 wanOutOfServiceChannels 28 lanTypes 5 The lanTypes group is defined as products enterprise ascend 5 with this value 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 5 The Ascend MIB lanTypes group contains the following objects lanTypeAny 1 lanTypeEthernet 2 lanTypeEtherData 3 6 32 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide SNMP Administration Ascend MIB hierarchy doGroup 6 The doGroup is defined as products enterprise ascend 6 with this value 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 6 The Ascend MIB doGroup contains the following objects doTable 1 doEntry 1 doSlotindex 1 doltemindex 2 doDial 3 doHangUp 4 doAnswer 5 doExtendBW 6 doContractBW 7 doBegEndRemoteLB 8 doBegEndBERT 9 doResynchronize 10 hostStatus 7 The host Status group is defined as hostStatus enterprise ascend 7 with this value 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 7 It contains the following objects host
284. nately enables and disables the debug display Usage Enter stacklimit at the command prompt APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 43 Using Debug Commands TDM TDM Description Used to set up or query the TDM bus Usage tdm option itemA itemB connectionId where option is one of the following Option Description a Allocate by first available Used when setting up a TDM connection to test e Connect channels d Disconnect a channel SE ar Allocate a TDM channel by round robin s Display TDM manager statistics 1 List all connections Toggle TDM manager debug output u Display TDM channel usage statistics Display this summary The other syntax elements are Element Description x number Set the next TDM channel to check itemA Logical address to connect from itemB Logical address to connect to connectionID ID of connection to disconnect Example Following are some examples of output from the TDM command admin gt tdm 1 id cstate cnt tdm src A dst B 1 connected 8 32 01 02 04 001 01 11 01 001 33 01 02 04 002 01 11 01 002 34 01 02 04 003 01 11 01 003 35 01 02 04 004 01 11 01 004 36 01 02 04 005 01 11 01 005 37 01 02 04 006 01 11 01 006 38 01 02 04 007 01 11 01 007 39 01 02 04 008 01 11 01 008 2 connected 24 40 01 02 06 001 01 11 01 009 41 01 02 06 002 01 11 01 010 42 01 02 06 003 01 11 01 011 43 01 02 06 004 01 11 01 012 4 44 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration G
285. netProfile__session_options_ blockcountlimit 76 internetProfile__ip_options__routing_metric 11 internetProfile__session_options__blockduration 77 internetProfile__ip_options__preference 12 internetProfile__session_options__max_atmp_tunnels 78 internetProfile__ip_options__down_preference 13 internetProfile__session_options__max_vtp_tunnels 79 internetProfile__ip_options__private_route 14 internetProfile__session_options__redial_delay_limit 80 internetProfile__ip_options__multicast_allowed 15 internetProfile__session_options__ses_rate_type 81 internetProfile__ip_options__address_pool 16 internetProfile__session_options__ses_rate_mode 82 internetProfile__ip_options__ip_direct 17 internetProfile__session_options__ses_adsl_cap_up_rate 83 internetProfile__ip_options__rip 18 _ internetProfile__session_options__ses_ads _cap_down_rate 84 internetProfile__ip_options__route_filter 19 internetProfile__session_options__ses_adsi_dmt_up_rate 85 internetProfile__ip_options__source_ip_check 20 internetProfile__session_options__ses_ads _dmt_down_rate 86 internetProfile__ip_options__ospf_options__active 21 internetProfile__session_options __rx_data_rate_limit 87 internetProfile__ip_options__ospt_options__area 22 internetProfile__session_options_tx_data_rate_limit 88 internetProfile__ip_options__ospf_options__area_type 23 internetProfile__telco_options__answer_originate 89 internetProfile__ip_options__ospf_options__hello_interval 24 internetProfile__telco
286. netProfile__tcp_clear_options__host 3 internetProfile__usrRad_options__acct_id_base 188 mibinternetProfile__ipx_options__ipx_sap_hs_proxy_netTable 4 internetProfile__ipx_options__ipx_sap_hs_proxy_net__station 1 internetProfile__ijpx_options__ipx_sap_hs_proxy_net__index__ 2 internetProfile__ipx_options__ipx_sap_hs_proxy_net 3 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 6 43 SNMP Administration Ascend MIB hierarchy mibframeRelayProfile 2 The mibframeRelayProfile has the value 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 23 2 The mibframeRelayProfile inthe configuration group contains the following objects mibframeRelayProfile Table 1 mibframeRelayProfileEntry 1 frameRelayProfile__fr_name 1 frameRelayProfile__active 2 frameRelayProfile__nailed_up_group 3 frameRelayProfile__nailed_mode 4 frameRelayProfile__called_number_type 5 frameRelayProfile__switched_call_type 6 frameRelayProfile__phone_number 7 frameRelayProfile__ billing number 8 frameRelayProfile__transit_number 9 frameRelayProfile__link_mgmt 10 frameRelayProfile__call_by_call_id 11 frameRelayProfile__link_type 12 frameRelayProfile__n391_val 13 frameRelayProfile__n392_val 14 frameRelayProfile__n393_val 15 frameRelayProfile__t391_val 16 frameRelayProfile__t392_val 17 frameRelayProfile__MRU 18 frameRelayProfile__dceN392_val 19 frameRelayProfile__dceN393_val 20 frameRelayProfile__link_mgmt_dlci 21 frameRelayProfile__ action 22
287. ng SNMP interface table sequentially ss eseseesesseeessererssreresreerrresrerrsseeresrereses 6 29 Ascend MIB hierarchy sis ccccccescccctsscebesssccsstevsessteessescascanvetacceseus cassesvouscbete SKEE Ee sauanenceseuan dey 6 30 produis CL araea oats a e ae e aa Eon aaie Tae E ANEO 6 30 Slots 2 n a E ase so Peace TO NEE es 6 31 bost ypes B ennapn nona IEE T wteuathog aaah weseseet 6 31 advancedA Gent 4 ae oeeie e t Ea e n a EA AERE EAEE Aa a AE 6 32 Jan Types 3 E E TT 6 32 COGTOUP 6 hoien tiei a REE REAN RERE ROEE E E ETR TE 6 33 HOstStatus C EE E E E ne yi E TE E eee 6 33 Console 8J aian a e a a ie eee A eee 6 33 SYStEMS tatUSGroUp 9 cascsicosssdeserscousdosdsiccestavesdsesvndssossasdesdacenoesessseestestede see eiai ERE 6 34 EVENCGTOUP C10 oeren irie ane a Eie EEEE ETETE EEE E NEREA 6 34 CallStatusGroupiCLl vod rn E E E E A a a aa 6 35 sessionStatusGroup 12 oo eeceeseceecessecesceceeeecsaeeeaeeeeeesaecesceceseessaeseeeeereeeneceeeeenaes 6 36 TACIUS GLOUP d oJen e EEn aE siasdevecs soxtavendastessuapnisers Ea Eaei 6 37 MCastGroup l4 ersoisieni eiei eie eE e AERAR EEEE Ei 6 37 lanModem Group 15 rarer EE E A E E ENEE 6 38 firtewallGroup TO isce iscscesecsesasieeescccctetevecssnnssavscosceess i A E E aE Aae 6 38 WanDialoutPkts 17 O E E E E E E AE E E TET 6 39 powerSupply 18 cnenoisennienssis tsei e opor deierst irekirik Ensk erkes iovis 6 39 Mulus C19 innnan R E avs soepers est tena hog aaa eehl wevsagst 6 39 T
288. ng system software Usable Clusters 7864 Free Clusters 6048 Clusters lost during interrupted writes 0 Other reserved clusters 1798 For details of the command line options for the Fsck command see the APX SO00 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference Updating system software For information on updating system software see the TAOS True Access Operating System Addendum Loading specific slot card images The TAOS unit supports a large number of slot cards so the Tar files containing slot card code images might be too large to load on an 8MB flash card The Load Select administrative profile enables you to specify which slot card images to load to flash when you use a Load Tar command such as the one shown below admin gt load tar network 10 10 10 10 tntrel tar Following a system reset the TAOS unit creates the Load Select profile if it is not present The profile lists the entire set of supported slot card images and an intended load action for each card type when the image is present in a Tar file It also contains an Unknown Cards parameter which represents new cards that were not supported in the previous system version When loading the Tar file the system uses settings in the Load Select profile to load only specific slot card images To prevent version related problems it then deletes code images that were present on the flash card but were not updated For examples of upgrade procedures using the Load Select profile see the T
289. ng the clock source for a slot Cardo eee e cee eeeceeeeeeeceeeseecaeesaecsecaceaecseeseseeeeeeeeeenes 1 6 Recovering from a failed slot card installation eee ceeseecseeseeceeceseeseceseeseceeeeeeeeeeenes 1 6 Using the NVRAM command 000 ceeceseeseceseeseceeceseseeeeeseneeseecaecaaesaecsaesaeensenaeees 1 6 Removing the slot card 25 cece oe E AEREE aren ea od 1 7 Displaying Line statuses i eene aE a A R A a S ER 1 8 Additional option for displaying line statu s ssseeseseeseseeeesseeerssresrsresrrrrsrerrsseerssrereses 1 10 Administering DS3 ATM cardS s is sessiriseeseecisivsirivscrisnsresssruveurures sestu kerre pev isde pes se rvse reeves tss 1 11 Using the DS3ATMlines command eee cece ceneeeeecseeseeceesaecaeceseeseneeeseneeeaes 1 12 Using the Framer commandes een eara A Gs ctsee st ec AERE R 1 12 Using the ATMDumpCall command cece eeeeeceneeeeecaeeeeecaeesaecaecaeeaseneeeseneeeees 1 14 Using the OAMLoop command 000 eee ce cesses eeeeeeeceeeseeecaeeeeecaeesaecsecaeeasenseeaeeeeeeaes 1 15 Looping back the DS3 ATM line oo eee eceeeeeeceseeeeecaeeeeecaaesaecaeceaeeaeeneeeeneeeees 1 16 Administering Ethernet cards issoria a n a A A eao a SE ES 1 16 Enabling or disabling an Ethernet interface 0 0 0 ccesceeecceeseceeeeceteeeeeeeeeeeeneceeeeenaes 1 17 Specifying how the link state affects the IP routing table oe eee 1 18 A read only indication of physical link state 0 0 ee ee eeeeseeseecsecesecseenseeseens 1 18 Checking mu
290. nit sends a trap to all SNMP managers in the alarm group Once the managing TAOS unit sends the trap the suspect modem is not assigned to terminate calls until all available resources are exhausted For example if a modem drops five calls the system generates the trap and places the offending modem at the end of the list of available terminating resources Usage Specify one of the following values e yes directs the TAOS to send the suspectAccessResource trap when a terminating modem card has received four or more calls for which it could not establish a connection e no instructs the TAOS not to send the suspectAccessResource trap Example set suspect access resource enabled yes Dependencies The Suspect Access Resource Enabled parameter has an effect only on TAOS units with one or more of the following slot cards installed e Series56 II and Series56 III Digital Modem e MultiDSP Location Trap The system generates a trap when multicast heartbeat monitoring is configured and the system did not receive the configured number of heart beat packets on a multicast interface The system generates a trap when a digital modem is moved to the suspect list The system generates a trap when a T Online call comes in and no answer subaddress has been received The system generates a trap when a Slot State profile is created due to slot insertion or the current state transitions into Oper State Down Oper State Up
291. non MP call this field is set to 0 zero APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 6 11 SNMP Administration Read Write Access The callActiveTable in the Ascend Call MIB includes the following new fields Field name Reports callActiveCalledParyID Called party number if available callActiveCallingPartyID Calling party number if available For outgoing calls this field is set to null callActiveMultiLinkID MP bundle ID for MP calls For a non MP call this field is set to 0 zero Ascend DS3 Profile MIB mibds3net mib Part of theAscend MIB Configuration group group 23 this MIB corresponds to the T3 profile in the command line interface Ascend Event MIB event mib This read only MIB enables you to monitor the TAOS unit s events Includes connect progress and disconnect codes for calls Idle Time variable in the active session table In addition to displaying the idle time for an active session by using the userstat o t command the same information is made available to SNMP management stations through the ssnActivelIdleTime object in the sessionActiveTable The object uses Object ID sessionActiveEntry 8 Itshows the time the session has been idle in 0 01 second increments Following is the object definition ssnActivelIdleTime OBJECT TYPE SYNTAX TimeTicks ACCESS read only STATUS mandatory DESCRIPTION The time current session has been idle For non TNT and non
292. nterfaces on port 1 18 viewing link state 1 18 viewing packet contents 3 35 Ethernet card administering 1 16 Ethernet interface marking as up or down 4 18 specifying management only 2 3 Ether Stats command using 4 11 Event MIB APX 8000 support 6 12 events types of B 9 WAN 4 52 External Auth profile verifying configuration in 4 38 F factory configuration displaying 2 9 fatal error log core dumps and A 5 described B 1 logging message to when stack reaches limit 4 43 reading 2 25 fatal error messages described B 1 format of B 1 fatal errors crash information on console B 6 definition of B 2 description of 2 25 FDL D4 framed lines and 1 20 specifying 1 20 features displaying enabled 2 9 FE Loop command using 1 23 Finger forwarding service not supported 2 34 using command 2 33 Firewall MIB APX 8000 support 6 13 flash card described 2 16 displaying contents of 2 16 displaying directory information 2 16 file system checking a card 2 17 formatting 2 16 overflow from loading unknown cards 2 19 performing a file system check 2 17 flash card slots on APX 8000 shelf controller 2 16 Flash MIB APX 8000 support 6 13 Format command using to format flash cards 2 16 Frame Relay data link information on 4 12 FRDLstate command 4 12 FRdump command 4 13 FRinARP command 4 14 FRLinkState command 4 14 FRLMI command 4 14 FRMgrDump command 4 15 FRPriorityErrors command 4 15 FRScert c
293. ocally admin gt filterdisp 22 Hostname pvc4 Call Filter Direction In Forward no Type Generic Filter offset 0 len 0 more no comp neq no dummyForPadding 0 mask 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 value 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Call Filter Direction Out Forward yes Type Generic Filter offset 0 len 0 more no comp neq no dummyForPadding 0 mask 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 value 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 The following sample output shows filters applied to an externally authenticated session admin gt filterdisp 17 Hostname edleung searching for external filters Externally obtained filters exist Data Filter Direction Out 3 34 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Network Administration Displaying software version log messages Forward yes Type IP Filter protocol 0 source address mask 0 0 0 0 source address 0 0 0 0 destination address mask 0 0 0 0 destination address 0 0 0 0 Src Port Cmp none source port 0 Dst Port Cmp none dest port 0 tcp estab no Forward yes Type Generic Filter offset 12 len 2 more no comp negq no dummyForPadding 0 mask ff f 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 value 08 06 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Displaying software version log messages To facilitate troubleshooting procedures you can configure the TAOS unit to log the c
294. odem MIB Imodem mib ccccccccessececsnceeesseceeeaeeceeeeeesseeenaes 6 15 Ascend Multicast MIB mcast mib cccceccesecessececesceceesececeseeceneeaeecseeeenssaeeesees 6 15 Ascend Multishelf MIB ms mib cccccccecsssecessececeeceeecnececesaecesesaeecseeenssseeenaes 6 15 Ascend Power Supply MIB ps mib cece ce ceseeceeeeeceeeeeeeeseeseecaecsaecseenaeeneens 6 15 Ascend RADIUS MIB radius mib cccceceescceesecececececsececeseeceneeeeecnseeenssseeenaes 6 15 Ascend Resources MIB resource Mib ccccccssscecesececeececeseceseseeecseeeenssaeeeeaes 6 15 Ascend Service Management MIB srvcmgmt mib 00 eee eee eeeeeeeeeereeeee ene 6 15 Ascend Session MIB session mib ccccccecssseceesscecesceeecsececesaecesesaeecseecenssaeeeeaes 6 16 Ascend UDS3 Profile MIB mibuds3net mib 0 0 cccccecessecessecesereeceeeceesnteeenees 6 16 Ascend WAN MIB wan mib cccccscessscecsssececsececesaececeececesuecesesaeeceessenssaeeeeaes 6 16 Ascend WAN Dialout MIB wandialout mib 0 00 0 ccccecescecesseceseeeecsseeenssseeeeaes 6 16 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide ix Contents Modified method for adding SNMP object IDS eee eee eeeenee ce ceeeeeceseeeeeneeeees 6 16 Ascend Enterprise taps sericea sevse neds ath ete aedy sods E EE REE REE EE ERE EREA 6 16 Configuring SNMP access and security esseseesesseeesssresesrestsresrerrsserrssenrrsreertssrrrrerersrente 6 16
295. of time the system has been up in days followed by hours minutes seconds The following example shows that a csmx card in slot 2 has been up for 3 days 5 hours 23 minutes and 8 seconds super gt uptime 1 2 20 18 18 shelf 1 slot 2 csmx card 3 days 05 23 08 8 0 2c5 Displaying the system version Use the Version command to determine which system software version is installed For example admin gt version Software version 8 0 1 Viewing the factory configuration The read only Base profile displays the software versions enabled features network interfaces and other system information To view the Base profile use the Get command For example admin gt get base in BASE shelf number 1 software version 8 software revision 0 software level b manufacturer dba lucent mfg d channel enabled yes aim enabled yes switched enabled yes multi rat nabled yes tl pri conversion enabled yes frame relay enabled yes maxlink client enabled enabled APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 2 9 TAOS System Administration Viewing the factory configuration data call enabled yes r2 signaling enabled no serial number 7050270 hardware level 0 countries enabled 511 domestic enabled yes modem dialout enabled yes firewalls enabled no network management enabled no phs support no selectools enabled no routing protocols disabled no apx adsl
296. ofile Host Name running the SNMP so it must contain a name If DNS or YP NIS is manager supported it can contain the hostname of a system running an SNMP manager If the host address field contains an IP address the specified name is not used to actually locate the host The host address can specify an IP address of the destination host If DNS or YP NIS is not supported it must contain the host s address The community string The community name field must contain the Community Name for communicating with community name associated with the SNMP PDU the SNMP manager Classes of traps to be The next three fields specify whether the TAOS unit Alarm Enabled sent to the specified traps alarm events security events and port events host and sends a trap PDU to the SNMP manager For a description of the events that generate these traps see Port Enabled the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference Security Enabled 6 26 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide SNMP Administration Setting up SNMP traps Table 6 3 SNMP trap configuration tasks continued Task Description Associated parameters Individual traps to be sent to the specified host In addition to enabling whole classes of traps you can specify individual SNMP traps to forward to an SNMP manager Individual traps are enabled by default Slot Enabled Coldstart Enabled Warmstart Enabled Linkdown Enabled Linkup En
297. ofiles see the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference Using Slot State profiles When you set the required operational state of a slot the TAOS unit initiates a state change In terms of settings Current State changes to match Reqd State This setting is not persistent across system resets or power cycles At system startup the TAOS unit reinitializes the required state to match the actual state of the card To read a Slot State profile and display its contents proceed as in the following example admin gt read slot state 1 1 0 SLOT STATE shelf 1 slot 1 1 read admin gt list slot address shelf 1 slot l1 0 current stat oper state down reqd stat reqd state up The slot address is the physical address of the slot and cannot be set directly The Current State value shows the current operational state of the slot and can be any of the states described below State Description Oper State Down The slot is in a nonoperational state Oper State Up The slot is in normal operations mode Oper State Diag The slot is in diagnostics mode Oper State Dump The slot is dumping core 7 8 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Administrative Profiles Using DS3 ATM Stat profiles State Description Oper State Pend The slot is no longer down but is not yet ready for normal operation This value denotes a transitional state in which additional shelf to slot communications are required to make
298. oggle command using 4 26 MPentry command using 4 26 MPP displaying information about 4 27 displaying information about connections 4 26 example of call negotiation C 5 MPPCM command using 4 27 MPtoggle command using 4 27 MSstat command using 4 28 multicast diagnostic tools for interfaces 3 16 IGMP client information 3 17 IGMP group information 3 16 multicast forwarding administration 3 16 Multicast MIB APX 8000 support 6 15 multichannel connections debugging 4 26 4 27 multishelf PBecho command 4 30 SAR command 4 42 statistics about 4 28 TDM command 4 44 using Cubit command to monitor 4 10 multishelf bus displaying communications over 4 28 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Index 7 Index N Multishelf MIB APX 8000 support 6 15 N nailed connections refreshing from RADIUS 2 36 nailed group finding channel associated with 1 21 name specifying for APX 8000 2 11 negotiation modifying modem 4 22 user session messages 4 53 neighbors displaying OSPF 3 30 NetIF command using 4 29 Netstat command displaying the interface table 3 2 using 3 2 using to display routing table 3 5 network administration IPX 3 31 logging into network hosts 3 13 multicast interfaces 3 16 OSPF tools for 3 18 performing a DNS lookup 3 9 pinging hosts 3 1 Rlogin sessions 3 13 TCP IP networks 3 1 Telnet sessions 3 13 tracing routes 3 8 viewing the ARP table 3
299. ole Index Definition 183 New call without disconnect response 184 Disconnect request dropped 185 Spyder buffer error 186 Spyder descriptor error 190 TCP send buffer too big 191 TCP sequence gap 192 TCP too much data 193 TCP write attempt too large 194 TCP options bad 195 Modem message parsing failed 301 TACACS Plus pointer inconsistency 302 TACACS Plus index inconsistency 303 TACACS Plus TCP inconsistency 304 TACACS Plus TCP out of range socket 305 TACACS Plus socket mismatch 306 TACACS Plus unexpected authentication state 381 Error in filter list 382 Error no count in filter list 383 Error mismatch count filter list 550 No Ethernet transmit buffer 1001 Waiting for Ethernet controller 1002 Ethernet ACK command failed 1003 Ethernet reset invoked 1006 Ethernet controller unavailable wait fail 1010 Bad Ethernet transmit interrupt 1011 Ethernet transmit not completed Fatal crash information on console If the TAOS unit crashes without being able to write to the fatal error log it prints a stack trace to the console serial port at the bit rate defined in the Serial profile The trace reports the following information FE N Load loadname Version version Stack trace Oxaddr 0O Oxaddr 1 Oxaddr 2 Oxaddr 3 Oxaddr 4 Oxaddr 5 The first line indicates the number of the error and the software revision number B 6 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Log Messages on the TAOS Unit Syslog messages The second l
300. oller and delete all other debug profiles Test slot card dumps by opening a session with a slot card You should perform a test dump first on the T1 or El card if present because these cards have smaller memories and are quick to reboot From the session on the card enter coredump to check the status of core dump The resulting output should report that core dump is enabled and that dumps will be directed to the server you specified in step 3 Force a core dump with the following command coredump now Ascendump should print something like this ascendump p v d ascendump Dumping compressed DRAM image to tnt10 abc com 1 11 tnt8t1 1 3Ae0 971022 11 17 gz Section data dumping 2048 pages from address 0x80000000 Occasionally core dump fails because gzip is not installed or not in the user s path If this is the case you should download gzip 1 2 4 tar gz from any GNU FTP mirror site then compile and install it or use the u uncompressed option in the Ascendump command line If you still have unexplained failures run tcpdump or snoop or a packet sniffer on the Ethernet segment attached to the TAOS that is in the route to the dump server Do the same on the Ethernet segment attached to the dump server in the route to the TAOS Coredump uses UDP so filter UDP packets If there s too much UDP traffic you might want to filter on port number ranges as well For information about the UDP port core dump uses
301. ommand 4 15 FRstate command 4 16 state changes 4 16 Userstat command and 2 31 Frame Relay MIB described 6 2 Frame Relay Profile MIB APX 8000 support 6 14 Framer command using 1 12 1 13 FRDLstate command using 4 12 FRdump command using 4 13 FRinARP command using 4 14 FRLinkState command using 4 14 FRLMI command using 4 14 FRMgrDump command using 4 15 FRPriorityErrors command using 4 15 FRScert command using 4 15 FRstate command using 4 16 Fsck command using to check flash card format 2 17 G GRE command using 4 16 groups displaying IGMP 3 16 finding channels associated with nailed 1 21 H hash codes using Update commands with 4 49 HDLC card testing communication between 4 45 help getting for debug commands 4 2 hidden routes IPX 3 32 host card displaying WAN events for 4 51 hosts DNS lookups 3 9 logging into network 3 13 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Index 5 Index Idle logout 5 2 Idle parameter 2 35 If Admin command administering SNMP interfaces with 6 28 examples 6 28 IFMer command using 4 16 viewing multiple IP interfaces on Ethernet port with 1 18 IGMP client information 3 17 diagnostic tools for 3 16 group information 3 16 IGMP command displaying client information 3 17 using 3 16 inband signaling 1 10 installation recovering from failed slot card 1 6 interfaces active IGMP 3 16 description of table 3 4 di
302. on Description a Set token counters to zero If the system resets all token counters are set to zero If a card resets counters on that card are set to zero cn Set the counter for the specified token to zero d Disable the token counting process e Enable the token counting process i Display the current token search information including the number found of each defined token un Define a search token pattern and assign it the specified number Each pattern can contain up to 20 characters but the first specified character cannot be repeated in the pattern more than eight times You can specify the pattern as a combination of alphanumeric hexadecimal octal and special characters but output on the host is always in hexadecimal format The following special characters are significant when specifying the pattern Characters Meaning ASCII value x Hex format N A To insert a 2 digit hexadecimal number in the pattern precede the number with x Octal format N A To insert a 2 digit octal number precede the number with a backslash a Alarm 7 b Backspace 8 3 14 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Network Administration Diagnostic tools for TCP IP networks Characters Meaning ASCII value f Form feed 12 n Newline 10 r Return 13 t Tab 9 v Vertical tab 11 Backslash 92 Ay Quotation mark 34 Nr Apostrophe 44 Examples of using Tokencount The following commands enable the token
303. on errors e An out of frame error e An incoming A1S signal This applies only to SYNTRAN and C bit Parity DS3 lines Note that the count is not incremented by the number of unavailable seconds Administering modems The TAOS unit provides diagnostic commands to display modem status bring modems or channels up or down or quiesce modems Using the Modem command to display modem status To show modem information enter the Modem command modem a d f g i m s where e a Displays all available modems e d Displays the disabled channels e f Displays failed or non existent modems e g Displays available good modems e i Displays in use modems e m Displays all possible modems e s Displays suspect modems For example to see which modems are in use admin gt modem i Modems allocated in use dvOp dvUpSt DvRq sAdm Modem 1 14 1 Up Assign UP UP For more information about the Modem command refer to the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference Bringing a modem or channel up or down To administratively up or down a device you can use the Device command or a Device State profile For discussion of Device State profiles see Using the Device State profile on page 7 6 For example to administratively down modem 24 in slot 3 on shelf 1 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Administering Slot Cards Administering modems admin gt device d 1 3 24 0 To bring the modem
304. on the TAOS unit For details see Displaying line status on page 1 8 Changing current status window sizes The Screen command enables you to change the size of the terminal emulator and status windows for the current session For information about changing the terminal emulator and status windows for a User profile see Customizing the environment for a User profile on page 5 6 The following command changes window display sizes for the current session only admin gt screen screen length status length If the Status window is open when you execute the Screen command the Screen command resizes it dynamically If it is not open the Status window is resized when you next open it The screen length option specifies the number of lines displayed in the terminal window Note that screen length must be at least 6 lines greater than the value of status length The optional status length option specifies the number of lines displayed in the status window including dividing lines The following example changes the terminal window to 55 lines high and the status windows to 22 lines high admin gt screen 55 22 If you only specify the screen length option and it is not greater than the configured status length by at least 6 lines the TAOS unit automatically adjusts the length of the status windows This is shown in the following example admin gt screen 55 22 new screen length 55 new status length 22 admin gt screen
305. ontact location admin gt set enabled yes admin gt set enforce address security yes admin gt set read access 1 10 2 3 4 admin gt set read access 2 10 2 56 123 admin gt set queue depth admin gt write SNMP written 32 Setting up SNMP traps An SNMP trap is a mechanism for reporting system change in real time such as reporting an incoming call When a trap is generated by some condition a traps PDU protocol data unit is sent across the Ethernet to the SNMP manager You can configure the TAOS unit to send traps to an SNMP manager by specifying the address of the manager in a Trap profile Traps can be enabled or disabled by class error events port state change events or security events or individually The following parameters relate to setting SNMP traps TRAP host name community name host address 0 0 0 0 alarm enabled yes security enabled no port enabled no slot enabled no For details on the actual events that generate traps in the various classes see the Ascend Enterprise MIB or see the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference 6 18 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide SNMP Administration Setting up SNMP traps TAOS unit trap support The TAOS unit does not support the syst emUseExceeded trap Port State change events are currently not applicable to the TAOS unit These include e portInactive e portDualDelay e portWaitSerial e portHav
306. oot Dir Blocks 6 Number of Clusters 3745 FAT Type Fat12 Cluster Usage Usable Clusters 3743 Free Clusters 1828 Clusters lost during interrupted writes 0 Other reserved clusters 1909 Using PCMCIA flash cards Each TAOS unit s shelf supports up to two PCMCIA flash memory cards The system comes with onboard NVRAM and each flash card provides its own additional memory At present APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 2 15 TAOS System Administration Using PCMCIA flash cards the flash cards contain code for the slot cards the shelf controller and profiles The system configuration is stored in the onboard NVRAM The PCMCIA slots on the shelf controller are labeled 1 the slot on top and 2 the slot below Formatting a flash card Before using a PCMCIA card in the TAOS unit you must format it First insert the card into slot or slot 2 in the shelf controller then use the Format command Following are examples of formatting the card in slot 1 admin gt format flash card 1 Or admin gt format 1 Flash card 1 is the card inserted in the leftmost of the two PCMCIA slots For a list of error messages that might appear when using the Format command see Appendix B Log Messages on the TAOS Unit Displaying the contents of flash The system comes with onboard NVRAM and each flash card provides its own additional memory The system configuration is stored in the onboard NVRAM To check
307. options__minimum_channels 118 internetProfile__ipx_options__net_number 53 internetProfile__mp_options__maximum_channels 119 internetProfile__ipx_options__net_alias 54 internetProfile__mp_options _bacp_enable 120 internetProfile__ipx_options__sap_filter 55 internetProfile__mpp_options__aux_send_password 121 internetProfile__ipx_options__ipx_spooting 56 internetProfile__mpp_options__dynamic_algorithm 122 internetProfile__ipx_options__spooting_timeout 57 internetProfile__mpp_options__bandwidth_monitor_direction 123 internetProfile__ipx_options__ipx_sap_hs_proxy 58 internetProfile__mpp_options__increment_channel_count 124 internetProfile__ipx_options__ px_header_compression 59 internetProfile__mpp_options__decrement_channel_count 125 internetProfile__bridging_options__bridging_group 60 internetProfile__mpp_options__seconds_history 126 internetProfile__bridging_options__dial_on_broadcast 61 internetProfile__mpp_options__add_persistence 127 internetProfile__bridging_options__ipx_spoofing 62 internetProfile__mpp_options__sub_persistence 128 internetProfile__bridging_options__spooting_timeout 63 internetProfile__mpp_options__target_utilization 129 internetProfile__bridging_options__bridge_type 64 6 42 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide SNMP Administration Ascend MIB hierarchy internetProfile__fr_options__frame_relay_profile 130 internetProfile__fr_options__dlci 131 internetProfile fr_options__circuit_name
308. or Seqno Age Xsum ASE5 10 103 1 0 10 103 0 204 Ox8000004f 1702 Oxd23f ASE5 10 103 2 0 10 103 0 204 Ox8000004f 1692 O0xc749 ASE5 10 103 3 0 10 103 0 204 Ox8000004f 1680 Oxbc53 ASE5 10 103 4 0 10 103 0 204 Ox8000004f 1668 Oxbl15d ASE5 10 103 6 0 10 103 0 204 Ox8000004f 1648 0x9b71 ASE5 10 103 7 0 10 103 0 204 Ox8000004f 1642 0x907b ASE5 10 103 8 0 10 103 0 204 Ox8000004f 1617 0x8585 ASE5 214 240 0 127 10 103 0 204 0x800001la4 175 OxdbO0b ASE5 223 57 40 0 10 103 0 254 0x80000121 226 0x7540 ASE5 223 57 40 244 10 103 0 254 0x80000121 226 Oxe3dc advertisements 46 Checksum total Oxlald9e The output of this command is the same as for the OSPF database command with the exception of the Type The OSPF Ext command only shows ASE5 type LSAs Displaying OSPF internal AS advertisements To display OSPF internal AS advertisements include the internal option with the OSPF command For example admin gt ospf internal Destination 33 240 0 0 103 240 113 240 183 240 193 240 203 240 oO OO oO OO OO sD Area 0 0 0 1 Mask Cost 255 255 255 224 259209 25 9 92 259 255 259 128 29 9 29 9625 9 128 299225942559 1 28 259 255 255 128 PRP PPP RB 3 22 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Network Administration Diagnostic tools for OSPF routers The following table describes the output Field Specifies Area Area in which the router resides Destination The route s target address To send a packet to
309. or T1 interface 1 23 enabling for T3 1 25 enabling internal for T3 1 25 Maintenance State command using 1 19 management specifying Ethernet interface for 2 3 MdbStr command using 4 22 MDialout command using 4 22 MDialSess command using 4 23 memory displaying NVRAM used 2 13 displaying pools 4 30 NVRAM 2 12 messages Backoff Q full B 10 definition of warning B 4 fatal and warning error described B 1 fatal error definitions B 2 format of fatal and warning B 1 log for User profiles 5 8 log messages in status window 2 23 specifying levels of debug 4 2 Syslog B 7 MIBs Ascend 6 10 Ascend enterprise 6 10 Ascend MIB hierarchy 6 30 Frame Relay 6 2 Modem 6 2 support on APX 8000 6 1 Modem card administering 1 30 Modem command using 1 30 modem dialout active sessions 4 23 Modem MIB described 6 2 modem strings revert to default values after reset 4 22 ModemD 1Stats command using 4 23 ModemD2Stats command using 4 23 ModemD3Stats command using 4 23 ModemDrvDump command using 4 24 ModemDrvState command using 4 24 modems bringing channel up or down 1 30 disabling 1 31 displaying status 1 30 MdbStr command 4 22 MDialSess command 4 23 ModemD1 Stats ModemD2Stats ModemD3Stats commands 4 23 ModemDrvDump 4 24 ModemDrvState command 4 24 monitoring 1 30 quiescing 1 31 monitoring E1 lines 1 26 UDS3 card 1 27 MP displaying information about 4 26 4 27 ID number 4 26 MPCMt
310. or down use the If Admin command with the d option and specify the interface number For example admin gt if admin d 2 interface 2 state change forced 6 28 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide SNMP Administration Managing SNMP interfaces To bring a downed device back up use the If Admin command with the u option and specify the interface number For example admin gt if admin u 2 interface 2 state change forced Initiating interface state changes To bring an SNMP interface up or down use the If Admin command To bring an interface down admin gt if admin d 2 interface 2 state change forced To bring an interface up admin gt if admin u 2 interface 2 state change forced Resetting SNMP interface table sequentially By default the SNMP interface table is built as slot cards are installed in the TAOS unit The If admin command r option enables the administrator to reset the order of the table to be sequential based on slot number When you use the If Admin command with the r option the order of the SNMP interface table is reset to a deterministic order The T1 lines will appear in the SNMP interface table before the packet passing interfaces such as Ethernet modem and HDLC cards The T1 line interfaces will be ordered based on slot number order Note You must reset the TAOS unit for the new order to take effect For example admin gt if admin r SNMP interface mappings reset
311. orm shelf slot item Each listing also shows the status of the card and the type of card installed The status can be reported as follows Status Signifies UP Normal operational mode DOWN Not in operational mode POST The card is running power on self tests LOAD The card is loading code as part of booting up 1 2 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Administering Slot Cards Viewing information about a particular slot card Status UP OCCUPIED NONE Signifies Normal operational mode The slot is occupied by a two slot card such as the 48 modem card in shelf 1 slots 3 and 4 in the example above The card is being reset The card has been swapped out but its configuration remains in NVRAM The Show command can report the following types of slot cards Label unknown 4 lether card 4ether card 4ether2 card 48modem card 48modem 56k card 8el card 8t1l card csmx card ds3 atm card shelf controller Signifies Current software does not recognize the card in the slot Ethernet card with one 100Mbps and four 10Mbps ports Ethernet card with four 10Mbps ports Ethernet card with one 100Mbps and three 10Mbps ports 48 V 34 modem card Series56 Digital Modem card 8 line E1 slot card 8 line T1 slot card Series56 II Digital Modem card DS3 card with ATM support Shelf controller card Viewing information about a particular slot card To use the Show comm
312. ost recent call or because it is in the process of sending echo cancellation tones to receive a call inband signaling on T1 only d The TAOS unit is dialing from this channel for an outgoing call r The channel is ringing for an incoming call m The channel is in maintenance backup mode ISDN and SS7 only n The channel is nailed fe The channel is out of service ISDN and SS7 only s The channel is an active D channel ISDN only Following are the channel type codes Code Description E E1 line I T1 PRI signaling All other NFAS types NFAS Primary NFAS Secondary Jaw Z T1 inband signaling Additional option for displaying line status The Line command can display line status on screen with paged output the output is passed to a more function before display and supports the grep like capability of searching for particular strings If you use the Line command without options or with the a11 enabled top or bottom arguments it opens the Line status window With the p option the command displays the status information at the command line To use the Line command you must have System permissions The Line command supports the following syntax admin gt help line line usage line all enabled top bottom p Option Description p Print line status information to screen With the p option the Line command displays line status information directly to screen For example the following is sample
313. otiate an MP connection Possibly the profile for the TAOS dial in did not specify MP APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 2 35 TAOS System Administration Reloading profiles from RADIUS Message Explanation far end does not support remote The remote station is running a version of management TAOS that does not support remote management management session failed A temporary condition such as premature termination of the connection caused the management session to fail far end rejected session The remote station was configured to reject remote management The Remote Mgmt parameter was set to no in the remote station s System profile Reloading profiles from RADIUS Use the Refresh command to open a connection to a RADIUS server and retrieve the latest configuration information For information about RADIUS see the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference The Refresh command uses the following syntax refresh a n p r t Option Description a Refresh all types of configuration n Refresh nailed profiles configuration P Refresh address pools configuration r Refresh static routes configuration t Refresh terminal server configuration s Clears the current Source Auth information purging all existing Source Auth entries from the cache and reloads it from RADIUS When you use the n option the TAOS unit requests a reload of all nailed profiles from the RADIUS server admin gt refr
314. output for T1 lines admin gt line p 1 10 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Administering Slot Cards Administering DS3 ATM cards Address Line State 1 01 01 ACTIVE 1 01 02 RED ALARM CARR LOOP DSO Channel Status Signaling Type Hig BOOP raaa e at aired Pv e ha Se a ee inband OC E E E E E E E rl inband 1 01 03 ACTIVE 1 01 04 RED ALARM inband i EE AER E EA i acheter A a T E a isdn nfas 1 01 05 RED ALARM 1 01 06 DISABLED 1 01 07 DISABLED 1 01 08 DISABLED OC TE e AE a Ea N ails inband CCCCCCCA CEEEEREE CCQACCQQ inband REECE CEEEEREE CECEEEGE inband CCCCCCCA CEEEEREE CCACCCQQ inband Following is sample output for E1 lines admin gt line p Address Line State 1 14 01 ACTIVE 1 14 02 RED ALARM 1 14 03 ACTIVE 1 14 04 DISABLED 1 14 05 DISABLED 1 14 06 DISABLED 1 14 07 DISABLED 1 14 08 DISABLED CARR LOOP DSO Channel Status Signaling Type s el indian signa LOC E E E E EE E el dpnss signal s el indian signa es CERER CEEREREE ECAEEEEEE CREERERE me CEEER CEEREREE ECAEEEEEE CCCL Se CCEEER CEEREREE ECAEEEEEE CCCL s CERER CCCCCCCA CCCCACCCA CCCL Eiri CCACCCCC CCACCCCCA CACCCCCCA CREERERE The command displays the following line status information Output field Address Line State CARR LOOP DSO Channel Status Signaling Type
315. owing command admin gt ospf intf fc Address Phys Assoc Area Type State nbrs adjs DInt 0 103 0 254 ied 0 0 0 0 Brdcst DR 0 0 40 0 105 0 254 iel 7 1 0 0 0 0 Brdcst Other 9 1 40 00 103 100 254 ie1 7 4 0 0 0 0 Brdcst Other 2 2 40 303 151 0302 apxl 0 0 0 0 Pap PPR 0 0 120 0 103 0 254 m2 0 0 0 0 P P P P 1 1 120 0 103 0 254 m1 0 0 0 0 P P P P 1 1 120 3 28 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Network Administration Diagnostic tools for OSPF routers The fields in the output contain the following information Field Ifc Address Phys Assoc Area Type State nbrs adjs DInt Specifies Address assigned to the TAOS unit s Ethernet interface To identify WAN links use the Type and Cost fields Name of the interface or the Connection profile for WAN links Area in which the interface resides Point to Point P P or Broadcast Brdcst WAN links are P P links State of the link according to RFC 1583 There are many possible states and not all states apply to all interfaces Number of neighbors of the interface Number of adjacencies on the interface Number of seconds that the TAOS unit waits for a router update before removing the router s entry from its table The interval is called the Dead Interval Displaying specific information about a specific interface To display detailed information for a specific interface enter the following command admin gt ospf intf interface address For
316. pens the status window with the line information display e Log Opens the status window with the log information display e View Changes the information displayed in the top or bottom status window For details on using these commands see the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference Opening and closing the status window To open the system status window enter the Status command admin gt status The system prompt moves just below the status window If the system prompt is not visible below the status window press Escape to display it To close the status window enter the Status command again admin gt status Understanding the status window The status window Figure 2 1 has three main areas In its default configuration these areas contain the following information e Connection information is displayed on the left side of the window e General information such as serial number software version and uptime are displayed in the upper right side of the window e Log information is displayed in the lower right side of the window Figure 2 1 System status window Left Connection y 24 Connestions 0073 0052 0051 0050 0022 0021 0020 0019 0018 0017 0016 0015 0014 0013 0012 0011 radius f tnt t1 lt gt c_p130 7 c_pl1 30 7 radius f radius f c_p130 7 c_pl30 7 c_pl30 7 c_p130 7 c_pl30 7 c_pl1 30 7 c_p130 7 c_p1l30 7 c_pl1 30 7 c_pl130 7 FRY FRY FRY FRY FRY FRY FRY FRY FRY FRY F
317. pographical conventions used in this manual Convention Monospace text Boldface monospace text Italics Keyl Key2 Press Enter Note JN Caution JN Warning A Warning Meaning Represents text that appears on your computer s screen or that could appear on your computer s screen Represents characters that you enter exactly as shown unless the characters are also in italics see Italics below If you could enter the characters but are not specifically instructed to they do not appear in boldface Represent variable information Do not enter the words themselves in the command Enter the information they represent In ordinary text italics are used for titles of publications for some terms that would otherwise be in quotation marks and to show emphasis Square brackets indicate an optional argument you might add to a command To include such an argument type only the information inside the brackets Do not type the brackets unless they appear in bold type Separates command choices that are mutually exclusive Points to the next level in the path to a parameter or menu item The item that follows the angle bracket is one of the options that appears when you select the item that precedes the angle bracket Represents a combination keystroke To enter a combination keystroke press the first key and hold it down while you press one or more other keys Release all the keys at the same time Fo
318. pplies If a call filter has been applied to the session For sessions authenticated locally the name of the filter is supplied For externally authenticated sessions lt filters present gt indicates that a call filter has been applied If blank no call filter applies If a type of service TOS filter has been applied to the session For sessions authenticated locally the name of the filter is supplied For externally authenticated sessions lt filters present gt indicates that a TOS filter has been applied If blank no TOS filter applies APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 3 33 Network Administration Diagnostic tools for displaying filter information Displaying filter details for a single active session To display the filter details for a particular session specify the session ID as an argument on the Filterdisp command line To obtain the session ID number first use the Filterdisp command without an argument as described in the preceding section If you specify an invalid session number the command returns an error For example admin gt filterdisp 3 Error Invalid user session ID The following sample output shows that no filters are applied to the sessions admin gt filterdisp 23 Hostname pvc5 No associated filters admin gt filterdisp 10 Hostname dialin 4 No associated external filters In the following sample output call filters have been applied to a session that was authenticated l
319. pplying adequate synchronization The TAOS unit is receiving a Yellow Alarm pattern an indication that the other end of the line cannot recognize the signals the TAOS unit is transmitting The D channel for a PRI line is not currently communicating A keep alive also known as a Blue Alarm signal is being sent from the PRI network to the TAOS unit to indicate that the line is currently inoperative The DS3 interface has detected an Idle Signal transmitted from the other side This generally indicates that the line is provisioned but is not in use The DS3 interface has detected that the other side is using a framing format that differs from the one the local DS3 interface is configured for C bit parity or M13 Following are the channel status codes Code period asterisk hyphen b Description The channel is not available because of one of the following reasons e Line is disabled e Channel has no physical link e Channel does not exist e Channel configuration specifies that it is unused e Channel is reserved for framing first E1 channel only The channel is connected in a current call The channel is currently idle but in service The channel is a backup NFAS D channel T1 PRI only APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 1 9 Administering Slot Cards Displaying line status Code Description c The channel is currently not available because it is in the process of clearing the m
320. ption Displays the status of enabled tunnels on the TAOS unit Usage Enter dtunnel at the command prompt Example admin gt dtunnel MajDev Proto Agent Mode HA Type IPX sap UDP password 7 ATMP Home Agent Router disabled 5150 lucent Idle Limit 120 mins Tunnels Tunnel 36734 IfNum 65535 Majdev 7 Agent Address 130 67 40 254 5150 Tdent 0x56 TN 0x47BF DnsSN 0 ATMP Home Agent State 5 UP Router Mode Home Network Name Remote client Idle Limit 120 mins Client IP Address 141 111 40 86 32 Tunnel 36732 IfNum 65535 Majdev 7 Agent Address 130 67 40 254 5150 Tdent 0x55 TN 0x47BE DnsSN 0 ATMP Home Agent State 5 UP Router Mode Home Network Name Remote client Idle Limit 120 mins Client IP Address 141 111 40 85 32 Ether Stats Description Displays all statistics and error counters maintained by the 10Base T Ethernet driver Usage ether stats 0 n Where 0 is the first Ethernet port for which to display statistics and n is the last Example APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 11 Using Debug Commands FRDLstate admin gt ether stats 0 Tx unicast 48382 non unicast 23736 octets 10746332 collisions 443 dma under 0 cts loss 0 no carrier 0 late coll 0 Rx unicast 45952 non unicast 31307 octets 13491043 collisions 0 short frame 0 dma over 0 no resource 0 Alignment 0 Unaligns 0 Length Errs 0 Restarts 0 admin gt ether stats 0 10 Tx unicast 48559 non unicast 23784 octets 10805138 collision
321. r example Ctrl H means hold down the Control key and press the H key Means press the Enter or Return key or its equivalent on your computer Introduces important additional information Warns that a failure to follow the recommended procedure could result in loss of data or damage to equipment Warns that a failure to take appropriate safety precautions could result in physical injury Warns of danger of electric shock xviii APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide About This Guide Documentation set Documentation set The APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT documentation set consists of the following manuals e Read me first Access Networks Safety and Compliance Guide Contains important safety instructions and country specific compliance information that you must read before installing a TAOS unit TAOS Command Line Interface Guide Introduces the TAOS command line environment and shows how to use the command line interface effectively This manual describes keyboard shortcuts and introduces commands security levels profile structure and parameter types e Installation and basic configuration APX 8000 Hardware Installation Guide Shows how to install APX 8000 hardware and includes APX 8000 technical specifications MAX TNT DSLTNT Hardware Installation Guide Shows how to install MAX TNT and DSLTNT hardware and includes technical specifications for these units APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Phy
322. r of normal messages dropped due to lack of a buffer To some extent this indicates how 4 52 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands WANopening WANopening busy the system is but because sessions have a buffer quota it is possible to drop a normal message and increment this counter even when the system is not overloaded and when it is not out of buffers _wanSendDataNormPrioNoBuf 0 The next counter reports requests to send a packet being processed after the session has been terminated This is a normal occurrence when a call terminates during data transfer Its value should normally be relatively small but not necessarily non zero _wanSendDataNoRoute 0 The following counters record the system s inability to obtain a DRAM or HDLC buffer for high priority message caching QueuingFails 0 ToMbufFails 0 MallocFails 0 The following counter records high priority messages that have been dropped from the cache due to the arrival of another high priority message for the same session PrevCache 0 Description Shows WAN data as it is received and transmitted during connection establishment for all users The WANopening command is particularly helpful for troubleshooting connection problems in which users make the initial connection but are disconnected within a few seconds The output of WANopening is very similar to the output of WANdisplay but WANopening only shows packets until the connec
323. rap has been defined to inform the MIB manager that a slot card has been reset slotCardResetTrap TRAP TYPE ENTERPRISE ascend VARIABLES fatalLogIndex fatalLogReason sysAbsoluteCurrentTime slotIndex DESCRIPTION This trap is sent to all managers having the alarm condition enabled The system generates a trap when the TAOS unit reinitializes itself such that the configuration of the SNMP manager or the system itself might be altered The system generates a trap when the TAOS unit reinitializes itself such that neither the configuration of SNMP manager or the system itself is altered The system generates a trap when a failure occurs in a communication link between the unit and the SNMP manager 6 20 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide SNMP Administration Setting up SNMP traps Parameter Meaning Linkup Enabled The system generates a trap when the communication link between the unit and the SNMP manager comes back up Ascend Enabled Also known as the Ascend Enterprise trap When both this parameter and Port Enabled are set to Yes a trap is generated to indicate a change of state in a host interface All port connections are monitored in a state machine and reported via this trap Call Log Dropped Pkt If enabled the default the system generates a trap when the value Enabled of the callLoggingDroppedPacketCount variable in the call logging MIB is changed from 0 to whi
324. ration Guide 2 13 TAOS System Administration Viewing clock source information DOS compatible FAT 16 flash memory format File formats Shelf controller PCMCIA flash memory cards use a DOS compatible general purpose file system In the initial release the file system is supported on the TAOS shelf controller PCMCIA flash cards and Intel compatible linear flash cards but it has been designed with a minimum of platform dependencies The new flash format allows for hierarchical directories and eliminates the need to revise the file system format between versions In addition you can read and write the data on the flash card with a standard laptop or palmtop running OS 2 or a Windows version that supports Flash Translation Layer FTL linear flash memory The file allocation table 16 FAT 16 file system is implemented on top of FTL For details about the formats see PCMCIA Media Storage Formats Chapter 5 Flash Translation Layer Microsoft FAT12 and FAT16 volume formats Note Filenames on TAOS flash cards must be compatible with the DOS 8 3 format A FAT 16 file system can store a large number of files in a hierarchy of directories After you format flash under this software version the flash card contains a top level directory named current which contains the currently running version of the TAOS software as well as code image files for all supported slot cards The slot card images are extracted from the tar file and stored as indiv
325. rce address security parameter is set to No its address security default value any SNMP manager that presents the right community name will be allowed access If it is set to Yes the TAOS unit checks the source IP address of the SNMP manager and allows access only to those IP addresses listed in the read access host and write access host arrays Each array can include up to five host addresses Specifying who to contact The contact and location fields are SNMP readable and about problems and the settable and should indicate the person to contact about location of the unit this unit and its location Specifying a queue depth The default queue depth for SNMP requests is zero which means the packets will not be dropped no matter how busy the SNMP subsystem gets If the queue were to grow too large in an extremely loaded routing environment the system could ultimately run out of memory Valid values for the queue depth are 0 1024 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 6 17 SNMP Administration Setting up SNMP traps Sample SNMP profile This example enables SNMP access enforces address security and prevents write access admin gt read snmp SNMP read admin gt list enabled no read community public read write community write nforce address security no read access hosts 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 write access hosts 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 c
326. related to the router functionality of the TAOS unit The command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display You can use this command for a general view of the load experienced by the TAOS unit Usage Enter brouterdebug at the command prompt Example Typically brouterdebug displays very few messages The following session took place over a period of several minutes on a TAOS unit with 40 45 users active admin gt brouterdebug BROUTER debug display is ON BROUTER_LOAD_MSG time 0 BROUTER_LOAD_MSG time 1 BROUTER_LOAD_MSG time 0 admin gt brouterdebug BROUTER debug display is OFF The BROUTER_LOAD_MSG message is an indication of how busy the TAOS unit s router function is A low number as is illustrated here indicates the router is not experiencing any problems Description Reports router backlog time which indicates whether the TAOS unit is experiencing any delay The time is shown in ticks Multiply the number of ticks by ten to get the time in milliseconds You can use this command for a general view of the load experienced by the TAOS unit APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 9 Using Debug Commands Ctdebug Ctdebug Cubit Usage Enter brouterload at the command prompt Example The following display indicates no delays in the router admin gt brouterload BROUTER load time is 0 ticks x10msec Description Displays messages related to CIDR
327. res cached profiles are deleted from system memory The next time a remote filter is needed the system retrieves the profile from RADIUS and stores it in cache again Keeping a profile in cache increases the performance of establishing sessions that use the filter at the cost of some system memory If this parameter is set to 0 zero the default timer is disabled so that only RADIUS profiles that specify a cache time are cached Overview of RADIUS user profile settings RADIUS user profile support for filter profiles is provided by the following vendor specific attributes VSAs RADIUS attribute Value Filter ID 11 Name of a local or remote filter profile associated with the connection Ascend Filter Required Whether access to the filter is required for the session With the 50 default value of Required No 0 the system establishes the session even if the specified filter is not found If the attribute is set to Required Yes 1 the system disconnects the call if the filter is not found This setting does not apply if the profile does not refer to a filter by name If this attribute is not specified the Answer Defaults setting is used to determine system behavior when the specified filter is not found 5 10 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Creating User Profiles Creating and managing remote user profile filters Overview of RADIUS pseudo user profile settings A filter profile is a pseudo user profile in
328. rgence TC sublayer table ATM Interface virtual channel link VCL configuration table ATM Interface ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AALS virtual channel connection VCC performance statistics table Set operations are not yet supported In addition the following SNMPv2 related changes were made to rfc2514 mib The definition of atmMIB and atmMIBOb jects were moved here from rfc2515 mib All the definitions were modified to SNMPv1 Structure of Management Information SMI The SNMPv1 entries atmNoTrafficDescriptor atmClpNoTaggingNoScr and atmClpTaggingNoScr are deprecated The following SNMPv 2 related changes were made to rfc2515 mib The definitions of atmMIB and atmMIBObjects were moved to rfc2514 mib All MIB fields with Current Status were changed to Mandatory MAX Access syntax was changed to Access for all the fields Fields with read create access were changed to read write Set functions are not supported on the following parameters so they have been changed from read write to read only 6 4 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide SNMP Administration SNMP support atmInterfaceConfEntry parameters atmVclReceiveTrafficDescrIndex atmVclTransmitTrafficDescriIndex and atmVclAdminStatus in tmVclTable w tmVccAalType atmVccAal5CpcsTransmitSduSize tmVccAal5CpcsReceiveSduSize atmVccAal5EncapsType tmVclRowStatus atmVclCastType and atmVclConnKindin tmVclTable y 9 e Read wri
329. ribute numbers RADIF attribute 6 len RADIF attribute 7 len 6 00 00 00 01 6 00 00 00 02 7 RADIF attribute 8 len 6 ff ff ff fe 9 1 DVD OO RADIF attribute 9 len 6 ff ff ff 00 RADIF attribute 11 len 12 73 74 64 2e APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 37 Using Debug Commands RADservdump RADIF attribute 12 len 6 00 00 05 de RADIF attribute 10 len 6 00 00 00 OO RADIF attribute 13 len 6 00 00 00 O1 RADIF attribute 244 len 6 00 00 11 94 RADIF attribute 169 len 6 00 00 11 94 RADIF attribute 170 len 6 00 00 00 02 RADIF attribute 245 len 6 00 00 00 00 RADIF attribute 235 len 6 00 00 00 01 A RADIUS Accounting Start packet is sent to the RADIUS Accounting Server using port 1646 RADIF _radiusAcctRequest id 42 user name lt 9 my_name gt RADIF _radiusAcctRequest socket 6 len 82 IP cf9e400b port 1646 ID 42 RADIF _radCallback RADIF _radCallback buf B05433C0 RADIF _radProcAcctRsp user lt 9 my_name gt RADservdump Description Use this command to verify the configuration you have set in the External Auth profile Usage Enter radservdump at the command prompt This does not display any information related to the configuration of either your RADIUS Authentication server or your RADIUS Accounting server Example For the following example the TAOS unit has been configured with two RADIUS servers 1 1 1 1 and 2 2 2 2 The port has not been changed from its defau
330. ring from a failed slot card installation admin gt nvramclear Restore the saved system configuration You can either restore it through the serial port or you can reassign an IP address and default gateway through the serial port then use the Load command to load the rest of the configuration as in the following example admin gt load config network bonzo 971001 This restores the configuration from a file named 971001 in the TFTP home directory on a host named bonzo For a complete description of saving and restoring configurations see the Backing up and restoring a configuration on page 2 19 Removing the slot card To recover from a failed slot card installation by removing the slot card 1 Save the current configuration of any profiles on the card For example admin gt save network bonzo 971001 t1 This saves the configuration of all the T1 profiles to a file named 971001 in the TFTP home directory on a host named bonzo Bring down the card as in the following example admin gt slot d 1 1 This disables the slot card in shelf 1 slot 1 Remove the card profile admin gt slot r 1 1 Bring the card back up admin gt slot u 1 1 Restore the configuration of any profiles on the card For the T1 card in this example you would enter the following command admin gt load config network bonzo 971001 This restores the configuration from a file named 971001 in the TFTP home directory on a host named bonzo
331. rite core dumps over the Ethernet MN Caution Do not use core dumps unless specifically requested to by a Lucent representative APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide A 1 Getting TAOS Unit Core Dumps Before you begin Before you begin Before installing and using the Ascendump utility make sure you Are familiar with the UNIX shell and know how to change directories get information about files use FTP start processes check available disk space and so on Have a local UNIX workstation running Solaris SUNOS or BSDI UNIX To use core dump on other versions of UNIX contact technical support Have a minimum of 16Mb free disk space on the core dump server Note however that more space might be required under certain circumstances such as if you are core dumping the core from the 32M DRAM card Have downloaded the appropriate version of Ascendump from the Ascend FTP server ftp ascend com pub Utilities coredump Have installed it in the directory from which you want to run it and have used the chmod x command to make the file executable The Ascendump daemon Ascendump has the following syntax ascendump v r c u p n email recipient s slot d directory host Option Explanation v accept r Reset the TAOS unit after the core dump This is the C FP S u n d default in daemon mode Do not reset the box after the core dump This is the default in client mode
332. rmgrLink dlIfNum dlifSpeed frtl14 CONNECTED 1012c920 15 0 738 512000 dlci Addr ifNum routeID dataLink state 304 100cada0 23 136 1012c920 INACTIVE frt1s8 CONNECTED 1012ffa0 14 0 742 1536000 dlci Addr ifNum routeID dataLink state 306 101719a0 33 36 1012ffa0 ACTIVE 604 10193c60 27 32 1012ffa0 ACTIVE 603 10191fe0 26 31 1012ffa0 ACTIVE frt17 CONNECTED 10149b60 13 0 741 1536000 dlci Addr ifNum routeID dataLink state 305 101975e0 32 35 10149b60 ACTIVE 600 101910a0 24 30 10149b60 ACTIVE 303 1018cea0 22 28 10149b60 ACTIVE 301 10186360 20 26 10149b60 ACTIVE frt16 CONNECTED 1017ad20 7 0 740 1536000 dlci Addr ifNum routeID dataLink state 605 101961 e0 29 34 1017ad20 ACTIVE 300 1018a820 21 27 1017ad20 ACTIVE frswan4 CONNECTED 10125ba0 2 0 734 64000 dlci Addr ifNum routeID dataLink state 411 101592a0 31 5 10125ba0 ACTIVE 407 10155ae0 30 4 10125ba0 ACTIVE 403 10153be0 25 3 10125ba0 ACTIVE APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 13 Using Debug Commands FRinARP FRinARP Description Performs an Inverse ARP test over the specified Frame Relay link and DLCI You can use FRinARP to help troubleshoot connectivity and routing problems over a Frame Relay link Usage frinarp Frame_Relay_profile_name DLCI Example admin gt frinarp FR 1 38 friInArp frinarp frname dilci Inverse Arp op 2304 hw type 3840 prot type 8 hw len 2 prot len 4 Source Hw
333. rofile named Test which is based on the Admin profile but restricts some permissions and has a different password admin gt new user admin USER admin admin gt admin gt admin gt admin gt admin gt admin gt set set set set set read name test password test pw allow termserv no allow update no allow code no write USER admin written In the following example an administrator creates a profile that enables the user to use the terminal server commands but not to perform any other actions APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 5 5 Creating User Profiles Customizing the environment for a User profile admin gt new user USER default read admin gt set name techpubs admin gt set password december admin gt set allow termserv yes admin gt set prompt admin gt set log display level none admin gt write USER techpubs written To log in by means of the new profile admin gt auth techpubs Password december Customizing the environment for a User profile In addition to authentication and permission information User profiles also contain parameters that affect how the user s environment appears at login You can customize the following areas e The system prompt e Whether the status window is displayed by default e Information contained in the status window e The level of log messages displayed Setting the system prompt The defaul
334. roller it locates the host card that has an active connection to the remote unit It then opens a session to that card invokes the terminal server interface and uses the Remote command on the card to bring up the remote management session The Remote command uses a proprietary protocol to connect to the remote unit and bring up its LCD menu which can be used to reconfigure the unit However because your initial permissions are set by the default Security profile on the remote system you might need to authenticate the Full Access or other administrator level Security profile before managing the unit 2 34 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide TAOS System Administration Remote management of other units You can also manually open a session with the host card that has an active connection to the remote unit invoke the terminal server and run the Remote command on the slot card For example admin gt userstat s SessionID Line Chan Slot Item Tx Rx Rate Svc Address Username 228687860 1 01 02 01 1 03 01 01 56K 56K PPP 10 100 0 1 clarap75 228687861 1 02 03 02 1 04 02 00 28800 33600 MPP 10 168 6 24 allwynp50 lt end user list gt 2 active user s admin gt open 1 4 hdlc2 1 4 gt terminal server ascend remote allwynp50 Terminating a remote management session To exit from the remote management session and return to the command line interface session on the shelf controller press Ctrl C three times in quick succession
335. rors Index 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 Definition Buffer already in use Buffer belongs to wrong pool Buffer belongs to wrong heap Buffer not previously allocated This warning can be logged under different conditions For example double freeing of memory and low memory conditions can both generate a warning 104 Buffer bad memory allocation Buffer belongs to bogus pool Buffer belongs to bogus heap Memory management code or other modules detected that the buffer header of what should have been a free buffer was corrupted by the previous overwrite Buffer negative length memory allocation A negative length request was made to the memory allocation code Buffer zero length memory allocation This warning is similar to Warning 108 except that a zero length request is made to the memory allocation code Error in buffer boundary Error buffer too big Indicates that a software routine has tried to allocate a block of memory greater than 64Kbytes Error buffer null Error buffer segment count zero Error buffer trailer magic Error in buffer trailer Error in buffer trailer length Error in buffer trailer user magic Error buffer write after free Error buffer not in use Error buffer magic in memory copy B 4 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Log Messages on the TAOS Unit Definitions of warning messages Index 121 130
336. routing The command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display Usage Enter ctdebug at the command prompt Example admin gt ctdebug CIDR tree debug is 0 Description Displays the statistics of the shelf controller s 3 cubit chips The command used to gather statistics from the chips The cubit chips direct packet bus traffic between each other between each other and the shelf controller SAR and slot card SAR and intershelf to other cubits Usage cubit s r w d il z parameters Syntax element Description Z Show the statistics of all 3 cubits r cubit vpi Read the content of the cubit at the specified VPI d cubit startVPI Dump the content of the cubit Re initialize the cubits zZ Reset the cubits Example In the following example cubit B is not operating normally and the shelf controller might be defective Note that receive errors are logged as resets admin gt cubit s Cells CUBIT_A CUBIT_B CUBIT_I received 1316806 0 2740761 discarded 0 0 0 misrouted 0 0 0 HEC Error 0 0 0 Resets 0 SLOL 0 4 10 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands DTunnel The following example indicates that the multishelf is operating normally admin gt cubit s Cells CUBIT_A CUBIT_B CUBIT_I received 557088 3990584 3497345 discarded 0 0 0 misrouted 0 0 0 HEC Error 0 0 0 Resets 0 0 0 DTunnel Descri
337. rt 1 fixed TRUE relative 0 paired port 65535 slave FALSE physical FALSE 4 32 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands PPPdump PPPdump Description Very similar to the WANdisplay diagnostic command But the PPPdump command strips out escape characters that are present for asynchronous PPP users who are dialing in with modems The escape characters are necessary because of the asynchronous nature of the data stream Stripping them out simply clarifies the presentation of the data If you enter the command while traffic streams heavily through your TAOS unit the resulting amount of output can make it tedious to find the information you re looking for The screen might even display the message data lost which just means that not all the output can be displayed on the screen You might prefer to use the PPPdump command during a period of low throughput Usage First open a session with a host card then enter pppdump n where n is the number of octets to display per frame Specifying a value of 0 zero disables the logging of this data Example Following are two examples of the display of an asynchronous call one produced by WANdisplay and the other by PPPdump The following frames were logged by entering wandisplay 64 FF 7D 23 CO 21 7D 21 7D 21 7D 20 7D 37 7D 22 7D 26 7D 20 7D 2A 7D 7D 20 2D 7D 23 7D 26 3A AA 7E FF 7D 23 CO 21 7D 21 7D 21 7D 20 23 7D 20 7D 24
338. ryNoMbuf 0 _mkStatusReplyNoBuf 0 _mkStatusReplyMbuf 0 FRScert Description Toggles between Sprint and Frame Relay Forum LMI checks The default is the Sprint certification policy In most cases the default setting is correct and should not be changed APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 15 Using Debug Commands FRstate FRstate GRE IFMgr Usage Enter frscert at the command prompt Example admin gt frscert frSCert is FRFCert admin gt frscert frSCert is SCert Description Displays messages related to Frame Relay state changes The command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display Usage Enter frstate at the command prompt Example An administrator enables the display data is received from the Frame Relay interface and processed and the administrator disables the display admin gt frstate FRrly state display is ON FRRLYIF Calling frifRecv routeId 20 FR1490 dataFrom wan entry state 2 FRRLYIF Send up stack ifnum 1 FRRLYIF Calling frifRecv routeId 20 FR1490 dataFrom wan entry state 2 FRRLYIF Send up stack ifnum 7 FRRLYIF frifSend ifNum 1 FR1490 data to wan entry state 2 FRRLYIF datatoWan datalink B04C0480 admin gt frstate FRrly state display is OFF Description Displays the TAOS unit s Generic Routing Encapsulation GRE information The command has little practical use other than as a tool for developmental engineering Description Displays
339. s days days 05 05 05s 05 05 05s 05 05 05 0 5 05 05 05 05 05 O53 05 05 05 05 05 05 23 24 23 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 233 26 24 24 24 24 24 08 00 52 18 00 34 208 23 08 208 00 00 00 234 208 208 08 208 208 233 08 08 34 CO oO oO oO oO oO oO oO oO oO oO 00 oO 00 00 oO 00 0 00 oOo OD O Oy O OS aO O Oe Or O Ov OO Ov GO On JO Or Or Oy lt gt 205 26D 205 205 Zep 205 lt 2e5 wap 205 205 26D 205 205 2p 2c5 205 26D 205 205 205 2c5 205 2 8 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide TAOS System Administration Displaying the system version shelf 1 slot 30 csmx card 3 days 05 23 08 8 0 2c5 shelf 1 slot 33 t3 card 3 days 05 24 26 804205 shelf 1 slot 34 hdlc2ec card 3 days 05 24 00 8 0 2c5 shelf 1 slot 36 8tl card 3 days 05 24 46 8 0 2c5 shelf 1 slot 38 ether3 card 3 days 05 24 34 804265 shelf 1 slot 39 ether3 card 3 days 05 24 34 8 0 2c5 shelf 1 left controller shelf controller 3 days 05 25 51 PRIMARY Note The left and right controllers are both reported in the display Uptime displays the current time 20 18 18 in the preceding example identifies the slot card the software version running on the card and displays the length
340. s 443 dma under 0 cts loss 0 no carrier 0 late coll 0 Rx unicast 46165 non unicast 31500 octets 13576590 collisions 0 short frame 0 dma over 0 no resource 0 Alignment 0 Unaligns 0 Length Errs 0 Restarts 0 FRDLstate Description Displays information regarding the state of the Frame Relay connections focusing mostly on Data Link information The command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display Usage Enter frdlstate at the command prompt Example 4 12 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands FRdump FRdump admin gt frdlstate FRDLCALL state display is now ON In this example an outgoing call is to be placed A route to the destination is available over a Frame Relay link The following message appears FRDLCALL Clear Call for route 136 The following message indicates that an outgoing call is connected FRDLCALL 136 call complete status 1 0 channels The next message indicates that either the TAOS unit or the far end device has destroyed a route The TAOS unit updates its table to reflect this routing change FRDLCALL 136 dead call FRDLCALL 136 route destroyed Description Displays a snapshot of the Frame Relay Interface table The display shows data for each DLCI assigned to a Frame Relay link Usage Enter frdump at the command prompt Example admin gt frdump Frname State DLinkAddr routeID id f
341. s default setting is 69 which is the default port for TFTP operations The object is defined as follows in the Flash MIB APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 6 13 SNMP Administration Read Write Access flashOperationTftpPort OBJECT TYPE SYNTAX INTEGER ACCESS read write STATUS mandatory DESCRIPTION This object defines the port to use on the remote system when starting a TFTP operation using a flashOperationCommand The default port is 69 tcp udp Trivial File Transfer flashOperation 8 The new Flash MIB has the following structure 1 flashDevice flashGroup 1 1 flashDevices flashGroup 1 1 Na 2 flashDeviceTable flashGroup 1 2 L 1 flashDeviceEntry flashGroup 1 2 1 1 flashDeviceSocket flashGroup 1 2 1 1 2 flashDeviceController flashGroup 1 2 1 2 3 flashDeviceControllerSocket flashGroup 1 2 1 3 4 flashDeviceSize flashGroup 1 2 1 4 5 flashDeviceUsed flashGroup 1 2 1 5 6 flashDeviceState flashGroup 1 2 1 6 7 flashDeviceMaster flashGroup 1 2 1 7 8 flashDeviceFormatStatus flashGroup 1 2 1 8 9 flashDeviceDescription flashGroup 1 2 1 9 2 flashFileTable flashGroup 2 wo 1 flashFileEntry flashGroup 2 1 pa 1 flashFileIndex flashGroup 2 1 1 7 3 flashFileSocket flashGroup 2 1 3 4 flashFileSize flashGroup 2 1 4 7 5 flashFileStatus flashGroup 2 1 5 6 flashFileName flashGroup 2 1 6 7 flashFileChecksum flashGroup 2 1 7 8 flashFileVersion
342. s Not Exist Disabled Loss of Signal Loss of Frame Yellow Alarm AIS Receive Active Description Link is not physically on board Line disabled Near end has lost signal Near end has lost frame Receiving yellow alarm from far end Receiving alarm indication signal Multipoint established The remaining parameters indicate the errors on the DS3 line Refer to RFC 1407 for complete description of these errors Parameter F Bit Error Count P Bit Error Count CP Bit Error Count FEB Error Count BPV Error Count Loss of Signal Loss of Frame Yellow Receive AIS Receive Using T1 Stat profiles Description Framing bit errors received since the last TAOS unit reset P bit errors indicate that TAOS unit received a P bit code on the DS3 M frame that differs from the locally calculated code For C Bit Parity lines indicates that number of parity errors since the last TAOS unit reset Far end block errors received since the last TAOS unit reset Bipolar Violation BPV errors may indicate that the line sent consecutive one bits with the same polarity It could also mean that three or more consecutive zeroes were sent or an incorrect polarity True indicates a loss of signal False indicates that the carrier is maintaining a connection True indicates a loss of framing False indicates that the line is up and in frame True indicates that the local device has received a Yellow Alarm indication Fa
343. s cocecctuawsusnssvanendecwcsrecntantuds 5 1 Understanding the User profile parameters 0 0 0 ec eeceeeeeeseeseeceeseeceecseeseceseeseceeeeeeseeeenes 5 2 Understanding command permissions eceeeeceeseeeceeeeeeeeseeseecaeesaecaecsaeaecseeseseseeeeeesenes 5 3 Satmiple User proves ec se33 c5 235 aieccetsecsisecdvecdesceveeedeceedyss evans iy dhavededeseeespebespedhenesetierr atone 5 5 Customizing the environment for a User profile 0 eee ee ceeeecseeseececsseeecesenseeneeeeeeeeeaes 5 6 Setting thes y stem PrOMIpt essai jseves sere sdgvesecssceesveacs weesdeetoeted specses ued ee cee a S A AARETE 5 6 Specifying status window information 000 0 cece cee ceseeeeeeseeeeceseeeeecaeesaecsaeaecssenseees 5 6 Setting log levels for each login oo eee ceeesecseeeceeceseeeseeseeeeseaeeeeecaeesaecsaesaecseeeaeees 5 8 Logging in as a different User norn lee e E EKSERE EE E a E 5 8 Specifying a timeout for LOGINS meneren ean e a p e aa E EE AR E 5 8 Finding th c rrent seren esana a E E A A A ane 5 9 Creating and managing remote user profile filters eeseeessesessseeeeseetsresrerrsrerrsseerrsrereresee 5 9 viii APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Contents Currentlimitatons aien dette ih oie Gentiles 5 9 Overview of local profile settings eee es eeceseeeeceeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeseecsecaaesaecsaesaecseenaeees 5 9 Overview of RADIUS user profile settings eee eee cee eee eseeseecseceecaeenseeneens 5 10 Overview of RADIUS p
344. s mib This MIB manages the TAOS unit s power supplies Ascend RADIUS MIB radius mib Enables you to view the status of Ascend RADIUS accounting and authentication servers including client requests and the servers responses You can also use this MIB to mark a RADIUS server as the current server Ascend Resources MIB resource mib Enables you to report utilization and availability details about terminating access resources such as modems HDLC channels and MultiDSP devices For cards that support resourceUsageTable and resourceTable in resource mib the system can report utilization details such as the number of active available disabled suspect or inoperable devices This information can be useful for capacity planning and resource management The system also reports the percentage of available modems HDLC channels or DSPs within a device or device group to enable immediate detection of modem HDLC or DSP failure The following host cards support this feature e Series56 II and Series56 II Digital Modem e MutiDSP e Hybrid Access HDLC2 EC The following object has been added to the Ascend Enterprise MIB ascend mib resourcesGroup OBJECT IDENTIFIER ascend 27 Ascend Service Management MIB srvemgmt mib Enables you to manage Dialed Number Information Service DNIS services on the TAOS unit When the DNIS management mode is enabled Network Management Stations NMS such as Navis
345. s not guarantee the completeness of the list of commands published for a given release nor the exhaustive cataloging of their functionality MN Caution Under most circumstances debug commands are not required for correct operation of the TAOS unit And in some circumstances they might produce undesirable results Please use the following information with caution Contact Lucent Technical Support with any questions or concerns Enabling debug permissions Before you can access the debug commands you must log into the TAOS unit with a User profile that specifies debug privileges To enable debugging privileges 1 Open a user profile admin gt open user admin 2 Enable debug permissions admin gt set allow debug yes This is a hidden parameter It does not appear in the interface 3 Write the profile to save the changes admin gt write APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 1 Using Debug Commands Enabling debug output Note that when you are logged into the TAOS unit with debug privileges the interface might display normally unavailable parameters and commands some of which are not configurable in certain situations For this reason you should create a special profile for debugging purposes and only use that profile when you are debugging the TAOS unit Enabling debug output To enable debug output for all commands on the system or on a card use the Debug command as in the following examples To enable debug
346. s sent and received the percentage of packet loss the number of duplicate or damaged echo_response packets if any and round trip statistics In some cases round trip times cannot be calculated During the Ping exchange the TAOS unit displays information about the packet exchange including the Time To Live TTL of each ICMP echo_response packet The maximum TTL for ICMP Ping is 255 while and the maximum TTL for TCP is often 60 or lower so you might be able to Ping a host but not be able to run a TCP application such as Telnet or FTP to that station If you Ping a host running a version of Berkeley UNIX before 4 3BSD Tahoe the TTL report is 255 minus the number of routers in the round trip path If you Ping a host running the current version of Berkeley UNIX the TTL report is 255 minus the number of routers in the path from the remote system to the station performing the Ping Using the Netstat command to display the interface table At system startup the TAOS unit creates an IP interface in the active state for each Ethernet interface that has a configured IP Interface profile and for the built in loopback reject and blackhole interfaces It also creates IP interfaces in the inactive state for remote connections For each IP interface that is not configured as a private route the TAOS unit also adds a route to the routing table IP interfaces change between the active and inactive state as switched calls are brought up and downa
347. s__unused 232 internetProfile__x75_options__k_frames_outstanding 174 internetProfile__pri_numbering_plan_id 233 internetProfile__x75_options__n2_retransmissions 175 internetProfile__vrouter 234 internetProfile__x75_options__t1_retran_timer 176 internetProfile__atm_options__atm1483type 235 internetProfile__x75_options__frame_length 177 internetProfile__atm_options__vpi 236 internetProfile__appletalk_options__atalk_routing_enabled 178 internetProfile__atm_options__vci 237 internetProfile__appletalk_options__atalk_static_ZoneName 179 internetProfile__action__ 238 internetProfile__appletalk_options__atalk_static_NetStart 180 mibinternetProfile__tcp_clear_options__portTable 2 internetProfile__appletalk_options__atalk_static_NetEnd 181 internetProfile__tcp_clear_options__port__station 1 internetProfile__appletalk_options__atalk_Peer_Mode 182 internetProfile__tcp_clear_options__port__index__ 2 internetProfile__usrRad_options__acct_type 183 internetProfile__tcp_clear_options__port 3 internetProfile__usrRad_options__acct_host 184 mibinternetProfile__tcp_clear_options__hostTable 3 internetProfile__usrRad_options__acct_port 185 internetProfile__tcp_clear_options__host__station 1 internetProfile__usrRad_options__acct_key 186 internetProfile__tcp_clear_options__host__index__ 2 internetProfile__usrRad_options__acct_timeout 187 inter
348. scend 2 with this value 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 2 It contains the following objects slotNumber 1 slotTable 2 slotEntry 1 slotindex 1 slotName 2 slotType 3 slotFixed 4 slotltems 5 slotSpecific 6 slotSerialNumber 7 slotStatus 8 slotLastChange 9 slotltemTable 3 slotitemEntry 1 slotltemSlotindex 1 slotltemIndex 2 slotltemFirstlf 3 slotltem fCount 4 slotltemSpecific 5 slotltemStatus 6 slotifTable 4 slotifEntry 1 slotSlotlfiIndex 1 slotlfSlotindex 2 slotlfltemindex 3 The hostTypes group is defined as hostTypes enterpris 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 3 It contains the following objects hostTypeAny 1 hostTypeDual 2 hostTypeQuad 3 hostTypeAim2 4 hostTypeAim6 5 ascend 3 with this value APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 6 31 SNMP Administration Ascend MIB hierarchy advancedAgent 4 The advancedAgent group is defined as advancedAgent enterprise ascend 4 with this value 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 1 It contains the following objects wanUseTrunkGroups 20 wanLineTable 21 wanLineEntry 1 wanLinelfindex 1 wanLineName 2 wanLineType 3 wanLineChannels 4 wanLineState 5 wanLineStateString 6 wanLineActiveChannels 7 wanLineUsage 8 wanLineHuntGrpPhoneNumber1 9 wanLineHuntGrpPhoneNumber2 10 wanLineHuntGrpPhoneNumbers3 11 wanLineAvailableChannels 12 wanLineSwitchedChannels 13 wanLineDisabledChannels 14 wa
349. seudo user profile settings 0 eee cse cee tsecnseeeeees 5 11 Examples of configuring a filter profile in RADIUS oe cece tse enteeeeees 5 12 Examples of applying remote filters ee ees eecsee cae ceseeseceeceseeeeeeeereneeeaes 5 12 Managing remote filters eee eeeeeeeseeceeeecaecseaecacesecsceseeeeseeeseeseaeeeaeeaees 5 13 Parameter reference entries 2 i scecc0 lt shecessadesdeh oviiehe Seectssies daahedke dans nerin E saddest 5 14 Chapter 6 SNMP Administration cccccccsssseeeeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeesseeeneeeees 6 1 SNMP Supports occ Si Aa Bie aaa ie ie eden eta Ao ot ue Suen eee 6 1 Standard MIB ESR oak iscidesss neh detent E E cashed dees acedet s 6 1 RFC 1213 MIB I cece ated a ntara aii Aci dale E A i A E RS 6 1 RFC 1253 OSPF MIB pereen a a eaa e AER aS 6 1 RFE 1315 Frame Relay MIB Joi eneen EE E EC R 6 2 RFC 1317 RSZ MB e E e ree A NL rE 6 2 RFC 1398 Ethernet MIB emrenin a ER 6 2 RFC 1406 DSI MIB e a araara eaa heen EREE ETEN REER 6 2 RFE 1407 DS3 MIB se ccsianiin eee ddan iinis dale sees 6 2 RFC 1695 ATM MIB 8 eepe ccteedherectss eines e coat eai 6 2 RFC 1696 Modem MIB nrnna iei a E E ERE 6 2 RFC 1850 OSPF Traps Version 2 MIB sesseessessessesssessesesesserseresseserssessreseessesse 6 3 RFC 2233 Interface MIB Joare ai E ee ia E O TA 6 3 RFC 23515 A TMM MIB a e aea e A aN TEA 6 4 RFC 2574 SNMPv3 User Based Security Model USM MIB eeeeeeeeeeeees 6 5 Ascend enterprise MIBS e
350. sical Interface Configuration Guide Shows how to configure the cards installed in a TAOS unit and their line attributes for such functions as framing signaling and channel usage It also describes how calls are routed through the system and includes information about configuring the unit in a Signaling System 7 SS7 environment This guide explains shelf controller redundancy for an APX 8000 unit e Configuration APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT ATM Configuration Guide Describes how to configure Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM operations on a TAOS unit This guide explains how to configure physical layer attributes and how to create permanent virtual circuit PVC and switched virtual circuit SVC ATM interfaces It includes information about ATM direct and ATM Frame Relay circuits APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Frame Relay Configuration Guide Describes how to configure Frame Relay operations on a TAOS unit This guide explains physical layer configuration and restrictions and how to create permanent virtual circuit PVC and switched virtual circuit SVC interfaces It includes information about Multilink Frame Relay MFR and link management as well as Frame Relay and Frame Relay direct circuits APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT WAN Routing and Tunneling Configuration Guide Shows how to configure LAN and WAN routing for analog and digital dial in connections on a TAOS unit This guide includes information about IP routing Open Shortest Path First
351. sical address shelf shelf l set physical address slot slot l set physical address item number 1 set line interfac nabled yes set line interface frame typ sf set line interfac ncoding b8zs set line interface clock source eligible write f i Note The Write f command causes the script to overwrite an existing configuration without prompting You can use this file as a basis for configuring all twenty eight lines on a DS3 card by changing the parameters such as Item Number as required Carefully review your text file to make sure it is correct Logging into the TAOS unit To log into the TAOS unit for administrative tasks use a profile that has write permissions as in the following example o telnet mytnt User admin Password mypassword admin gt If you are already logged into the TAOS unit make sure you are at the highest level by entering the list command possibly more than once as in the following example admin gt list name W physical address shelf 1 slot 1 1 line interface yes esf b8zs eligible middle priority inband wink start digit admin gt list error at highest level APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 2 29 TAOS System Administration Displaying user session information Uploading the text file Use an ASCII text upload to upload the text file directly to the TAOS unit s prompt Carefully review your changes through the console
352. sing 4 10 Cubit command using 4 10 D D channel displaying signaling 4 35 D4 framing cannot be used with FDL 1 20 data link information for Frame Relay 4 12 date setting system 2 12 debug commands getting online help for 4 2 list of 4 4 overview of 4 1 using combinations of 4 3 debug levels described 4 2 debug output enabling 4 2 debug permissions enabling 4 1 levels explained 2 4 debug profiles deleting A 6 Debug level commands TNTMP 4 47 default administrative password 2 2 Default User profile privileges with 5 1 defaults restoring system to 2 12 Device command using 1 5 1 30 devices changing state of 1 5 changing state of with Admin State Perm If profile 7 4 changing state of with Admin State Phys If profile 7 5 managing 7 7 7 8 quiescing 1 20 Device State profile using 7 6 Device Summary profile using 7 7 Diagnostic permission level explained 2 4 Diagnostic level commands permission needed to use 5 4 diagnostics ATM with Framer command 1 12 getting DS1 1 22 1 26 getting T3 1 22 1 24 dialout MDialout command 4 22 timer for 2 37 digital modems See modems Dircode command using 2 16 directed broadcasts setting displayed in IFmgr com mand output 4 20 disabling modem explained 1 31 DLCI displaying which applied to Frame Relay link 4 13 displaying with the FRMgrDump command 4 15 DNIS information in Syslog B 8 DNS performing a DNS lookup 3 9 DS1 MIB d
353. slot uptime a u ptime a shelf J stot display the TNT system uptime display the TNT slot card uptime display the TNT slot card uptime display the uptime for all TINT slot cards display this usage message Without an argument the command displays system uptime But in the following example the command displays the uptime for all slot cards in the UP state cards that are not in the UP state are not reported super gt uptime a 2 2s s S n n n n n n n n n 03 43 helf 1 helf 1 helf 1 helf 1 helf 1 helf 1 helf 1 helf 1 helf 1 helf 1 helf 1 helf 1 helf 1 helf 1 helf 1 helf 1 helf 1 helf 1 helf 1 helf 1 helf 1 helf 1 slot 2 slot 4 slot 5 slot 7 slot 8 slot 9 slot 12 slot 13 slot 14 slot 15 slot 16 slot 17 slot 19 slot 20 slot 21 slot 22 slot 23 slot 24 slot 25 slot 26 slot 27 slot 29 csmx card hdlc2ec card madd2 card oc3 atm card hdlc2ec card ether3 card hdlc2 card csmx card hdlc2 card hdlc2ec card hdlc2ec card hdlc2ec card ether3 card hdlc2 card hdlc2 card csmx card t3 card hdlc2 card hdlc2 card csmx card hdlc2 card ether3 card OW WWW WW WwW WwW WwW WwW WwW WwW WwW WwW WwW WwW Ww WW WwW Ww Ww days days days days days days days days days days days days days days days days days days days day
354. slot state srate Wena eS eat Se Ee ed ty 1 4 Changing a device state cccn0b eae et eee yee ee ee eee ete 1 5 Removing a slot card and its configuration 0 0 cece eee eee eee 1 5 Viewing the clock source fora slot card 0 2 ee eee eee 1 6 Recovering from a failed slot card installation 00 00 00 e ee eee 1 6 Displaying line Status zis wees Sh ERI chek ee he eG e 1 8 Administering DS3 ATM cards 2 eee eee 1 11 Administering Ethernet cards 2 0 0 0 0 1 16 Administering T1 and T3 cards 0 0 Lee eee 1 19 Administering El cards nare RA E KAn EEE ccc ATU N 1 26 Administering UDS3 cards preses iaa eee eee 1 27 Administering modems 00 0 c cece eee eee eee 1 30 Typical system administration tasks for the TAOS unit s slot cards include viewing status information removing a slot card configuration and disabling lines For information about managing your TAOS unit see Chapter 2 TAOS System Administration Viewing installed slot cards The Show command displays information about the slot cards installed in the TAOS unit and the status of each card In a multishelf system the Show command displays cards in all shelves of the system You can also use the Show command for a particular slot card For an example see Viewing information about a particular slot card on page 1 3 The following example illustrates use of the Show command that displays a list of slot cards
355. sp 0 0 The following messages display a summarized list of RADIUS server statistics Local Rad Serv Stats unkClient 0 index 0 Sent 0 SendFail 0 badAuthRcv 0 badPktRcv 0 Description This command resets the TAOS unit When you reset the unit it restarts and all active connections are terminated All users are logged out and the default security level is reactivated In addition any active WAN lines are temporarily shut down due to loss of signaling or framing information After a reset the TAOS unit runs POST power on self tests Usage reset Example To reset the unit admin gt reset See Also NVRAM 4 40 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands Resrcmgr Resrcmgr Description Displays the information from the TAOS unit s shelf controller Usage Enter resrcemgr at the command prompt Example The following syntax is supported admin gt resrcemgr usage resrcmgr i ul i list resource i tem information u list resource u sage information display this summary Revision Description Displays the serial number of the box Usage Enter revision at the command prompt Example In the following message 7172461 is the serial number of the TAOS unit admin gt revision revision 0 1 10 7172461 RoutMgr Description Displays information about the routing of incoming calls to either the Ethernet or modem ports RoutMgr when used in conjunction with N
356. space to load software on the flash card load error specified flash card not present No flash card is detected in the specified slot 1 or 2 load error specified flash card not formatted A Format command is required before loading the software load error specified flash card is write protected The flash card s write protect switch is set load error specified flash image is currently in use A slot card in the LOAD state is currently accessing the flash card Format command messages Table B 3 lists the error messages might appear when using the Format command Table B 3 Format command error messages Error message Description error flash card N is not present No flash card is detected in the specified slot 1 or 2 error flash card N is unavailable The flash card in the specified slot is already being formatted is just coming up or is in an error condition error flash card N is write protected The write protect switch is set on the card in the specified slot 1 or 2 error flash card N is currently in use One or more images on the flash card are being read by a slot card in the LOAD state or are being written as part of a code download APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide B 11 Log Messages on the TAOS Unit Flash card error messages Dircode command messages Table B 4 lists the error messag
357. ss system resets RIP and OSPF updates can add back any route you remove with Proute Delete Also the TAOS unit restores all routes listed in the IP Route profile after a system reset The IProute command uses the following syntax iproute option Syntax element Description add Add an IP route to the routing table delete Delete an IP route from the routing table Adding a static IP route to the routing table To add a static IP route to the TAOS unit s routing table use the IProute Add command iproute add dest_IPaddr subnet_mask gateway_IPaddr subnet_mask pref metric Syntax element Description dest_IPaddr subnet_mask Destination network address The optional subnet mask specifies the number of bits in the mask The default is 0 0 0 0 0 Note that the router uses the most specific route having the largest mask that matches a given destination gateway _IPaddr IP address of the router that can forward packets subnet_mask to the destination network and optional subnet mask in bits The default is 0 0 0 0 pref Route preference The default is 100 metric Virtual hop count of the route You can enter a value between 1 and 15 The default is 1 Note that RIP and OSPF updates can change the metric for any route including one you have modified manually by using the IProute command For example consider the following command admin gt iproute add 10 1 2 0 24 10 0 0 3 24 1 It adds a route to the 10 1 2
358. sseessessrerssresssressterrsreststesrerrsrenensentesrereseses 4 2 Using combinations of commands esssesssesssseesesrestsrrsertserrsstetssreresterestesrerisrertnsentesrnenenet 4 3 Using the debug commands E E EE E E E A E RE 4 4 Frame Rela yosin ties rera sobesesinstivts ates eectetantimannaveasecieetd Gacteead iia eerie 4 4 CaS Sih Sisters a thos Sara eben eet eS cee ee ae ee Se oe Dose gee eatoy as Dane aes 4 4 AUN ENE CATION exc EA cseg ecck E E sled desc E sepegstedesspacs ov cde ecu Masteeeee sleet dee eet 4 4 HOSt side devices ise ees esa ee ie een Bee I A SR 4 4 Network side devices s jsccss s cesceseestiags tated tos bes steals sete So S E EER 4 5 Protocols A oe eee MR ne ee Ses oe neon tats Bin es 4 5 UMTS Back oss seh sca dep scot deste seve teavdsrecespseyeve de eceeh stash desta satadey EEEE E 4 5 System and devices io seeks ee a ed ee Soh ee OE R E 4 6 Terminal SCLVeLr t seie a feweade E E E acecsey stegives A Gi Stee Neuss Sse 4 6 Special administrative commands s ssseesessesessseesesrestsrtstrrtsreerssreresrstesrnserteseerrsrentsrenteets 4 6 Alphabetical list of debug commands eceeccessecesseceeeeceseeeeeeeeeeeeaecececaeeenaeeeneeceeeeaeenseees 4 7 Special administrative debug commands eee ces ceeceseeeeceeceeeceeceeeeeeeeseecaecsaecaeesaeeaeens 4 55 Generating warning messages from a Coredump Server eceeeseceeceseeseceteeereeeeeees 4 55 Chapter 5 Creating User Profiles isciissivinteiecwcisnssanaani
359. st or Africa EMEAsupport ascend com Email from the Asia Pacific region apac support ascend com Fax 510 814 2312 Customer Support BBS by modem 510 814 2302 Write to Lucent at the following address Attn Customer Service Lucent Technologies 1701 Harbor Bay Parkway Alameda CA 94502 3002 USA APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Chapter 1 Contents Customer Servicen oepa rena e EEE E E aust ath maida neretingd Aachen edt cas iii About TIS GUIS assists seisicrawasancassasstinsgeencedansas ctiieuoseunuadsicaarustisucwenases xvii Whiat is an this tides neaei eenei elect codes cornered heed keels eden ound cocke donde eed ae xvii What you should kho Weesie e EE E A R E ee xvii Documentation CONVENTIONS 0 0 eect ceceeeceeceeeeeeceseeeeeeseecaecaeesaecsaesaeceseeseeeeeaeeeaseaeeeaeeaees xviii DOcumentatrOm Set EE EEE EE E E E OEE O xix Administering Slot Card wcisscisiseniccacicasunisesvvaawencwincaassatanaadeedcannst 1 1 Viewimenstalled slotcardSe ie cones GE RN A e i d a 1 1 Viewing information about a particular slot Card sseeeesseeesseeessseeeesresrrresrerrsrerrssreresrereseses 1 3 Ope ninga session with a slot Card viirit a a e aa oiis Seea e aa 1 3 Changing a slotstate ie wits ivi Ai ites E ee E 1 4 Changing a device State Tsis ices ss chec E era E AE A E EEEE REN 1 5 Removing a slot card and its configuration s sesseeesseeseesssresssrereseeresteststesrerrsrenenseeresrerenesee 1 5 Viewi
360. st displays the message Next Last Conn lt dn up arw gt Next Last Page lt pg dn up gt Exit lt esc gt This message indicates the key sequences you can use for displaying additional information in the Connection status area The Down Arrow and Up Arrow keys display the next and previous connection respectively in the list of active connections When the connection status mode message is displayed the system prompt does not appear at the bottom of the window Press the Escape key to exit this mode and return to the system prompt General status information With the default setting in a User profile the top area of the status window initially displays general status information about the TAOS unit including its serial number the version of system software it is running and the number of packets transmitted and received This area also shows the current system date and time and how long the system has been up If the top of the status window is displaying another kind of information such as T1 line information you can redisplay the general status information with the View command admin gt view top general Log messages With the default setting in a User profile the bottom area of the status window initially displays the most recent message from the TAOS unit s log buffer The number of system event messages stored in the log is set by the Save Number parameter in the Log profile The first line of the event log win
361. stem or slot card resets These usually show up in the fatal error log either as Fatal Errors or Operator Resets You cannot specify the types of events that trigger core dumps UDP port numbers The TAOS unit listens for core dumps on the UDP port given by the following formula 10 000 shelf number 100 slot number For example for a card on shelf 1 slot 5 the UDP port for the core dump is 10105 For the shelf controller slot number 17 on shelf 1 the UDP port for the core dump is 10117 Similarly the shelf controller on shelf 8 uses UDP port 10817 Examples This section uses examples to show how to get core dumps from the TAOS unit Enabling Ascendump To start the Ascendump daemon proceed as in the following example ascendump v u d usr ascendumps This example runs the daemon in verbose mode and will write the core dumps in uncompressed format to usr ascendumps Enabling core dumps on the TAOS unit In the following example the TAOS unit writes the core dump to the host at 172 31 4 34 whenever there is a fatal error admin gt coredump local 172 31 4 34 coreDump Sending arp request core dump server is 172 31 4 34 ip 172 31 4 34 16 mac 00 60 83 7d 15 8f coredump over UDP is enabled locally only with server 172 31 4 34 A 4 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Getting TAOS Unit Core Dumps Examples Pulling a core dump from the TAOS unit In the following examp
362. sult of a software loop Too large memory copy Magic sequence missing MEMCPY Wrong magic sequence MEMCPY Bad start address MEMCPY IDEC timeout EXEC restricted Stack overflow DRAM card error Indicates thata DRAM card of unknown size is inserted in the DRAM slot or that the DRAM card failed POST Applies to the Pipeline 220 only Protection fault Operator reset This reset is logged immediately before the TAOS unit goes down Instead of a standard stack backtrace the message includes the active security profile index 0 zero indicates an unknown security profile On the TAOS unit the Default profile is number 1 and the Full Access profile is number 9 System up As acomplement to entry 99 this entry is logged as the TAOS unit is coming up For a normal manual reset you should see a fatal error 99 followed by a fatal error 100 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide B 3 Log Messages on the TAOS Unit Definitions of warning messages Definitions of warning messages Warnings are not the results of reset conditions Most are detected problems from which the TAOS unit typically recovers fully Following are the definitions by index number of the warnings the TAOS unit can report Warning messages by themselves are not necessarily cause for concern They are used by development engineers to determine the cause of fatal errors Contact Lucent technical support if warning messages are accompanied by fatal er
363. t ospfSetTrap defined in RFC 1850 Use Exceeded Enabled The system generates a trap when a specific port has exceeded the number of DSO minutes allocated to it or the system DSO usage has been exceeded Password Enabled When both this parameter and Security Enabled are set to Yes all failed Telnet login attempts generate a trap FR Linkup Enabled If both this parameter and Alarm Enabled are set to Yes a trap is sent whenever a DLCI is brought up FR Linkdown Enabled If both this parameter and Alarm Enabled are set to Yes a trap is sent whenever a DLCI is brought down APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 6 21 SNMP Administration Setting up SNMP traps Parameter Event Overwrite Enabled RADIUS Change Enabled Suspect Access Resource Enabled Mcast Monitor Enabled LAN Modem Enabled Dirdo Enabled Slot Profile Change Enabled Meaning The system generates a trap when a new event has overwritten an unread event This trap is sent only for systems which support the Ascend accounting MIB Once sent additional overwrites will not cause another trap to be sent until at least one table s worth of new events have occurred The system generates a trap when a new RADIUS server is being accessed This trap returns the objectID and IP address of the new server Description Specifies that whenever a terminating modem has received four successive calls for which it cannot establish a connection the u
364. t command line prompt is TNT gt You configure the prompt with the Prompt parameter An asterisk in this setting causes the TAOS unit to substitute the value of the profile s name parameter upon successful login For example for the Admin profile the prompt would be as follows admin gt Specifying status window information The TAOS unit generates a continuous stream of statistics about its activities You can specify in a User profile whether these statistics should always be displayed when a user logs in using that profile what the areas of the window should display by default and the size of the status windows Opening the status window requires an 80 column by 24 row VT100 window The contents of the status window are determined by the following parameters in a User profile show with their default values e Left Status Connection List e Top Status General Info e Bottom Status Log Window 5 6 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Creating User Profiles Customizing the environment for a User profile The size of the status window are determined by the following parameters in a User profile shown with their default values e Screen Length 24 e Status Length 18 See the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Reference for details of using these parameters Figure 5 1 shows the default contents for each area of the status window Figure 5 1 Information in the status window Left Connection N 2 Conn
365. t the ACK flag set tag contains any user defined tags specified in the filter template used by SAM The backoff queue error message in the Syslog file Accounting records are kept until they are acknowledged by the accounting server Up to 100 unacknowledged records are stored in the backoff queue If the unit never receives an acknowledgment to an accounting request it will eventually run out of memory In order to keep this situation from the occurring the unit deletes the accounting records and displays this error message in the syslog file Backoff Q full discarding user username This error generally occurs for one of the following reasons e You enabled RADIUS accounting on the TAOS unit but not on the RADIUS server e The Acct Port or Acct Key are incorrect The Acct Key must match the value assigned in the RADIUS clients file or the TACACS configuration file e You are using a PortMaster server rather than a TAOS unit server APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Log Messages on the TAOS Unit Flash card error messages Flash card error messages When a Load Format or Dircode command fails the TAOS unit logs the messages described in this section Load command messages Table B 2 lists the error messages that might appear when using the Load command Table B 2 Load command error messages Error message Description load error flash card write failed card full There is no
366. tablishing carrier with the remote modem including training which for Rockwell modems has a default of 45 seconds APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 2 37 Network Administration 3 Diagnostic tools for TCP IP networks 0 2 0 0 0 eee eee eee 3 1 Diagnostic tools for IGMP multicast interfaces 0 0 0 e eee ee eee 3 16 Diagnostic tools for OSPF routers 0 0 eee eee 3 18 Diagnostic tools for IPX routers 0 eee eee 3 31 Diagnostic tools for displaying filter information 0000 3 32 Displaying software version log messages 0 0 cee cece eee eee 3 35 Displaying Ethernet packet contents 0 0 0 cece eee eee eee 3 35 The TAOS unit supports several network management commands which are useful for locating the sources of problems on the network and for communicating with other hosts for management purposes Some of the network management tools focus on routing and interface information They enable you to display the routing and interface tables view real time routing statistics display route caches and make changes to the routing table The OSPF command supports numerous arguments for viewing information about the OSPF link state database adjacencies and other aspects of the router configuration Other tools are geared toward network usage and enable you to display packets received on LAN interfaces display the ARP cache Ping a host and log into a host by
367. tatEther 1 resetStatWAN 2 resetStatAll 3 sysLastRestartReason 13 The event Group is defined as eventGroup enterprise ascend 10 with this value 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 10 6 34 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide SNMP Administration Ascend MIB hierarchy It contains the following objects eventMaximumNumberOfEvents 1 eventOldestEventldNumber 2 eventLatestEventlIdNumber 3 event Table 4 eventEntry 1 eventldNumber 1 eventTimeStamp 2 eventType 3 eventCallReferenceNum 4 eventDataRate 5 eventSlotNumber 6 eventSlotLineNumber 7 eventSlotChannelNumber 8 eventModemSlotNumber 9 eventModemOnSlot 10 eventCurrentService 11 eventUserName 12 eventUserlPAdaress 13 eventUserSubnetMask 14 eventDisconnectReason 15 eventConnectProgress 16 eventCallCharge 17 eventCalledParty D 18 eventCallingPartyID 19 eventinOctets 20 eventOutOctets 21 eventMultiLinkID 22 eventXmitRate 23 eventCurrentActiveCalls 5 eventCurrentActiveSessions 6 eventTotalCalls 7 event TotalSessions 8 event TotalCallsAnswered 9 event TotalCallsOriginated 10 event TotalCallsCleared 11 event TotalBaudRateChanges 12 eventTotalServiceChanges 13 eventTotalNameChanges 14 eventTotalNoModems 15 callStatusGroup 11 The callStatusGroup is defined as callStatusGroup enterprise ascend 11 with this value 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 11 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSL
368. te permissions were changed to read only permission in the following tables atmTrafficDescrParamTable atmVplTable e The atmVpCrossConnectTable and atmVcCrossConnectTable tables are not supported RFC 2574 SNMPv3 User Based Security Model USM MIB TAOS units support security enhancements based on the SNMPv3 user based security model USM described in RFC 2574 In this release SNMPv3 encryption is not supported The Priv Protocol parameter is set to no priv and its value cannot be modified In addition to the security enhancement features SNMPv3 supports the Get BulkRequest PDU Its purpose is to minimize the number of protocol exchanges required to retrieve a large amount of management information The Get BulkRequest PDU allows an SNMPv3 manager to request a response that is as large as possible given the constraints on message size To use SNMPv3 the network management license must be enabled in the system The following commands verify that the network management license has been enabled on the system admin gt get base network management in BASE network management enabled network management enabled yes Overview of SNMPV3 settings Following are the relevant parameters shown with their default settings in SNMP snmp message type vi and v3 security level none in SNMP v3 USM USER name password active enabled no read write access no auth protocol md5 auth pr
369. tem explained 2 4 Term Serv explained 2 4 Update explained 2 4 User explained 2 4 permissions Allow Code 5 4 Allow Diagnostic 5 4 Allow Password 5 5 Allow System 5 4 Allow Termserv 5 4 Allow Update 5 4 described 5 3 enabling debug 4 1 levels 2 4 logging in as Admin 2 2 Ping command using 3 1 Index 8 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Index Q Pools command using 4 30 OSPF 3 18 PortInfo command using 4 32 SNTP 2 12 ports statistics 3 10 displaying port info 4 32 Telnet 3 13 information about TCP and UDP 3 10 UDP probe 3 8 specifying remote for Syslog 2 27 UDP for core dump A 4 Port State events not supported on APX 8000 6 19 Q Power command using 2 28 f power supplies checking status of 2 28 TRES depth upya Sa Supply MIB APX 8000 support 6 15 a 1 19 example use 1 19 annotated traces in sessions C 2 ae ne T1 lines in T3 card or channels 1 19 APX 8000 name used for session 2 11 quiescing T1 lines or channels 1 20 displaying session info 4 33 4 34 frame formats in negotiation C 1 most common protocols in negotiations C 1 R packet formats in sessions C 2 state information 4 35 s using WANdisplay to resolve PPP negotiation RADacct command using 4 36 problems 4 50 RADif command using 4 37 PPPdump commands using 4 33 RADIUS PPPFSM command using 4 33 eee aaron oe PPPinfo commands using 4 34 RADservdump contiat d 4 38 PPPstate command using 4 35 RADs
370. ter shelf is shown NetlF Description Displays the TAOS unit s network interface mappings Usage netif m q t v Syntax element Description m Display mappings for the specified map type q Display the queue for a map E Toggle debug display v Display valid mapping tables Display this summary Example admin gt netif v map 0x1042C0E0 type 0 call id id 0x1042B5A0 admin gt netif m 0 SHELF SLOT SysID SlotID 1 1 52 2 1 6 90 58 1 6 89 57 1 6 86 56 1 6 78 51 1 6 72 50 1 6 71 49 iL 6 70 48 1 6 69 47 1 6 68 46 1 6 62 45 1 6 61 44 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 29 Using Debug Commands PBecho PBecho PermConn List Pools Description Tests the multishelf packet bus by using it to send traffic from one shelf controller to another The PBecho command is similar to Ping in that it sends a packet to a known destination and echoes the packet back Because each cell contains a unique destination address to a shelf and slot within the system you can test the packet bus by simply sending packets across it Usage pbecho shelf slot count size Syntax element Description shelf Specifies the shelf to which to direct the echo packet slot Specifies slot to which to direct to the echo packet count Specifies the number of packets to send size Specifies the size of the packets to send Example In the following example an administrator sends a thousand 1500 byte
371. text string modifier the TAOS unit displays a list of current configuration information Usage update text_string Example admin gt update Host interfaces 4 Net interfaces 4 Port 1 channels 255 Port 2 channels 255 Port 3 channels 255 Port 4 channels 255 Field features 1 182 Field features 2 33 Field features 3 54 Protocols 1 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 49 Using Debug Commands WANdisplay admin gt update 5 1023 12321312312312321 The following two messages indicate that the text strings were entered incorrectly update command invalid arg 3 update command disallowed The following message indicates that the TAOS unit accepted the update string update command command complete WANdisplay Description Displays all packets received from or sent to any of the WAN interfaces Because WANdisplay output shows what the TAOS unit is receiving from and sending to the remote device the information can be very helpful in resolving PPP negotiation problems If you enter the command on your TAOS unit while traffic is heavy the resulting amount of output can make it tedious to find the information you are looking for The screen might even display the message data lost which means that not all output can be displayed on the screen Depending on the types of information you need to gather you might prefer to use the WANdisplay command during a period of low
372. that were formatted incorrectly by either the TAOS unit or the RADIUS server 0 sent 1557 rev 1555 timout 0 unexp 2 bad 0 In the next message note that the Accounting server is different from the Authentication server The Accounting and Authentication servers do not need to be running on the same host although they can be TIpAddress 2 2 2 2 curServerFlag 1 Local Rad Acct Stats The next two messages can be used to look for traffic congestion problems or badly formatted Accounting packets Under typical conditions you might see a few packets whose acknowledgments fail The following message indicates whether any RADIUS requests have been dropped by the TAOS unit With this particular message no requests were dropped 1557 were sent successfully nSent OK fail 1557 0 nRcv 1557 nDrop QFull Other 0 0 The following message indicates whether any session timeouts resulted from failure to receive RADIUS responses The message also indicates responses that are received by the TAOS unit but do not match any expected responses The TAOS unit keeps a list of sent requests and expects a response for each request In the following message one response was received from the RADIUS server that did not match any of the requests that the TAOS unit had sent out This might be caused by a corrupted response packet or by the TAOS unit timing out the session before the response was received nRsp TimOut NoMatch 0 1 nBackoff new nor
373. the Web site at http www lucent com ins for technical information product information and descriptions of available services Visit the FTP site at ftp ftp ascend com for software upgrades release notes and addenda Obtaining technical assistance You can obtain technical assistance by telephone email fax modem or regular mail as well as over the Internet Gathering information you will need If you need to contact Lucent for help with a problem make sure that you have the following information when you call or that you include it in your correspondence e Product name and model e Software and hardware options e Software version e If supplied by your carrier Service Profile Identifiers SPIDs associated with your line e Your local telephone company s switch type and operating mode such as AT amp T SESS Custom or Northern Telecom National ISDN 1 e Whether you are routing or bridging with your Lucent product e Type of computer you are using e Description of the problem Calling Lucent from within the United States In the U S you can take advantage of Priority Technical Assistance or an Advantage service contract or you can call to request assistance Priority Technical Assistance If you need to talk to an engineer right away call 900 555 2763 to reach the Priority Call queue The charge of 2 95 per minute does not begin to accrue until you are connected to an engineer Average wait times are less th
374. throughput or to use WANdsess WANopen or WANnext to focus the display Usage wandisplay number of octets to display Enter wandisplay 0 to disable the logging of this information Example Following are several examples of WANdisplay output Note that the bytes are displayed in hexadecimal format admin gt wandisplay 24 Display the first 24 bytes of WAN messages gt RECV 272 1 octets 5E138F74 0000 OD RECV 272 13 octets 5E13958C 0000 OA 41 63 63 65 70 74 3A 20 69 6D 61 67 XMIT 276 1011 octets 2E12D8A4 0000 7E 21 45 00 03 EE 54 2B 40 00 37 06 BA 09 CF 2B 0010 00 86 DO 93 91 90 1A OA admin gt wandisplay 0 WAN message display terminated WANdsess Description Shows WAN data as it is received and transmitted for a particular user The WANdsess command is very similar to the WANdisplay command but when you use WANd amp sess the TAOS unit displays only incoming and outgoing packets for a specific user WANd amp sess is particularly helpful on a TAOS unit with several simultaneous active connections The command acts as a filter allowing you to focus your troubleshooting Use the WANdsess command with host cards only You must first execute the Open command to open a session with the modem or HDLC card 4 50 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands WanEventsStats Usage wandsess session name octets Syntax element Description session name Name of a local Connection profile or a RAD
375. ting table 3 7 changing 3 6 displaying and modifying IP 3 5 hidden and static IPX 3 32 routing displaying router backlog time 4 9 IPX diagnostic tools 3 31 IPX RIP traffic 4 20 OSPF areas 3 27 OSPF AS border routers 3 27 OSPF external AS advertisements 3 22 OSPF information 3 18 OSPF internal AS advertisements 3 22 OSPF link state advertisements 3 24 OSPF link state database 3 20 3 23 OSPF neighbors 3 30 OSPF routing table 3 25 tracing routes 3 8 using BrouterDebug command to get information about 4 9 See Also OSPF routing table adding static route to 3 7 displaying and modifying 3 5 displaying with Netstat command 3 5 fields explained 3 5 how affected by link state 1 18 modifying temporarily 3 6 RoutMegr command using 4 41 S SAR command using 4 42 SAR statistics for 4 42 Screen command status window length and 2 24 scripts configuring APX 8000 with 2 28 Secure Access Firewall Syslog messages initiated by B 9 security changing Admin password 2 2 overview of SNMP 6 16 securing the serial port 2 2 serial number viewing 4 41 serial port securing 2 2 serial WAN card displaying information 1 8 Service Management MIB APX 8000 support 6 15 session IDs specifying base for 2 26 Session MIB APX 8000 support 6 16 sessions annotated PPP traces C 2 debugging Telnet 4 46 displaying information about using Finger 2 33 displaying packets for particular session 4 50 displaying s
376. tion has been completely negotiated Use the WANopening command with host cards only You must first execute the Open command to open a session with the modem or HDLC card Usage wanopening octets The octets value specifies the maximum number of octets to display per packet If you specify 0 zero the TAOS unit does not log WAN data Example To open a session with a modem card and activate the display of WAN data received and transmitted during connection establishment admin gt open 1 7 modem 1 7 gt wanopening Display the first 24 bytes of WAN messages RECV 272 1 octets 5E138F74 0000 OD RECV 272 13 octets 5E13958C 0000 OA 41 63 63 65 70 74 3A 20 69 6D 61 67 XMIT 276 1011 octets 2E12D8A4 0000 7E 21 45 00 03 EE 54 2B 40 00 37 06 BA 09 CF 2B 0010 00 86 DO 93 91 90 1A OA APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 4 53 Using Debug Commands WANtoggle WANtoggle Note that the bytes are displayed in hexadecimal format See Also WANdisplay WANdsess Description Displays messages from the WAN drivers on the TAOS unit including the status of calls that are passed from the TAOS unit s call routing routines as the connection is prepared to be passed to the Ethernet drivers If you enter the command while traffic through your TAOS unit is heavy the resulting amount of output can make it tedious to find the information you are looking for The screen might even
377. tly identifies nine possible line usages and 24 B channel states yielding a total of 216 new variables that represent the sum of all B channels in a given state for a given line usage Ascend Answer Profile MIB mibanswer mib Part of the Ascend MIB Configuration group group 23 this MIB corresponds to the Answer Defaults profile in the command line interface Ascend ATMP MIB atmp mib Enables you to configure and monitor Ascend Tunnel Management Protocol ATMP tunnels For a complete description of ATMP see RFC 2107 K Hamzeh Lucent s Ascend Tunnel Management Protocol ATMP Ascend Call MIB call mib Contains a table of entries for the status of each call in the system including analog digital and Frame Relay encapsulated calls This MIB monitors the physical layer of the calls including the slot and port The Ascend Session MIB enables you to monitor the network layer of calls Variables added from event mib to call mib A number of new entries have been added to the call Status and callActive tables in the Ascend Call MIB making more information about the call available to the SNMP user The callStatus Table in the Ascend Call MIB includes the following new fields Field name Reports callStatusCalledPartyID Called party number if available callStatusCallingPartyID Calling party number if available For outgoing calls this field is set to null callStatusMultiLinkID MP bundle ID for MP calls For a
378. to Yes the default or use the Ifmgr Up option Note however that if there are physical problems with the interface specifying the interface as up might not enable it To disable an interface with the Ifmgr command proceed as in the following example 1 Open a session with an Ethernet card admin gt open 1 4 ether 1 4 gt ifmgr 2 View the interface table ether 1 4 gt ifmgr d if slot if u p ifname mac addr local addr 000 0 00 000 pbo 000000000000 0 0 0 0 32 001 1 17 011 iel 4 1 00c07b6d23f0 11 1 1 1 32 O02 LELT OLITE iel 4 2 00c0O7b6d23f1 11 1 2 1 32 O03 Lee OSs iel 4 3 00cO07b6d23f2 11 1 3 1 32 004 1 17 017 iel 4 4 00c07b6d23f3 11 1 4 1 32 OOS Lele OLITE iel 4 5 00c07b6d23f4 11 1 5 1 32 lt end gt 3 Mark the interface as down by specifying its name ether 1 4 gt ifmgr down ie1 4 1 The Ifmgr display indicates that the interface is disabled by displaying a dash instead of an asterisk in the Up column u ether 1 4 gt ifmgr d if slot if u p ifname mac addr local add 000 0 00 000 pbo 000000000000 0 0 0 0 32 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 1 17 Administering Slot Cards Administering Ethernet cards 001 1 17 011 iel 4 1 00c07b6d23f0 0 0 0 0 32 O02 Lede O 3 ot iel 4 2 00c07b6d23f1 11 1 2 1 32 O03 LL05 iel 4 3 00c07b6d23f2 11 1 3 1 32 004 1 17 017 iel 4 4 00c07b6d23f3 11 1 4 1 32 005 1 17 019 iel 4 5 00c07b6d23f4 11 1 5 1 32 lt end gt Note A disabled Ethernet int
379. transmit enabled no ospf virt nbr state change enabled no ospf originateLsa enabled no ospf maxAgeLsa enabled no ospf lsdb overflow enabled no ospf approaching overflow enabled no Parameter Specifies OSPF enabled Enable disable generation of OSPF traps When set to no the default no OSPF traps are generated regardless of individual OSPF trap settings in the profile When set to yes trap generation depends on whether the specific OSPF trap is enabled OSPF if config error Enable disable trap generation if a packet has been received on a enabled nonvirtual interface from a router whose configuration conflicts with this router s configuration The system generates this trap when it detects configuration error types from 1 to 9 as defined in RFC 1850 Generation of the trap typically indicates a failure to form an adjacency although this is not always the case Traps for error type 10 optionsMismatch are not currently supported OSPF Trap 4 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 6 23 SNMP Administration Setting up SNMP traps Parameter OSPF if auth failure enabled OSPF if state change enabled OSPF if rx bad packet OSPF tx retransmit enabled OSPF nbr state change enabled OSPF virt if config error enabled OSPF virt if auth failure enabled OSPF virt if state change enabled OSPF virt if rx bad packet Specifies Enable disable trap generation i
380. tream 0 eee eeeeeeeeeee 3 14 Tokencount command Syntax s siis isservi iriso siise ovisi disosi se pesus veE isoeo 3 14 Examples of using Tokencount sseesssssesessseessrrerserereersserresreresrererrrsrerrssentesrereses 3 15 Tokencount error MeSSAeS a es cece ceeesseceeceseceeceseeeeceseeeeceseseeeeaeeseecaecsaecaeeaeeaeens 3 15 Diagnostic tools for IGMP multicast interfaces eee cesses ceseeeeceseeseeeeeeseeeeeeseeeaeenees 3 16 Displaying IGMP group information eee eee e cess eeeeceeeeecaeesaecaecseeaecnseeeeeeeeeaes 3 16 Displaying IGMP client information 0 0 0 0 eee eeeeceeeeeeeceeeeecaeesaecaecaeeeeneneeeneeeaes 3 17 Diagnostic tools for OSPF routers 0 0 0 0 ce ee ceceeeecceneeeeeeseecaecsaesaecsaeaecseeseseeseaeeeeseaeeeaeeaees 3 18 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Vil Contents Displaying general information about OSPF routing 00 eee eee ceseeeeceseeeeeneeeees 3 18 Displaying the OSPE database siina i a E Te a aeeai 3 20 Displaying OSPF external AS advertisements eseesesseeessreeesrrerrrrsrerrssrerssrereses 3 22 Displaying OSPF internal AS advertisements eseesesseeeeeeeesreersresrerrssreresrereses 3 22 Displaying the OSPF link state database eee ee eceeeeecseeceeceeesaecseceseeeeneeeeenseeaes 3 23 Displaying OSPF link state advertisements 0 0 0 0 ee eeceeeeeeseeceecneeseeceeceseeeceeeeeenseeaes 3 24 Displaying the OSPF routing table oe cee cee ceseeeeceeceeeceeeeeeseaeeaeecaec
381. tus window channel status codes in 1 9 link status codes in 1 9 lines 1 12 1 15 displaying DS2 state 1 25 displaying T3 statistics 1 25 DS1 status 1 9 DS2 status 1 9 overall state of 7 10 7 11 7 12 removing PRI from service 1 19 status of 1 9 link state Frame Relay 4 14 OSPF advertisements 3 24 OSPF database 3 23 viewing link state 1 18 link state database displaying 3 20 LMI displaying information about 4 14 displaying Sprint or Frame Relay forum checks 4 15 Load command loading code for specific card 2 19 Load Select profile how to use 2 18 log messages in status window 2 23 level displayed on a per user basis 5 2 status window displayed 2 23 Log profile displaying contents 2 25 example configuration 2 27 how many messages to save 2 26 message level 2 26 Index 6 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Index number of messages 2 26 syslog daemon 2 27 logging as different user 2 2 configuring Syslog 2 27 2 28 levels for User profiles 5 8 setting up Syslog 2 25 specifying remote port for Syslog 2 27 specifying session ID base 2 26 logging in as a different user 5 8 described 2 2 login and User profiles 5 2 determining current user profile 5 9 displaying status windows 5 2 to network host using Rlogin 3 13 to network host using Telnet 3 13 to network hosts from APX 8000 3 13 logout for idle sessions 5 8 loopback enabling external for T3 1 25 enabling f
382. twork or the target host this interface can reach Address of this interface Number of packets received Number of packets that contain errors Number of packets transmitted Number of transmitted packets that contain errors APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Network Administration Diagnostic tools for TCP IP networks Displaying and modifying IP routes This section explains how to display the TAOS unit s IP routing table It also explains how to use the Netstat command to display the IP routing table and the IProute command to add or delete static routes For complete information about configuring IP routing on the TAOS unit see the APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT WAN Routing and Tunneling Configuration Guide Using the Netstat command to display the routing table To display the routing table enter the Netstat command with the r argument as in the following example admin gt netstat r Destination Gateway IF Flg Pref Met Use Age 127 0 0 0 8 bho CP 0 0 0 154417 127 0 0 1 32 local CP 0 0 0 154417 127 0 0 2 32 rjo CP 0 0 0 154417 182 21 33 0 24 192 168 7 1 ie0 SG 60 8 150873 192 168 7 0 24 ied C 0 0 50041 154417 192 168 7 135 32 local CP 0 0 2522 154417 216 64 222 0 24 192 168 7 1 ie0 SG 60 8 1456 150873 224 0 0 0 4 mcast CP 0 0 0 154417 224 0 0 1 32 local CP 0 0 0 154417 224 0 0 2 32 local CP 0 0 0 154417 224 0 0 5 32 local CP 0 0 0 154417 224 0 0 6 32 cai local CP 0 0 0 154417
383. u can close the Telnet session by logging out of the remote host techpubs logout Connection closed APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 3 13 Network Administration Diagnostic tools for TCP IP networks Pattern detection and reporting in the TCP Clear data stream You can run the Tokencount diagnostic command to detect and report the number of instances of a specified pattern a token in the TCP Clear data stream sent by the TAOS On the shelf controller the command enables or disables the token counting process specifies up to four patterns clears counters and displays token information system wide Updates to the command specified on the shelf controller are immediately propagated to the host cards Note Running the token counting process incurs a substantial system performance penalty When token counting is enabled the system scans all outbound data sent to TCP Clear sessions for a specified pattern and increments a counter for each match If the system resets it loses the token information Tokencount command syntax On the shelf controller the Tokencount command supports the following syntax usage tokencount option params a clear counter for a ll tokens ar c lear counter for nth token d d isable token counting in the TCP CLEAR buffer e e nable token counting in the TCP CLEAR buffer i display counter i nfo u n pattern u pdate type nth token pattern 39 display this summary Opti
384. ual interface from a router whose configuration parameters conflict with this router s configuration parameters The system generates this trap when it detects configuration error types from 1 to 9 as defined in RFC 1850 Generation of the trap typically indicates a failure to form an adjacency although this is not always the case Traps for error type 10 optionsMismatch are not currently supported OSPF Trap 5 Enable disable trap generation if a packet has been received on a virtual interface from a router whose authentication key or authentication type conflicts with this router s authentication key or authentication type OSPF Trap 7 Enable disable trap generation if the state of an OSPF virtual interface has changed OSPF Trap 1 Enable disable trap generation if an OSPF packet has been received on a virtual interface that cannot be parsed OSPF Trap 9 6 24 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide SNMP Administration Setting up SNMP traps Parameter Specifies OSPF virt if tx Enable disable trap generation if an OSPF packet has been retransmit enabled retransmitted on a virtual interface All packets that are retransmitted are associated with an LSDB entry The LS type LS ID and Router ID are used to identify the LSDB entry OSPF Trap 11 OSPF virt nbr state Enable disable trap generation if the state of an OSPF virtual change enabled neighbor has changed OSPF Trap 3 OSPF originateLsa Enable dis
385. ue is not reused until the management station has been reinitialized The interface table does not contain virtual circuit interfaces such as a Frame Relay datalink configured on a channelized DS1 interface Table 6 1 describes the TAOS unit s support for RFC 2233 Table 6 1 TAOS unit support for RFC 2233 RFC 2233 Table Comment ifTable The ifTable from MIB II RFC 1213 and is fully supported on the TAOS unit APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 6 3 SNMP Administration SNMP support Table 6 1 TAOS unit support for RFC 2233 continued RFC 2233 Table Comment ifXTable The TAOS unit supports this table with the following exceptions e The OwnerString object is not supported e The InterfaceIndexOrZero object is not supported e The 64 bit HighCounter objects are not supported e The ifPromiscuousMode object is read only ifStackTable Not supported on the TAOS unit ifRcvAddressTable Not supported on the TAOS unit ifTestTable Not supported on the TAOS unit RFC 2515 ATM MIB Enables you to manage the ATM interface on the TAOS unit s DS3 ATM card The TAOS unit supports Get operations on the following tables of the ATM MIB described in RFC 2515 Definitions of Managed Objects for ATM Management ATM Interface configuration table ATM Interface DS 3 Physical Layer Convergence Protocol PLCP table ATM Interface transmission conve
386. ueues that contain the pointer to the LSA Queue headers avail Available memory for queue headers To prevent memory fragmentation the TAOS unit allocates memory in blocks The TAOS unit allocates queue headers from the memory blocks When the TAOS unit frees all queue headers from a specific memory block the TAOS unit returns the block to the pool of available memory blocks Dijkstra runs Number of times that the TAOS unit has run the Dijkstra algorithm short path computation Incremental summ Number of summary updates that the TAOS unit runs when updates small changes cause generation of Summary LSAs Type 3 and Summary Router LSAs Type 4 Incremental VL Number of incremental virtual link updates that the TAOS unit updates performs Buffer alloc Number of buffer allocation problems that the TAOS unit has failures detected and from which it has recovered APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 3 19 Network Administration Diagnostic tools for OSPF routers Field Specifies Multicast pkts sent Number of multicast packets sent by OSPF Unicast pkts sent Number of unicast packets sent by OSPF LS adv aged out Number of LSAs that the TAOS unit has aged and removed from its tables LS adv flushed Number of LSAs that the TAOS unit has flushed Incremental ext 5 Number of incremental ASE 5 updates updates Incremental ext 7 Number of incremental ASE 7 updates updates Current state State of the
387. uide Using Debug Commands TDMtst admin gt tdm s ber of of of of of of of of of of ber ber ber used ber Number ber invalid ber missing ber Number admin gt tdm u non empty entries ONLY nUsed 1 timslot 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Ors Ol Ol 01 OT Ol Ol Ol Ol 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 PRPrPPP PPR TDMtst total connections active connections available channels channels disconnection errors bad received messages bad events bad states 9 9 839 185 0 0 0 connections 0 0 events 0 CUrrsne Ss currDst 04 04 04 04 04 04 001 001 001 001 001 001 04 001 04 001 06 001 elds SLs rill 01 001 01 001 01 001 11 01 001 11 01 001 11 01 001 11 01 001 11 01 001 11 01 009 Description TDMtst runs on the HDLC card and tests the TDM bus You can use it to verify communication between HDLC cards Because the command tests byte stream communication on the TDM bus which must use a known time slot it requires some setup before it can verify TDM traffic Usage tdmtst option where option is one of the following Option o channel physical address logical address c channel e channel count size b channel count size Description Open a TDM channel between the physical address and the logical address Close the TDM channel Send packets across the TDM bus
388. umber 7 uds3NetworkProfile__ enabled 8 uds3NetworkProfile__profile_number 9 uds3NetworkProfile__line_config__trunk_group 10 uds3NetworkProfile__line_config__nailed_group 11 uds3NetworkProfile__line_config__route_port__slot_number__slot_number 12 uds3NetworkProfile__line_config__route_port__slot_number__shelf_number 13 uds3NetworkProfile__line_config__route_port__relative_port_number__relative_port_number 14 uds3NetworkProfile__line_config__ activation 15 uds3NetworkProfile__line_config__call_route_info__shelf 16 uds3NetworkProfile__line_config__call_route_info__slot 17 uds3NetworkProfile__line_config__call_route_info__item_number 18 uds3NetworkProfile__line_config__line_type 19 uds3NetworkProfile__line_config__line_coding 20 uds3NetworkProfile__line_config__ loopback 21 uds3NetworkProfile__action 22 6 46 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide SNMP Administration Ascend MIB hierarchy atmpGroup 24 The atmpGroup group is defined as atmpGroup enterprise ascend 24 with this value 1 3 6 1 4 1 529 24 It contains the following objects atmpAgentMode 1 atmpAgentType 2 atmpAgentUDPPort 3 atmpAgentGreMtu 4 atmpAgentForceFragmentation 5 atmpAgentHAldleLimit 6 atmpLastErrorGenerated 7 atmpAgentSentErrorTo 8 atmpLastErrorRecv 9 atmpAgentRecvErrorFrom 10 atmpEnableAtmp Traps 11 atmpAgentNumberFATunnels 12 atmpAgentNumb
389. unit using firewalls and understanding the more complex authentication procedures such as the use of dynamic passwords To perform many of the tasks in this manual you must have administrative permission on the TAOS unit For instructions on logging into the TAOS unit with administrative permissions see Logging into the TAOS unit on page 2 2 Note This manual describes the full set of features for APX 8000 MAX TNT and DSLTNT units running True Access Operating System TAOS software version 8 0 2 or later Some features might not be available with earlier versions or specialty loads of the software This manual hereafter refers to your product as a TAOS unit A Warning Before installing your TAOS unit be sure to read the safety instructions in the Access Networks Safety and Compliance Guide For information specific to your unit see the Safety Related Electrical Physical and Environmental Information appendix in your unit s hardware installation guide What you should know This guide is for the person who installs configures and maintains a TAOS unit To configure a unit you need to understand the following e Internet or telecommuting concepts e Wide Area Network WAN concepts e Local Area Network LAN concepts if applicable APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide xvii About This Guide Documentation conventions Documentation conventions Following are all the special characters and ty
390. unt 0 The parameters in the Device Summary profiles are described below Parameter Description Device Class The type of device Values can be any of the following e Modem e Unknown Total Count Total number of devices in the specified class Operational Count Total number of devices in the specified class that are in the Up operational and Up administrative states Disabed Count Total number of devices in the specified class that are in the Down operational or Down administrative state APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 7 7 Using Administrative Profiles Using the Slot Info profile Using the Slot Info profile The read only Slot Info profile stores information about each slot card that has successfully booted This profile is not stored in NVRAM so it is not persistent across system resets or power cycles It is created when the slot card boots and is deleted when the slot card is removed or when the TAOS unit s system is rebooted It can be read by SNMP managers To view the Slot Info profile read and list its contents as in the following example admin gt read slot info 1 1 0 SLOT INFO shelf 1 slot 1 0 read admin gt list in SLOT INFO shelf 1 slot 1 0 slot address shelf 1 slot 1 0 serial number 7470634 software version 7 0 software revision 4 software level b hardware level 0 software release 1 For information about the parameters in the Slot Info pr
391. urrent software version every hour rather than at system startup only Following is a sample log message LOG debug Shelf 1 Controller Time 13 00 46 Software version 8 0 0 Following is the relevant parameter shown with its default value in LOG log software version no Parameter Specifies Log Software Version Enable disable hourly log messages reporting the current software version The message is sent to the Syslog host If Debug permission is enabled the message is also displayed on the screen Displaying Ethernet packet contents The Ether Display command displays the hexadecimal contents of Ethernet packets being received and transmitted on the specified Ethernet port You must specify how many octets of each packet you want to display The Ether Display command requires that you enable debug output as follows admin gt debug on Diagnostic output enabled The following example displays 12 octets of each packet on a ports APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide 3 35 Network Administration Displaying Ethernet packet contents admin gt ether display 0 12 ETHER XMIT 12 of 60 octets 107E1350 00 cO 80 89 03 d7 00 cO 7b 6b 9F dG J eeeeee k ETHER XMIT 12 of 64 octets LO7E1350 00 O0 80 89 03 d7 00 cO Th 6b 9F d O o a Kes ETHER RECV 12 of 60 octets 107B8FD4 00 c0 7b 6b 9f d6 00 cO 80 89 03 q7 kof kiese ETHER XMIT 12 of 407 octets
392. use the d option as in the following example admin gt arptable a 10 9 8 20 To clear the entire ARP table use the option admin gt arptable f Displaying protocol statistics The Netstat command displays the TAOS unit s IP interface and routing tables protocol statistics and active sockets By default without an argument the Netstat command reports information about both UDP and TCP Following is an example that shows the use of Netstat without any arguments to display UDP and TCP socket information admin gt netstat udp Socket l c l c l c Life l c fe l c l c 1 8 1 8 1 8 1 8 1 9 1 9 1 9 1 9 1 10 1 10 1 10 1 10 1 11 1 11 TALI 1 11 1 12 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 Local Port 1023 520 4 123 5150 1022 161 1797 1018 20108 1008 1798 1021 20109 1009 1799 1020 20110 1010 1800 1017 20111 1011 1801 1019 InQLen InQMax InQDrops Total Rx 15510 32 32 256 128 32 128 128 32 128 128 128 32 128 128 128 32 128 128 128 32 128 128 128 O S 2 Ox O O Oy Oy O Ov Os Oy O Orv OO O G Os O G Oy Os O sO OP 15 OO OO OOO OF OO HOD o OO EO FAD OY OO VO AO Or 2S O O O OP vO OF O FO Or oO O OP vO AO O FOO Ns OO Os Oe FO 3 10 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Network Administration Diagnostic tools for TCP IP networks 1 12 1 20112 0 32 0 0 1 12 2 1012
393. y to the slot card TSshow Description Displays uptime and revision information about the TAOS unit The Uptime command and the Software Version parameter display the same information Usage tsshow uptime revision Syntax element Description List all options uptime Display system uptime revision Display software and version currently running Example Following are some samples of TSshow output admin gt tsshow Show what Type tsshow for help admin gt tsshow tsshow Display help information tsshow uptime Display system uptime tsshow revision Display system revision admin gt tsshow uptime system uptime up 36 days 9 hours 59 minutes 27 seconds admin gt tsshow revision system revision tntsr 2 0 0 TunnelDebug Description Displays messages related to setting up Generic Routing Encapsulation GRE tunnels on the TAOS unit The command is a toggle that alternately enables and disables the debug display You would normally use this command with the ATMPdebug command Usage Enter tunneldebug at the command prompt Example The following example shows an ATMP tunnel being set up 4 48 APX 8000 MAX TNT DSLTNT Administration Guide Using Debug Commands TunnelSlot TunnelSlot Update HAH H ar ae Ch TU TU NNELTNT CB 1 7 Event Start Tunnel SN 80 NNELTNT 1 7 DUMP Start Tunnel SN 80 MC 1 17 24 10052400 HN priHA 200 67 1 254 secHA Udp 5150 pass ascend

Lucent (TNT-SL-S50) Expansion Module

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents